Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549  
 
FORM 10-K
 
(Mark One)
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number: 001-35882  
 
BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Delaware
 
43-2099257
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
6220 Stoneridge Mall Road
Pleasanton, CA
 
94588
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)
(925) 226-9990
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
 
ý
 
Accelerated filer
 
¨
 
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents

Non-accelerated filer
 
¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   ý
As of June 19, 2015 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $2.2 billion .
As of February 5, 2016 , there were 55,801,000 shares of the Registrant’s Common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 


Table of Contents

Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
FORM 10-K
Table of Contents

 
 
Page
PART I.
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II.
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III.
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV.
 
Item 15.


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, which we refer to as this Annual Report, contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We intend that these forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbors created by those provisions .These statements contained in this Annual Report include, but not limited to, statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions, strategies, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected expenses and plans and objectives of management. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “suggest,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “project,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “objective,” or the negative of these terms, or other variations on such terms of comparable terminology intended to identify forward-looking statements. However, not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report involve a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, many of which are outside of our control. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from projected results include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Readers are expressly advised to review and consider those Risk Factors. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate, and therefore there can be no assurance that the results anticipated by such statements will occur. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the results or conditions described in such statements or our objectives and plans will be achieved. Furthermore, past performance in operations or trading price of our common is not necessarily indicative of future performance. We disclaim any intention or obligation to update, supplement, or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

As used herein, “Blackhawk,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and similar terms refer to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., unless the context indicates otherwise. The names “Blackhawk,” “Blackhawk Engagement Solutions,” “Cardpool,”“GiftCardMall,” “InteliSpend,” “Retailo,” “Parago,” “CardLab,” “Incentec,” “Giftcards.com,” “Achievers,” “NimbleCommerce” and other product or service names are trademarks or registered trademarks of entities owned by us.


4

Table of Contents

PART I.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Blackhawk is a leading prepaid payment network utilizing proprietary technology to offer a broad range of prepaid gift, telecom and debit cards, in physical and electronic forms, as well as related prepaid products and payment services in the United States and 23 other countries. We were founded in 2001 as a division of Safeway Inc. (Safeway) which later merged with Albertsons Holdings LLC in January 2015 (referred to hereinafter as “Albertsons/Safeway”). We were incorporated in Delaware as Blackhawk Network, Inc. in 2006 and changed our name to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. later that year. In April 2013, we completed our initial public offering (the Offering) for the sale of 11,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock, all of which shares were sold by existing stockholders, primarily Safeway. On April 14, 2014, Safeway distributed its remaining 37.8 million shares of our Class B common stock to Safeway shareholders (the Spin-Off). In May 2015, we converted all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis and renamed Class A common stock as common stock, which continues to trade under the symbol “HAWK”.
We believe our extensive network provides significant benefits to our key constituents: consumers who purchase or receive the products and services we offer; content providers who offer branded gift cards and other prepaid products that are redeemable for goods and services; distribution partners who sell those products; and business clients that distribute our products as incentives or rewards, or offer our incentive platform to their employees or sales forces. For consumers, we provide convenience by offering a broad variety of quality brands and content through physical and digital retail distribution locations or through loyalty, incentive and reward programs offered by our business clients. For our content providers, we drive incremental sales by providing access to millions of consumers and creating new customer relationships. For our retail distribution partners, we provide an important product category that can drive incremental store traffic and customer loyalty. For our business clients, we provide a wide array of services, software and prepaid products to enhance their customer loyalty, sales channel incentive and employee reward programs. Our technology platforms allow us to efficiently and seamlessly connect our network participants and offer new products and services as payment technologies evolve. We believe the breadth of our distribution network and product content, combined with our consumer reach and technology platforms, create powerful network effects that enhance value for our constituents.
We are one of the largest third-party distributors of gift cards in the world based on the value of funds loaded on the cards we distribute, which we refer to as transaction dollar volume. Our retail network connects to more than 700 content providers and over 215,000 active retail distribution locations, providing access to tens of millions of consumer visits per week. In addition, we sell physical and electronic gift cards or eGifts to consumers through leading online distributors and our websites GiftCardMall.com, GiftCardLab.com, Cardpool.com and GiftCards.com. Our retail channels accounted for over $14.6 billion in transaction dollar volume during fiscal 2015.
Through our acquisitions of InteliSpend Prepaid Solutions, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, InteliSpend) in 2013, Incentec Solutions, Inc. (Incentec), CardLab, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, CardLab), Parago, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Parago) in 2014, Achievers Corp. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Achievers) in 2015, and Omni Prepaid LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, Omni) and IMShopping, Inc. and its subsidiary (collectively, NimbleCommerce) in 2016, we now provide a broad variety of customized employee, consumer and sales channel incentives, loyalty and engagement solutions to hundreds of business clients. In January 2015, we formed Blackhawk Engagement Solutions as an umbrella for several of these businesses and collectively refer to all of these businesses as our “Incentives” business. In 2015, Blackhawk’s Incentives transaction dollar volume reached $2.0 billion.

1

Table of Contents

Distribution
Retail Distribution
Our retail distribution network consists of our physical distribution partners, our websites GiftCardMall.com, GiftCardLab.com, GiftCards.com, NimbleCommerce.com and third-party online and digital merchants.
The following table illustrates selected examples of our direct distribution partners across various retail channels:
Distribution Channel
 
Examples
 
 
 
Grocery
Ahold, Albertsons/Safeway, Giant Eagle, Kroger, Publix
 
 
Specialty
Bed Bath & Beyond, Best Buy, The Home Depot, Lowe’s, Michaels, Office Depot, Staples
 
 
Convenience
Kroger Convenience Stores, QuikTrip, Wawa
 
 
Other Retail
JCPenney, Kmart, Kohl’s, Sears
 
 
Digital
Amazon.com, eBay.com, GiftCards.com, Staples.com, PayPal.com, Samsung Pay
 
 
International
Albert Heijn, Australia Post, Carrefour, Coles, Loblaws, Morrisons, Rewe, Sobeys, Tesco, Woolworths
In the United States, our retail distribution network principally consists of grocery, specialty, convenience, other retail and digital or online retailers. Grocery retailers are especially well suited for selling a broad mix of prepaid products, since they primarily sell groceries and do not view the consumer-branded gift cards as competitive with the merchandise they sell in their own stores. As of January 2, 2016 , we had over 45,000 active retail distribution locations in the U.S. across approximately 135 retail distribution partners.
Outside the United States, we have followed a similar strategy of contracting with leading grocery chains and other retail channels, including convenience store chains which are higher trafficked internationally than in the U.S. We expanded our international presence through our 2013 acquisition of Retailo AG and its subsidiaries (collectively, Retailo and now renamed Blackhawk Network GmbH), a leading third-party gift card distribution network in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. In certain countries, including Japan, Indonesia, South Korea and South Africa, we distribute through sub-distributors that contract with in-country retailers for sale of our products. As of January 2, 2016 , our products were sold in over 170,000 active retail locations outside the U.S. across approximately 290 retail distribution partners. Revenue from international sales totaled 24.9% , 24.0% and 18.7% of our total operating revenues for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, (see Note 12 Segment Reporting and Enterprise-Wide Disclosures for information on long-term assets internationally).
Our largest retail distribution partner during each of the last three fiscal years was Kroger, where consumers activated prepaid products or purchased telecom handsets that generated 12.1%, 14.4% and 15.1% of our total worldwide operating revenues for the fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Giant Eagle and Albertsons/Safeway each generated less than 10% of revenues in 2015 and generated 7.1% and 10.8% of our 2014 total operating revenues, respectively, and 10.7% and 13.9% of our 2013 total operating revenues, respectively.
We typically enter into contracts with our retail distribution partners ranging from three years to five years in length. The agreements generally contain varying degrees of exclusivity for our distribution of prepaid products in their stores. They also provide, among other things, that we will pay our distribution partner a negotiated commission based on a percentage of the content provider commission or purchase fee we receive upon the sale of our various products and services. We believe our extensive gift card content, some of which is exclusive, coupled with frequent marketing promotions and the relatively high productivity for the space utilized, creates a powerful incentive for our retail distribution partners to remain loyal to our program.
Our products are sold through our retail distribution partners through prominent, in-store fixed location displays, typically branded as Gift Card Mall in the United States, Gift Card Store in Canada and similar names in other countries. We offer a wide variety of displays, including four-sided and two-sided rotating displays, as well as checkout line horizontal displays. Our primary displays are typically three-sided grocery aisle “end caps” that are seven feet tall and display up to 80 pegs of prepaid cards on each side, for a total of 4,800 cards when fully stocked. In many stores, our products are displayed in multiple locations including near checkout lanes and floral and greeting card sections of stores.

2

Table of Contents

We also sell prepaid products online through our websites GiftCardMall.com, GiftCardLab.com and GiftCards.com and third-party online retailers including Amazon.com, Staples.com and eBay.com as well as through websites operated by certain of our retail distribution partners (some of which also link to GiftCardMall.com). In addition, we provide application program interfaces, or APIs, to allow other payment services companies, financial institutions, social networks and retailers to incorporate various functions, such as gift card purchases, registration and balance-inquiry, into their digital and/or mobile applications.
Loyalty, Engagement and Incentive Products Distribution
Our consumer incentives business provides rebate processing and prepaid product fulfillment services. We deliver employee channel incentives and related software services that allow businesses to connect with employees and sales channel personnel. We also provide prepaid card fulfillment services to enterprise business clients and reseller clients for their incentives programs. We provide these services, collectively, to nearly 1,000 business clients. Businesses also use our products for employee reward programs, such as safety incentives, wellness incentives, spot recognition and service awards. In addition, over 5,000 unique customers purchased customized network branded prepaid cards and merchant gift cards through our IncentiveCardLab.com website in 2015 and in 2016 we added the OmniCard.com business incentives website through the Omni acquisition.
Products and Services
Prepaid products that we offer at retail are “activated” when a consumer loads funds (with cash or with a debit or credit card payment) at a retail store location or online. We also provide reloads for reloadable prepaid products, including prepaid telecom accounts and general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards. We typically negotiate multi-year contracts with our content providers. For many of our content providers, we have various types of exclusivity provisions related to certain of the retail channels through which we distribute their products. As of January 2, 2016 , we had agreements with over 700 content providers.
Our Incentives business provides software, consulting services, program management, reward processing and reward fulfillment to our business clients. The majority of rewards are fulfilled using a prepaid open loop card.
Apple Inc. is our largest content provider and represented 13.7%, 13.6% and 14.7% of our total operating revenues for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. No other content provider represented more than 10% of our total operating revenues during these periods.
For information on revenues and segment profit for our three reportable segments, see Note 12 Segment Reporting and Enterprise-Wide Disclosures in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Retail Products
Gift Card Products
Closed Loop (Private-Branded) Gift Cards.  Closed loop (private-branded) gift cards are generally described as merchant-specific prepaid cards, used for transactions exclusively at a particular merchant's locations or a group of stores affiliated with a particular merchant (such as franchise locations). We distribute closed loop gift cards in categories including digital media and e-commerce, dining, electronics, entertainment, fashion, gasoline, home improvement and travel. In 2015, we acquired Didix Gifting & Promotions B.V. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Didix), a provider of leisure themed and promotional gift cards. Gift cards that we distribute for sale directly to consumers in physical or online locations carry no consumer fees, and funds associated with the cards generally do not expire. These products contributed 60% of total operating revenues for 2015 .

3

Table of Contents

Product Category
 
Selected Brands
 
Digital Media & e-commerce
Amazon.com, Facebook, iTunes, Microsoft
Dining
Applebee’s, Outback Steakhouse, Starbucks, Subway
Electronics
Best Buy, GameStop
Entertainment
AMC Theatres, Regal Entertainment Group
Fashion
JCPenney, Kohl’s, Macy’s, TJ Maxx/Marshalls
Gasoline
BP, Shell
Home Improvement
Home Depot, Lowe’s
Travel
Southwest Airlines
Other Retail
Barnes & Noble, Bed Bath & Beyond, Sears, Target, Toys“R”Us
Open Loop (Network-Branded) Gift Cards.  Open loop (Network-Branded) gift cards are prepaid gift cards associated with an electronic payment network (such as Visa, MasterCard, American Express, or Discover), and are honored at multiple, unaffiliated locations (wherever cards from these networks are generally accepted). They are not merchant-specific. We distribute single-use, non-reloadable open loop gift cards carrying the American Express, MasterCard and Visa brands in our retail channels. We also serve as a program manager for our proprietary Visa gift cards that we distribute. Funds loaded on these cards by consumers at retail locations generally do not expire and can be redeemed at most merchant locations that accept the credit cards of the same network brand. These products contributed 15% of total operating revenues for 2015 .
Prepaid Telecom Products
We distribute a full range of prepaid wireless or cellular cards used to load airtime onto the prepaid handsets. We also purchase handsets from manufacturers and sell them for a markup to our retail distribution partner locations. Our prepaid wireless cards are denominated either in minutes purchased, which generally do not expire, or, increasingly, as flat rate voice and/or data plans. We offer prepaid telecom cards from all the major carriers including AT&T, Sprint’s Boost Network and Virgin Mobile brands, T-Mobile, TracFone and Verizon. Prepaid telecom cards and handsets contributed 5% of total operating revenues for 2015 .
Prepaid Financial Services Products (Open Loop Reloadable)
We program manage and distribute a proprietary, bank-issued GPR card that we have branded PayPower. We distribute GPR cards provided by Green Dot and NetSpend, the industry leaders in this product category. GPR cards have features similar to a typical bank checking account, including fee-free direct deposit, in-store and online purchasing capability wherever a credit card is accepted, bill payment and ATM cash access. Fees are charged to consumers for initial load and reload transactions, monthly account maintenance and other transactions, some of which are waived if certain conditions are met. We offer a proprietary reload network named Reloadit, which allows consumers to reload funds onto their previously purchased GPR cards, including our PayPower GPR card and certain other third-party GPR cards. In 2014, we began distributing Green Dot’s Money Pack product, which Green Dot discontinued during 2015 but plans to re-introduce in 2016 with updated features. The prepaid financial services products contributed 1% of total operating revenues for 2015.
Loyalty, Engagement and Incentive Products
Through Blackhawk Engagement Solutions, we provide (i) solutions to allow businesses to manage consumer incentive programs, including online or mail-in rebate processing, (ii) a hosted software platform for managing sales person and sales channel incentive programs, (iii) bulk prepaid card ordering systems to allow business and incentive program resellers to use prepaid cards as part of their own incentive and reward programs, and (iv) direct-to-participant fulfillment services for prepaid cards, checks and merchandise. Our prepaid products for the incentives business include open loop single-use incentive cards, open loop reloadable incentive cards that allow multiple incentives and rewards to be loaded onto a recipient’s card, restricted authorization network incentive cards that permit redemption at only selected merchants and closed loop gift cards. Funds on open loop incentive cards that are offered by businesses as incentives, rewards, or promotions generally have expiration dates ranging from 90 days to one year from the date of card activation.
Through our acquisition of Achievers in 2015, we provide a hosted-software platform for enterprise customers to implement employee engagement programs. The functions and content of the programs can be configured for each customer’s requirements and are designed similarly to a social media application. Our solutions include mobile applications as well as web-based tools for both employers and employee-participants to give monetary-based and non-monetary recognition for various achievements, behavior or milestones. Points earned through Achievers’ engagement solution can be redeemed by recipients for prepaid cards or merchandise.

4

Table of Contents


We also sell customizable open loop incentive cards and closed loop incentive cards through our IncentiveCardLab.com and OmniCard.com websites.
Revenues from Incentives products accounted for 12% of total revenues for 2015.
Cardpool Exchange Services
Through our gift card exchange business Cardpool, we offer consumers an online marketplace and various retail locations to sell unused gift cards that they do not want and an online sales website to purchase gift cards at a discount that others have sold to Cardpool. Cardpool contributed 6% of total operating revenues for 2015 .
Digital Services for Online and Mobile Applications
We have developed a technology platform to integrate prepaid products with other parties’ online, digital and mobile applications. In addition, we have developed application program interfaces, or APIs, to allow other payment services companies, financial institutions, social networks and retailers with whom we contract to incorporate functions such as balance inquiry, registration of gift cards, delivery of gift card offers and purchase of eGifts into their online and mobile applications. Revenue contribution from the digital services business is incorporated into the operating revenues for the related businesses.
Other Services
We receive marketing funds from our content providers to promote their prepaid cards throughout our retail distribution network. In some instances, we may receive a portion of other fees such as account maintenance, interchange or referral fees for certain open loop cards. We also receive other fees related to certain closed loop programs. These revenues have been included in the applicable products detailed above.
We provide card production and processing services to some of our prepaid gift and telecom content providers. These services accounted for 1% of total operating revenues in 2015 .
Description of Revenue Types
In a typical retail closed loop card transaction, the consumer purchases a gift card from our retail distribution partner who collects the transaction dollar volume. The retail distribution partner then forwards to us the collected amount, less the retail distribution partner’s share of the commission. We then remit the transaction dollar volume of each card, less the total amount of the commission and fees to the applicable content provider. The cardholders access the value they loaded on a closed loop card by using the card to pay for goods or services at the content provider’s physical store point-of-sale system or online at the content provider’s website. We earn commissions and fees from the content providers when a closed loop card is activated.
For a retail open loop card transaction, the consumer purchases a Visa, MasterCard or American Express branded gift card from our retail distribution partner who collects the transaction dollar volume and a purchase fee. For bank-issued cards, the retail distribution partner then forwards to us the transaction dollar volume and purchase fee, less the retail distribution partner’s share of the purchase fee. We then remit the transaction dollar volume of each card to the issuing bank, retaining the balance of the consumer purchase fee. The cardholders can access the value they loaded on an open loop card by using the card to pay for goods or services at any merchant that accepts the network-branded card. For such transactions, the issuing bank transfers funds through the network association to the merchant’s bank following the consumer’s purchase. The process is virtually the same with respect to American Express gift cards. In addition to the portion of the consumer purchase fee, we earn program management fees from issuing banks that are based on unspent card balances, as well as interchange fees, account service fees and, in some countries, card expiration fees resulting from the balances on expired cards.
For our Incentives business, we typically earn client purchase fees for the sale of incentive cards; fees for processing and fulfillment; program management fees from issuing banks that are based on expected balances remaining on cards after expiration or non-use, interchange and other fees from issuing banks; commissions on the redemption of certain open loop incentive cards using our proprietary restricted authorization network; monthly or period fees for client use of our management software; and miscellaneous program management and integration fees. Our Achievers business also earns revenue from redemption of employee rewards for merchandise or prepaid products.

5

Table of Contents

The following table describes how fees are earned for each of the following products:
Products and Services
 
How We Earn Fees
 
 
 
Closed Loop Gift Cards
Content providers pay us commission and fees based on transaction dollar volume. We share commissions with our retail distribution partners.
 
 
Open Loop Gift Cards
Consumers pay a flat fee upon card activation depending on transaction dollar volume. We share this fee with our retail distribution partners and content providers.
 
Our issuing banks pay us additional program management fees and other fees for our Visa gift cards, based, in part, on unspent balances.
 
We also earn a portion of merchant interchange fees when customers use our proprietary Visa gift card for purchases.
 
 
Prepaid Telecom Products
The telecom carriers pay us a commission based on transaction dollar volume. We share these commissions with our retail distribution partners.
 
We purchase handsets from manufacturers and sell them with a markup to our retail distribution partners. Our retail distribution partners retain the full proceeds from the sale of handsets to consumers.
 
 
Prepaid Financial Services
Products
Consumers pay flat fees for the initial purchase and subsequent reloads of our proprietary PayPower GPR cards. We share these fees with our retail distribution partners. In addition, we earn account maintenance fees, interchange and other transaction fees based on consumers’ continued use of these cards.
 
We earn a flat fee for each third-party GPR card we sell. We share this fee with our retail distribution partners. We also earn account maintenance and interchange fees from these third-party GPR content providers.
 
When consumers reload GPR cards on our Reloadit network, we collect a fee, which we share with our retail distribution partners. For third-party GPR cards, this fee is also shared with the third-party GPR content provider.
 
 
Loyalty, Incentive and Reward Products
We earn fees when we sell incentive cards to our business clients.

We earn fees for processing and fulfillment of consumer rebates.

Our issuing banks pay us additional program management fees and other fees for our open loop incentive cards.

We earn a portion of merchant interchange fees when consumers use our open loop incentive cards for purchases. We earn additional commissions when consumer make purchases using our restricted authorization network cards. We earn revenues when employees redeem points for merchandise or prepaid cards.

We earn subscription or periodic fees for use by customers of Blackhawk Engagement Solutions' or Achievers software.
 
 
Cardpool Exchange Services
We earn a markup on the sale of pre-owned closed loop gift cards, which we purchase from consumers at a discount to the amount of funds remaining on a card.
 
 
Other Fee Categories
Content providers pay us marketing funds to support programs that we coordinate with our retail distribution partners for the in-store or online promotion of their gift cards.
 
We earn revenue for card production and packaging services for content providers.
 
We earn fees related to certain closed loop card programs. We earn a split and/or fees on merchant promotions purchased through the nimblecommerce.com website.

6

Table of Contents

  Technology

We own and operate the critical components of our technology platforms including our transaction acquiring switch, prepaid card processing system, settlement system and digital platforms. These integrated systems are designed to allow us to authorize, process and settle transactions, address security and regulatory compliance, rapidly onboard new retail distribution partners and content providers and provide customer service across our network’s broad points of contact and electronic mediums. We own and operate various technology platforms related to our Incentives business.
Our product and service offerings are enabled by our technology platform in the following ways:
Gift Cards .  We have made a significant investment in direct connections to our retail distribution partners over the past ten years to ensure high reliability of the gift card activation transaction at the point of sale. We process activation transactions primarily through direct connections to the card processing systems of our content providers or their service providers. In addition, for our proprietary Visa gift cards sold in the U.S. and UK, Germany and Netherlands, we process all post-activation transactions, including redemptions, directly on our proprietary cloud-based processing platform.
Prepaid Financial Services .  Our proprietary PayPower products and Reloadit transactions are processed on a co-developed proprietary processing platform, which gives us significant flexibility in adding new functions or developing different program features. Card account and transaction data is extracted to a central data repository for reporting on card usage, analyzing customer behaviors and monitoring for fraudulent or potential money laundering activities. Fraud rules are integrated into the processing platform to provide us with real-time risk alerts and transaction review queues.
Digital Services .  Our digital platform is built on a scalable and configurable web platform. It deploys a service-oriented architecture in which web services enable other digital providers to utilize the prepaid services we offer.
Cardpool Exchange Services. Cardpool operates on a proprietary platform built on an open source web framework that manages pricing, spreads, orders and inventory for our gift card exchange marketplace and provides a web-based interface for customers and an API-based interface for partners.
Incentives. Blackhawk Engagement Solutions platforms include software used by business clients for purchase and management of incentives and rewards, a consumer rebate processing platform that digitizes all rebate claims submitted and applies automated program rules for validation of claims, Achievers’ hosted “Aspire” software platform that provides a social media-like interface for employee engagement, and reward fulfillment platforms that allow us to immediately fulfill approved rewards with checks, prepaid cards, or merchandise. We also provide reports and analytical tools for our business clients to evaluate the effectiveness of their programs. Most open loop incentive cards we issue are also processed on our proprietary cloud-based processing platform.
Over the past three years, our capital expenditures related to the development of these technology platforms, other card management platforms and related hardware totaled over $116 million, including over $51 million in 2015 . Over the past two years, we have also acquired multiple platforms as a result of the acquisitions that make up our Incentives business.
We believe our technology capabilities, enhanced by the platforms we acquired to provide scalable loyalty, incentive and reward solutions, provide us with significant competitive advantages and cannot be easily replicated. Our systems are designed to be secure, highly reliable and scalable. Our technology capital expenditures included expenditures for hardware, licensed software and internally developed software for processing and switching technologies, mobile applications and enhancements to our enterprise resource planning and other infrastructure systems.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing teams manage our relationships with content providers, retail distribution partners and incentive business clients. They also develop retail marketing programs and communication strategies to reach our consumers. We provide or fund product display fixtures and provide or coordinate merchandising visits intended to maintain in-stock conditions on the displays. We also manage or participate in the design of effective in-store marketing programs funded jointly by our content partners and distribution partners. In addition, we use online marketing in connection with our financial services products, GiftCardMall.com, GiftCardLab.com, GiftCards.com, IncentiveCardLab.com, OmniCard.com and Cardpool.com. For our incentive business clients, we provide research papers, consumer and employee analyses and other tools and services to develop their incentive and reward programs.

7

Table of Contents

Operations and Customer Service
Our operations services include production and fulfillment of prepaid products for which we contract with third-party card printing, warehouse and fulfillment logistics providers. Contracts with these providers are typically for terms of three to four years. In the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, we have integrated our order management systems with our third-party service providers’ warehouse management systems to optimize fulfillment to stores. For select retail distribution partners that elect to participate, we also operate an inventory tracking and replenishment system and deliver automated re-orders directly to individual stores to optimize in-stock positions. In the U.S. we provide in-store merchandising services for certain retail distribution partners.
Our services also include a customer service function that utilizes both in-house and third-party call centers to support our proprietary open loop products (gift, GPR and incentive), and general fulfillment and card activation for our retail distribution channel, online gift card sales and our business incentive and reward channel. Our in-house call centers are located in Reno, Nevada, in San Salvador, El Salvador and in Mirimichi, Canada. We employ second level customer and partner support personnel at our corporate headquarters in Pleasanton, California, and our various regional offices. We utilize Interactive Voice Response systems, web-based support and email support in our customer service efforts. We also operate a Network Operations Center at our corporate headquarters to monitor all systems and partner connections worldwide.
Bank Partners
We derive a material amount of our revenue from our program-managed proprietary open loop products, which include our proprietary Visa gift, PayPower GPR and open loop incentive cards. For the year ended January 2, 2016 , these programs represented 20.2% of our total operating revenues. The issuing banks for these programs, as well as issuing banks for other network-branded card programs that we program manage, provide Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured depository accounts tied to prepaid open loop cards, access to ATM networks, membership in the card associations and other banking functions. The issuing banks hold cardholder funds, charge applicable fees on certain products and collect interchange fees charged to merchants when cardholders make purchase transactions using prepaid open loop cards. Our issuing banks remit some or all of those fees to us plus additional fees for our program management services.
In the United States, we currently serve as program manager for four issuing banks for our proprietary open loop products: MetaBank, Sunrise Bank, N.A., CenterState Bank and The Bancorp Bank. MetaBank has been an issuing bank for both our proprietary Visa gift cards and Visa-branded PayPower GPR cards since 2007, was an issuing bank for our incentive and reward products for InteliSpend and Parago, and will continue as an issuing bank for incentive and rewards products for our Incentives business. For the year ended January 2, 2016, the MetaBank program represented 15.2% of our total operating revenues. Sunrise Bank, N.A. has been an issuing bank for our proprietary Visa gift card program since November 2011. The Bancorp Bank has been an issuing bank for our Visa-branded PayPower GPR cards since May 2012, was and remains an issuing bank for CardLab.
Outside the United States, we contract with several issuing banks for open loop products that we program manage. For the year ended January 2, 2016 , these programs represented approximately 1.8% of our total operating revenues.
Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We rely on relationships with card issuing banks for services related to products for which we act as program manager, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if we fail to maintain these relationships or if we maintain them under new terms that are less favorable to us." A data security breach could expose us to costly government enforcement actions, liability and protracted and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation and operating revenues” for additional information.

8

Table of Contents

  Competition
Due to the breadth of our product offerings and distribution channels, we face a number of competitors across different business sectors domestically and internationally in our Retail Products business, including some competitors whose products we distribute in select locations. Many of our existing competitors with respect to our closed loop and open loop business are larger than we are and have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and greater name recognition than we do. Our competitors include Visa, Western Union, MoneyGram, Green Dot, NetSpend, Euronet and InComm. New companies, or alliances among existing companies, may be formed that rapidly achieve a significant market position. Our Incentives business competes with others who provide rebate and incentive processing services such as Young America, ACB and other providers of traditional travel and merchandise incentives and awards such as Maritz, Aimia and OC Tanner as well as companies focused on employee incentives such as Globoforce. Our incentives and rewards business also competes with other prepaid products companies for fulfillment of awards including Citibank Prepaid Solutions, InComm, and multiple other prepaid card providers for the incentives business. We also face competition from companies who are developing new prepaid access technologies and from businesses outside of the prepaid industry, including traditional providers of financial services such as banks and money services providers, and card issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards and gift cards. Some of these competitors offer digital solutions that do not require plastic cards for redemption by the consumer and allow for the sale of prepaid cards through new or existing online and mobile channels.
Overall, our ability to continue to compete effectively will be based on a number of factors, including customer service, quality and range of products and services offered, price, reputation, customer convenience and other considerations. For additional information about competition, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We face intense competitive pressure, which may materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Continued consolidation within our industry could increase the bargaining power of our current and future clients and vendors and further increase our client concentration or reduce competition among our third-party vendors. We rely on our content providers for our product and service offerings, and the loss of one or more of our top content providers or a decline in the contracted commission when such a content provider renews its agreement with us or a decline in demand for their products, or our failure to maintain existing exclusivity arrangements with certain content providers or to attract new content providers to our network, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” and “—If our retail distribution partners fail to actively and effectively promote our products and services, or if they implement operational decisions that are inconsistent with our interests, our future growth and results of operations may suffer.”
Seasonal Variations
Our business is significantly affected by seasonal consumer spending habits, which are most pronounced in December of each year as a result of the holiday selling season. A significant portion of gift card sales occurs in late December of each year during the holiday gifting season. As a result, we earn a significant portion of our revenues, net income and cash flows during the fourth quarter of each year. We also experience an increase in revenues, net income and cash flows during the second quarter of each year, which we primarily attribute to the Mother's Day, Father's Day and graduation gifting season and the Easter holiday. Depending on when the Easter holiday occurs, the associated increase could occur in either the first or second quarter. For additional information about the effects of seasonality on our business, please see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality.”
Intellectual Property

The technologies used in the payments industry are protected by a wide array of intellectual property rights. Our intellectual property is important to our continued success. Like other companies in our industry, we rely on patent, trademark and copyright laws and trade secret protection in the United States and other countries, as well as employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We also license technology from third parties which provide various levels of protection against technology infringement by third parties.
We pursue the registration of our intellectual property rights, such as domain names, trademarks, service marks and patents, in the United States and in various other countries. We own dozens of registered trademarks, including the Blackhawk Network, Reloadit, InteliSpend, Parago, Achievers, Omni Prepaid and Everywhere gift card trademarks. We also have many pending trademark applications. Through agreements with our retail distribution partners and customers, we authorize and monitor the use of our trademarks in connection with their activities with us.

9

Table of Contents

As of January 2, 2016 , we own, or are the exclusive licensee of, over 65 patents in various countries providing coverage for systems and methods relating to prepaid product loads and reloads, ewallet services, eGift card transactions, swipe/scan reload, packaging, card design, processing, online services, card exchange, and fraud prevention in eGift card transactions. These patents expire at various dates, ranging from 2016 to 2033. We own over an additional 140 patent applications in various countries for various card assemblies and packaging, security features, activation and processing methods, and online prepaid services and have licensed exclusive rights that arise from ten patent applications. We do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. We believe a robust patent portfolio to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary systems will become increasingly important as the prepaid industry continues to expand.
 
Regulation
We operate in an ever-evolving and complex legal and regulatory environment. We, the products and services that we offer and market, and those for which we provide processing services, are subject to a variety of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including, but not limited to:
federal anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act (the Patriot Act), the Bank Secrecy Act (the BSA), anti-terrorist financing laws and anti-bribery and corrupt practice laws and regulations in the U.S., and similar international laws and regulations;
state unclaimed property laws and money transmitter or similar licensing requirements;
federal and state consumer protection laws, including the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the CARD Act), and the Durbin Amendment to Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the Dodd-Frank Act), and regulations relating to privacy and data security; and
foreign jurisdiction payment services industry laws and regulations.
Anti-Money Laundering Regulation.  We are subject to a comprehensive federal anti-money laundering regulatory regime that is constantly evolving. The anti-money laundering regulations to which we are subject include the BSA, as amended by the Patriot Act, which criminalizes the financing of terrorism and enhances existing BSA regimes through: (a) expanding AML program requirements to certain delineated financial institutions; (b) strengthening customer identification procedures; (c) prohibiting financial institutions from engaging in business with foreign shell banks; (d) requiring financial institutions to have due diligence procedures and, where appropriate, enhanced due diligence procedures for foreign correspondent and private banking accounts; and (e) improving information sharing between financial institutions and the U.S. government. Pursuant to the BSA, we have instituted a Customer Identification Program, (CIP). The CIP is incorporated into our BSA/anti-money laundering compliance program. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We are increasingly facing more stringent anti-money laundering rules and regulations, compliance with which may increase our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business” for additional information.
Our subsidiary, Blackhawk Network California, Inc. (Blackhawk Network California), is a registered money services business subject to reporting and recordkeeping requirements related to anti-money laundering compliance obligations arising under the Patriot Act and its implementing regulations. In addition, the Prepaid Access Rule promulgated by the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) of the Treasury Department under its authority to implement the BSA, imposes certain obligations, such as registration and collection of consumer information, on “providers” of certain prepaid access programs, including the prepaid products issued by the banks for which we serve as program manager. FinCEN has taken the position that, where the issuing bank has principal oversight and control of such prepaid access programs, no other participant in the distribution chain, including us as the program manager, is required to register as a provider under the Prepaid Access Rule. On November 4, 2013, FinCEN affirmed that it did not expect Blackhawk to register as a provider under the Prepaid Access Rule for Blackhawk’s bank-issued products.
In order to qualify for certain exclusions under the Prepaid Access Rule, some of our content providers were required to modify operational elements of their products, such as limiting the amount that can be loaded onto a card in any one day. In addition, pursuant to the Prepaid Access Rule, we and some of our retail distribution partners have adopted policies and procedures to prevent the sale of more than $10,000 in prepaid access (including closed loop and open loop products that fall under the monetary thresholds outlined above) to any one person during any one day.

10

Table of Contents

Anti-Terrorism and Anti-Bribery Regulation.  We are also subject to an array of federal anti-terrorism and anti-bribery legislation. For example, the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) administers a series of laws that impose economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers, those engaged in activities related to the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and other entities that pose threats to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the United States. As part of its enforcement efforts, OFAC publishes a list of individuals and companies owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, targeted countries, as well as those such as terrorists and narcotics traffickers designated under programs that are not country-specific and with whom U.S. persons are generally prohibited from dealing.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits the payment of bribes to foreign government officials and political figures and includes anti-bribery provisions enforced by the Department of Justice and accounting provisions enforced by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). The statute has a broad reach, covering all U.S. companies and citizens doing business abroad, among others, and defining a foreign official to include not only those holding public office but also local citizens affiliated with foreign government-run or -owned organizations. The statute also requires maintenance of appropriate books and records and maintenance of adequate internal controls to prevent and detect possible FCPA violations. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Abuse of our prepaid products for purposes of financing sanctioned countries, terrorist funding, bribery or corruption could cause reputational or other harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” for additional information.
Consumer Protection.  We are subject to various federal, state and foreign consumer protection laws, including those related to unfair and deceptive trade practices as well as privacy and data security, which are discussed under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Failure to comply with, or further expansion of, consumer protection regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” and “—A data security breach could expose us to costly government enforcement actions, liability and protracted and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation and operating revenues.”
Federal Regulation.  At the federal level, Congress and federal regulatory agencies have enacted and implemented new laws and regulations that affect the prepaid industry, such the CARD Act and FinCEN’s Prepaid Access Rule. Moreover, there are currently proposals before Congress that could further substantially change the way banks, including prepaid card issuing banks and other financial services companies, are regulated and are permitted to offer their products to consumers. Products of certain non-bank financial services companies, including money transmitters and prepaid access providers, are now regulated at the federal level by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB), which began operations in July 2011, bringing additional uncertainty to the regulatory system and its impact on our business. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We are increasingly facing more stringent anti-money laundering rules and regulations, compliance with which may increase our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business,” “—Abuse of our prepaid products for purposes of financing sanctioned countries, terrorist funding, bribery or corruption could cause reputational or other harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition,” “—Failure to comply with, or further expansion of, consumer protection regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition,” and “—Failure by us to comply with federal banking regulation may subject us to fines and penalties and our relationships with our issuing banks may be harmed” for additional information.
State Unclaimed Property.  For some of our prepaid products, we or our issuing banks are required to remit unredeemed funds to certain (but not all) states pursuant to unclaimed property laws. However, unclaimed property laws are subject to change. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Costs of compliance or penalties for failure to comply with or changes in state unclaimed property laws and regulations and changes in state tax codes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations” for additional information.
Money Transmitter Licenses or Permits .  Most states regulate the business of sellers of traveler’s checks, money orders, drafts and other monetary instruments, which we refer to collectively as money transmitters. While many states expressly exempt banks and their agents from regulation as money transmitters, others purport to regulate the money transmittal businesses of bank agents or do not extend exemptions to non-branch bank agents. We have historically taken the position that state money transmitter statutes do not apply to our core prepaid card distribution business. Nonetheless, in connection with our open loop business, we rely on the money transmitter licenses of Blackhawk Network California in connection with our bank-issued products in some of those states; and for our core retail distribution business, Blackhawk Network, Inc., is licensed in connection with gift card distribution in two states, Maryland and West Virginia.

11

Table of Contents

Blackhawk Network California is a licensed money transmitter in 47 U.S. jurisdictions and Puerto Rico. The remaining U.S. jurisdictions do not currently regulate money transmitters or have determined that we do not need to be licensed in connection with our current businesses. In those states where we are licensed, we are subject to direct supervision and regulation by the relevant state banking departments or similar agencies charged with enforcement of the money transmitter statutes and must comply with various restrictions and requirements, such as those related to the maintenance of certain levels of net worth, surety bonding, selection and oversight of our authorized delegates, permissible investments in an amount equal to our outstanding payment obligations with respect to some of the products subject to licensure, recordkeeping and reporting, and disclosures to consumers. We are also subject to periodic examinations by the relevant licensing authorities, which may include reviews of our compliance practices, policies and procedures, financial position and related records, various agreements that we have with our issuing banks, retail distribution partners and other third parties, privacy and data security policies and procedures, and other matters related to our business. As a regulated entity, Blackhawk Network California incurs significant costs associated with regulatory compliance. We anticipate that compliance costs and requirements will increase in the future for our regulated subsidiaries and that additional subsidiaries will need to become subject to these or new regulations. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—If we fail to maintain our existing money transmitter licenses or permits, or fail to obtain new licenses or permits in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected” for additional information.
Privacy. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store personally identifiable information about Cardpool customers, holders of our proprietary Visa gift, PayPower GPR and open loop incentive cards. This information may include names, addresses, email addresses, social security numbers, driver’s license numbers and account numbers. We also maintain a database of cardholder data for our proprietary Visa gift card relating to specific transactions, including account numbers, in order to process transactions and prevent fraud. These activities subject us to certain privacy and information security laws, regulations and rules in the United States, including, for example, the privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and its implementing regulations, various other federal and state privacy and information security statutes and regulations, and the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard.
These federal and state laws, as well as our agreements with our issuing banks, contain restrictions relating to the collection, processing, storage, disposal, use and disclosure of personal information, and require that we have in place policies regarding information privacy and security. We have in effect a privacy policy, as well as business processes, relating to personal information provided to us in connection with requests for information or services, and we continue to work with our issuing banks and other third parties to update policies and programs and adapt our business practices in order to comply with applicable privacy laws and regulations. Certain state laws also require us to notify affected individuals of certain kinds of security breaches that contain their personal information. These laws may also require us to notify state law enforcement, regulators or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Failure to comply with, or further expansion of, consumer protection regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” and “—A data security breach could expose us to costly government enforcement actions, liability and protracted and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation and operating revenues” for additional information.
Foreign Regulation.  We are subject to regulation by foreign governments and must maintain permits and licenses in certain foreign jurisdictions in order to conduct our business. Our Blackhawk Network (UK) Limited subsidiary is regulated as an electronic money institution in the United Kingdom, and in 2012, it began issuing an open loop product. We have “passported” the money license to Germany and the Netherlands under EU regulations. Foreign regulations also present obstacles to, or increased costs associated with, our expansion into international markets. For example, in certain jurisdictions we face costs associated with repatriating funds to the United States, administrative costs associated with payment settlement and other compliance costs related to doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We are also subject to foreign privacy and other regulations. These foreign regulations often differ in kind, scope and complexity from U.S. regulations. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We are subject to added business, political, regulatory, operational, financial and economic risks associated with our international operations” for additional information.
For additional information about the regulatory environment in which we operate, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We operate in a highly and increasingly regulated environment, and failure by us or our partners and clients to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” and “—Changes in laws and regulations to which we are subject, or to which we may become subject in the future, may materially increase our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business.”

12

Table of Contents

Card Association and Network Organization Rules. In addition to the federal and state laws and regulations discussed above, we and our issuing banks are also subject to card association and debit network rules and standards. The operating rules govern a variety of areas, including how consumers and merchants may use their cards and data security. Each card association and network organization audits us from time to time to ensure our compliance with these standards. Noncompliance with these rules or standards due to our acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of businesses that work with us could result in fines and penalties or the termination of the card association registrations held by us or any of our issuing banks. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Changes in card association rules or standards set by Visa, MasterCard and Discover, or changes in card association and debit network fees or products or interchange rates, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”
Employees
As of January 2, 2016 , we had 2,331 employees. We are not subject to any collective bargaining agreement and have never been subject to a work stoppage. We believe that we have maintained good relationships with our employees.
Corporate and Available Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 6220 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California 94588, and our telephone number at that location is (925) 226-9990. Our website is www.blackhawknetwork.com. The information available on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into and is not a part of this Annual Report and should not be considered to be part of this Annual Report.
We file reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC. We make available on our Investor Relations website, free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC.
The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this Annual Report. The occurrence of any of the events or circumstances described below or other adverse events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additional risks or uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also harm our business.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We may not be able to grow at historic rates in the future, if at all.
Our revenues have grown rapidly, increasing from $1.4 billion in 2014 to $1.8 billion in 2015, representing a growth rate of 24.6% . There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue our historic growth rates in future periods. Our ability to maintain and grow our business depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. These include:
changes in consumer and corporate preferences and demand for the products and services that we offer;
our ability to retain and attract new retail and corporate customers, both in-store and online;
our ability to maintain and expand our distribution network and business partners;
our ability to maintain and expand the supply and variety of products and services that we distribute and offer;
our ability to increase the productivity of our distribution partners’ stores, including through in-store execution of marketing, loyalty and merchandising programs;

13

Table of Contents

our ability to anticipate and adapt to technological changes in the industry, as well as to develop new technologies to deliver our product and service offerings;
our ability to maintain our relationships with banks that issue open loop prepaid cards (card issuing banks) and other industry participants;
pricing pressure in the face of increasing competition and other market forces;
regulatory changes or uncertainties that increase compliance costs, decrease the attractiveness of the products and services we offer or make it more difficult or less attractive for us, our distribution partners or our content providers, including card issuing banks, to participate in our industry; and
consumer acceptance of our product and services offerings in international markets, and our ability to grow our international operations and manage related regulatory compliance and foreign currency fluctuations.
Even if we are successful in increasing our operating revenues through our various initiatives and strategies, we may experience a decline in growth rates and/or an increase in expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our future growth and profitability depend upon our continued expansion within the markets in which we currently operate and the further expansion of these markets. As part of our strategy to achieve this expansion, we look for acquisition opportunities, investments and alliance relationships with other businesses that will allow us to increase our market penetration, technological capabilities, product offerings and distribution capabilities. We may not be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition, investment and alliance candidates in the future, and if we do, they may not provide us with the value and benefits we anticipate.
Our operating revenues may decline if we lose one or more of our top retail distribution partners, fail to maintain existing relationships with our retail distribution partners or fail to attract new retail distribution partners to our network, or if the financial performance of our retail distribution partners’ businesses declines.
The success of our business depends in large part upon our relationships with retail distribution partners. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, products sold through our top five largest retail distribution partners accounted for approximately 32.2%, 36.4% and 43.2% of our operating revenues, respectively. Many of our retail distribution partner agreements are subject to renewal every three to five years. Upon expiration of their agreements with us, our distribution partners may enter into relationships with our competitors instead of renewing their agreements with us, renew all or a portion of their agreements with us on less favorable terms or establish direct relationships with our content providers. In addition, a distribution partner may file for bankruptcy or otherwise sell off or wind-down its business. There is no assurance that we will be able to continue our relationships with these distribution partners on the same terms, or at all, in future periods. Among other things, many of our distribution partner agreements contain varying degrees of exclusivity for us as the provider of prepaid products in their stores, and it is important to our competitive positioning to maintain those exclusive relationships. Our operating results could be materially and adversely affected if any of our significant distribution partners terminates, fails to renew or fails to renew on similar or more favorable terms, its agreement with us; and any publicity regarding such loss could harm our reputation, making it more difficult to attract and retain other distribution partners. In addition, exclusive relationships between potential distribution partners and our competitors as well as other commercial arrangements may make it difficult for us to attract new distribution partners to our network.
The success of our business also depends on the continued success of our distribution partners’ businesses. Accordingly, our operating results may fluctuate with the performance of our partners’ businesses, including their ability to maintain and increase consumer traffic in their stores.

14

Table of Contents

We rely on our content providers for our product and service offerings, and the loss of one or more of our top content providers or a decline in the contracted commission when such a content provider renews its agreement with us or a decline in demand for their products, or our failure to maintain existing exclusivity arrangements with certain content providers or to attract new content providers to our network, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The success of our business depends, in large part, on our ability to offer a wide array of quality content. Our agreements with our content providers generally range from one to three years in length. There can be no assurance that we will be able to negotiate a renewal of those agreements on satisfactory economic or other terms or at all. Some of these agreements also permit the content providers to terminate their agreements with us prior to expiration if we fail to meet certain operational performance standards, among other reasons. In addition, we distribute the open loop gift and reloadable products of certain of our competitors, such as American Express, Green Dot and NetSpend. These content providers may choose to cease doing business with us for competitive or other reasons.
Many of our content provider agreements specify varying degrees of exclusivity for Blackhawk as a third-party distributor. Failure to maintain the same level of exclusivity of any of our agreements, whether upon renewal with our content providers or otherwise, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The exclusive arrangements that we have been able to negotiate vary widely, and in many instances exclusivity is limited to particular channels, such as conventional grocery retailer channels, or more narrowly. Our content providers with limited or no exclusivity arrangements may decide to establish direct relationships with our distribution partners or use other third-party distributors to sell through existing or other channels. Our content providers may also eliminate their third-party distribution relationships entirely and offer their cards only in their own physical and online retail locations. Certain of our content providers represent a significant portion of our revenues, one of which (Apple Inc.) represented 13.7%, 13.6% and 14.7% of our total operating revenues in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Some of our contracts with content providers require a bank letter of credit to secure a portion of our payment obligations. Failure to provide adequate security or our failure to demonstrate our credit worthiness to certain content providers, or to prospective new content providers, may adversely affect our ability to maintain our relationships with our content providers or adversely affect our cash flows. Please see Risk Factor titled “Our credit and collateral agreements with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and other financial institutions contain certain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business and, in the event of a default, could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.”
Our ability to grow our business depends, in part, on our ability to expand our product offerings by adding new content providers. Some prospective content providers could have exclusive relationships with our competitors. In addition, some of our agreements with content providers prohibit us from offering products of those providers’ competitors. If we are not able to attract new content providers due to exclusivity arrangements, competition or other factors, our business may suffer.
The success of our business is heavily dependent on consumer demand for our content providers’ products and services. Any factors negatively affecting our content providers or their industries, including those discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We rely on relationships with card issuing banks for services related to products for which we act as program manager, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if we fail to maintain these relationships or if we maintain them under new terms that are less favorable to us.
We rely on card issuing banks for critical services, such as membership in the Visa card association and provision of FDIC-insured depository accounts tied to our program-managed open loop card programs, including gift cards, incentive debit cards and GPR cards. MetaBank is one of the card issuing banks for our proprietary open loop card programs and, in 2015, was the card issuing bank for the substantial majority of such programs. The MetaBank program represented approximately 15.2%, 11.6% and 9.6% of our total operating revenues for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. If our relationship with MetaBank deteriorates, it could hinder our ability to grow our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We cannot provide any assurance that we will continue to achieve comparable financial terms related to these programs if we are required or elect to reduce or eliminate new card issuances through MetaBank. In addition, we may not be able to renew our existing agreements with similar terms or in its entirety with card issuing banks or enter into relationships with additional banks on acceptable terms, or at all . Furthermore, consumer spending patterns may change, resulting in a decrease of the unredeemed card balance which, in turn, could adversely affect our program revenues from our issuing banks, results of operations and financial condition.

15

Table of Contents

We have agreements with Sunrise Bank, N.A. as a second card issuing bank for proprietary Visa gift cards and with The Bancorp Bank (Bancorp) as a second card issuing bank for Visa-branded GPR cards. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce the risk associated with our reliance on MetaBank. We continue to use MetaBank as the card issuing bank for a substantial majority of our proprietary Visa gift cards, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will continue to achieve comparable financial terms related to these programs. In addition, there has been increased regulatory scrutiny of products and services that are offered by card issuing banks in general (including our card issuing banks) in conjunction with third parties. For example, Bancorp entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) which became effective on June 5, 2014. While Bancorp took that action without admitting or denying any charges of unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation relating to its Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) Compliance Program, the Stipulation and Order has in certain cases limited our ability to expand our offering of Bancorp-issued GPR cards. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to rely on Bancorp as a secondary card issuing bank for new distribution of GPR cards. As another example, on January 5, 2015, the FDIC published industry guidance in the form of Frequently Asked Questions with respect to the categorization of deposit liabilities as “brokered” deposits. The FDIC determined that, subject to certain limitations, many funds obtained from consumers as part of the purchase of GPR cards sold to members of the public at retail stores qualify as brokered deposits. Only a “well capitalized” depository institution may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval; and an “adequately capitalized” depository institution may accept brokered deposits only with prior regulatory approval.
As a result of the increased regulatory scrutiny, generally, we have also faced increased compliance costs. To the extent that our card issuing banks continue to face increased regulatory pressure, we may face further increased compliance costs and limits on our product offerings, among other consequences. If any material adverse event were to affect MetaBank, Sunrise Bank, N.A., Bancorp or any other card issuing bank with whom we have a relationship, including a decline in their financial condition, a determination that they were not sufficiently capitalized to allow them to utilize us or our distribution network for selling GPR cards, a decline in the quality of their services, loss of their deposits, their failure or inability to comply with applicable banking and financial regulatory requirements, a systems failure or their inability to pay us fees or outstanding receivable balances, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
If our retail distribution partners fail to actively and effectively promote our products and services, or if they implement operational decisions that are inconsistent with our interests, our future growth and results of operations may suffer.
Approximately 72.4% of our 2015 operating revenues were derived from sales of our products and services at the locations of our retail distribution partners . Our success depends heavily on the prepaid products selected for display by our distribution partners and how our distribution partners actually display and promote the prepaid products, which we can influence and facilitate but do not control. For example, the in-store placement and size of our prepaid card displays, as well as the marketing and merchandising efforts of our distribution partners for our products and services, all have an impact on the number and transaction dollar volume of products and services sold. Although we advise our distribution partners concerning optimal display of the card content, our contracts allow distribution partners to exercise significant discretion over the placement and promotion of our products in their stores. In addition, our distribution partners who only have basic displays of our products may not be willing or able to implement enhanced displays and marketing efforts, which could significantly harm our ability to grow our business. If our distribution partners give more favorable placement or promotion to the products and services of our competitors, or otherwise fail to effectively market our products and services, or implement changes in their systems that disrupt the integration with our processing systems, our results of operations may suffer.
Historically, inclusion of our products and services in certain of our distribution partners’ customer loyalty programs has resulted in significant increases in sales of our products at such partners. A part of our growth strategy is to continue to expand inclusion and promotion of our products in these loyalty programs. However, customer participation in these loyalty programs may decline, or our distribution partners may fail to adopt new loyalty programs that include our distributed products and services, change their existing loyalty programs in a manner that reduces or eliminates inclusion of our products and services or reduces the programs’ effectiveness or terminate their existing loyalty programs altogether. For example, some of these loyalty programs provide for discounts on gasoline. Fuel price declines or reduction of the fuel discount by our distribution partners, could cause customer participation in these loyalty programs to decline. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

16

Table of Contents

We operate in a highly and increasingly regulated environment, and failure by us or our partners and clients to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We and our content providers and distribution partners and issuing banks are subject to a wide variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations. This legal and regulatory landscape has significantly expanded and has become increasingly complex in recent years, and we expect such trends to continue. These laws and regulations presently include, among others:
federal anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act (the Patriot Act), the BSA, anti-terrorist financing laws and anti-bribery and corrupt practice laws and regulations and similar international laws and regulations;
federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations;
federal economic sanctions laws overseen by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC);
state unclaimed property (escheat) laws and money transmitter licensing requirements;
data protection laws and regulations; and
foreign jurisdiction payment services industry laws and regulations.
Costs of compliance or penalties for failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The laws and regulations applicable to our business, and to the businesses of our content providers and distribution partners, are often unclear and may differ or conflict among jurisdictions, rendering compliance difficult and costly. Failure by us and our regulated subsidiaries or businesses that participate in our distribution network to comply with all applicable laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties, limitations on our ability to conduct our business, or governmental or third-party actions. Regulatory agencies in these matters may seek recovery of large or indeterminate amounts or seek to have aspects of our business or that of our business partners modified or suspended. The outcome of regulatory proceedings or investigations is difficult to predict. Any fines, penalties or limitations on our business could significantly harm our reputation with consumers and other program participants, as well as the reputation of the banks that issue open loop cards that we manage, any and all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition, including potentially decreasing acceptance and use of, and loyalty to, our products and services. In addition, if our content providers, distribution partners or other customers have adverse experiences resulting from regulatory compliance obligations arising from their relationships with us, they may seek to curtail, terminate or adversely modify those relationships, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, we perform various compliance functions on behalf of our card issuing banks, and any failure to perform those functions properly could result in contractual claims brought against us by our card issuing banks or actions brought by regulatory agencies.
We are increasingly facing more stringent anti-money laundering rules and regulations, compliance with which may increase our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business.
In the U.S., we are subject to the BSA, as amended by the Patriot Act, and we are subject to similar laws in other markets, including the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act in Canada. In the U.S., Blackhawk Network California is a registered money services business subject to reporting requirements related to anti-money laundering compliance obligations arising under the Patriot Act and its implementing regulations. A more aggressive enforcement of the BSA and other anti-money laundering and terrorist financing prevention laws or more onerous regulation could increase our or our distribution partners’ compliance costs or require changes in, or place limits upon, the products and services we offer. In addition our compliance with the relevant requirements requires significant personnel resources, as well as extensive contact with legal counsel and consultants to stay abreast of applicable law and regulations which results in additional costs. Each of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service as we are a “money services business” under the BSA. To the extent that we fail to comply with the BSA, we are subject to enforcement jurisdiction by the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Department of the Treasury and potentially other federal and state regulatory agencies, and we may incur fines and penalties as well as harm our relationships with our issuing banks, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

17

Table of Contents

In addition, abuse of our prepaid products or our Cardpool business for purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing could cause reputational or other harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Please see the Risk Factor titled “Fraudulent and other illegal activity involving our products and services could lead to reputational and financial harm to us or our partners and reduce the use and acceptance of our prepaid access products and services” for additional information.
Abuse of our prepaid products for purposes of financing sanctioned countries, terrorist funding, bribery or corruption could cause reputational or other harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to an array of federal anti-terrorism and anti-bribery legislation such as a series of laws administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Abuse of our prepaid products for purposes of financing sanctioned countries or corruption could cause reputational or other harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Increasing regulatory scrutiny of our industry with respect to terrorist financing or corruption could result in more aggressive enforcement of such laws or more onerous regulation, which could increase our compliance costs or require changes in, or place limits upon, the products and services we offer, and which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Failure to comply with, or further expansion of, consumer protection regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to federal regulation aimed at consumer protection. For example, the CARD Act imposes requirements relating to disclosures, fees and expiration dates that are generally applicable to gift certificates and prepaid cards. We believe that GPR cards and the maintenance fees charged on our GPR cards are exempt from these requirements under an express exclusion for cards that are reloadable and not marketed or labeled as a gift card or gift certificate. However, this exclusion is not available if the issuer, the distribution partner or the program manager promotes, even if occasionally, the use of the GPR card as a gift card or gift certificate. We provide our distribution partners with instructions and policies regarding the display and promotion of our GPR cards so that retailers do not market our GPR cards as gift cards. For example, we instruct retailers to separate or otherwise distinguish our GPR cards from gift cards on their displays. However, we do not control our distribution partners and cannot assure that they will comply with our instructions and policies. If displayed incorrectly, it is possible that our GPR cards would lose their eligibility for this exclusion from the CARD Act requirements, and therefore could be deemed to be in violation of the CARD Act, which could result in the imposition of fines, the suspension of our ability to offer GPR cards, civil liability, criminal liability and the inability of our card issuing banks to apply certain fees to our GPR cards, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, on November 13, 2014, the CFPB issued a proposed rule to regulate prepaid accounts (the Proposed Rule). The Proposed Rule would cover the GPR cards that we program manage and distribute, our Reloadit product, and potentially certain other products we distribute. With respect to covered products, the Proposed Rule would mandate; (i) extensive pre-purchase and post-purchase disclosures; (ii) expanded electronic billing statements; (iii) adherence to the requirements of Regulation E, including requirements regarding limitations on customer liability and billing error resolution; (iv) adherence to certain requirements of Regulation Z for prepaid accounts that permit negative balances (including overdraft features); and (v) public posting of account agreements. While we believe that application of certain Regulation E provisions to GPR products is appropriate, other components of the Proposed Rule would be highly disruptive to our distribution partners’ business and may materially increase our or our distribution partners’ costs of operation or disrupt our business. Although many in the industry have advocated changes to the Proposed Rule, there can be no assurance that the ultimate rule will incorporate the changes advocated. Other aspects of Regulation E compliance could impose additional obligations on our card issuing banks or us, which could increase our costs of operations or make our card issuing banks unwilling to engage in the GPR business.
We also may become subject to further regulation by the CFPB, which on July 17, 2012, issued a final rule defining certain nonbank “larger participants” in markets for consumer financial products or services. It is uncertain whether the CFPB will include money transmission and prepaid cards within the definition of larger participant as well as whether we will be considered a larger participant subject to CFPB regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers. The CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders, which may include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts as well as other kinds of affirmative relief, and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing violations. Also, where a company has violated the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for the type of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB. Expanded CFPB jurisdiction over our business may increase our compliance costs and risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

18

Table of Contents

Nonbank entities providing consumer financial products or services are subject to the CFPB’s regulatory and enforcement authority and, as a result, the CFPB may conduct examinations or request information from supervised entities. If the CFPB determines that there is a need to examine us or requests significant information from us, it could increase our costs of operation or disrupt our business.
Furthermore, failure by us to comply with federal and state privacy and information safeguard laws could result in fines and penalties from regulators and harm to our reputation with our customers and business partners, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to comply with federal banking regulation, we may be subject to fines and penalties and our relationships with our card issuing banks may be harmed.
We are subject to federal banking regulation through our relationships with our card issuing banks. The GPR cards and certain open loop products for which we serve as program manager are the products of MetaBank, Sunrise Bank, N.A. and The Bancorp Bank, which we refer to collectively as our card issuing banks and which are subject to various federal and state laws and regulation by a number of authorities, including the OCC, the Federal Reserve Bank (the FRB), FDIC, and the Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner. As a third-party service provider to our card issuing banks, we are subject to regulation and audit and examination by the OCC, FRB and FDIC. As an agent of our issuing banks, we are considered “institution-affiliated parties” of our issuing banks and subject to the enforcement jurisdiction of these federal banking agencies for our activities in that capacity. To the extent that we fail to comply with such federal banking regulations, we may incur fines and penalties and our relationships with our issuing banks may be harmed, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
On October 30, 2013, the OCC issued guidance, or the Bulletin, on third-party relationships and associated risk management by federal banks. The Bulletin states that the OCC expects each bank to have risk management processes that are commensurate with the level of risk and complexity involving third parties providing the bank with “critical” activities. The “critical” activities include certain of the services that we perform for our issuing banks. Consequently, to enable our issuing banks to meet their obligations under the Bulletin, they may impose on us (and, in turn, our distribution partners) additional obligations, including record keeping and reporting requirements, as well as examinations. Compliance with these potential additional obligations could increase our and our distribution partners’ compliance costs or disrupt our business, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Data Protection and Security Regulation of privacy, data protection and security could increase our costs, as well as negatively impact our growth.
We are subject to regulations related to privacy, data protection and information security in the jurisdictions in which we do business. The regulatory framework for data protection and information security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future.
For example, in October 2015, the Court of Justice of the European Union invalidated the “Safe Harbor” pact between the United States and the European Union, under which companies were allowed to move personal data on EU residents to US-based computer servers without breaching EU data-protection rules. In doing so, the Court permitted national European regulators to suspend personal data transfers if the companies did not provide sufficient privacy regulations. Following the order by the Court of Justice of the European Union, some national regulators have, in fact, ordered companies to stop some transfers of personal data of their users to the United States. The United States and the European Commission recently agreed to a new framework for transatlantic data flows called the “EU-U.S Privacy Shield.” The text of the new framework was released on February 29, 2016 and it will require additional approvals by regulators in Europe and/or the United States before becoming effective. We will need to assess the specific requirements of the Privacy Shield to determine whether we can comply with the new framework. If we are unable to comply with the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield, or if the Privacy Shield does not become effective, we will need to develop alternative solutions to ensure that data transfers from the E.U. to the U.S. provide adequate protections to comply with the E.U. Data Protection Directive. If we fail to develop such alternative data transfer solutions, one or more national data protection authorities in the European Union could bring enforcement actions seeking to prohibit or suspend our data transfers to the U.S. and we could also face additional legal liability, fines, negative publicity, and resulting loss of business.
Failure to comply with these laws, regulations and requirements related to privacy, data protection and information security could result in fines, sanctions or other penalties, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and overall business, as well as have an impact on our reputation.  New requirements in these areas, either from new regulations or laws or any additions or changes (as well as the manner in which they could be interpreted or applied) may also increase our costs and could impact aspects of our business such as fraud monitoring. 

19

Table of Contents

Costs of compliance or penalties for failure to comply with or changes in state unclaimed property laws and regulations and changes in state tax codes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Certain state unclaimed property laws require that card issuers track information on our card products and services and that, if customer funds are unclaimed at the end of an applicable statutory abandonment period, the proceeds of the unclaimed property be remitted to the appropriate jurisdiction. In certain instances, we are responsible for compliance with applicable state unclaimed property laws and we have also agreed to provide information to our issuing banks on card usage to enable them to comply with unclaimed property laws with respect to our program-managed bank-issued products for our retail and incentive businesses.
We have derived approximately 1% of our revenues in each of the last three fiscal years from consumers’ failure to redeem prepaid products that we issue. We also earn program management and other fees from the banks that issue our program-managed open loop gift and incentive cards that may be adversely impacted to the extent that unredeemed funds on such products become increasingly subject to state unclaimed property laws. Such fees represented 10.2%, 6.6% and 4.0% of total revenues in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Unclaimed property laws vary from state to state and apply differently to different types of products. State regulators could interpret definitions in escheatment statutes and regulations in a manner that may adversely affect unredeemed balances that the issuing banks provide us as program management and other fees. Should such state regulators choose to do so, they may initiate collection or other litigation action for unreported abandoned property. Such actions may, among other things, seek to assess fines and penalties. In addition, states may periodically revise their unclaimed property laws to increase state revenues relating to collection of unclaimed property. Moreover, states may also revise their tax codes to introduce new or higher taxes relating to our products and services. Thus, changes in law or regulatory activity, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our margins and make our products and services less attractive to consumers.
If we fail to maintain our existing money transmitter licenses or permits, or fail to obtain new licenses or permits in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Most states regulate the business of sellers of traveler’s checks, money orders, drafts and other monetary instruments, which we refer to collectively as money transmitters. While a large number of states expressly exempt banks and their agents from regulation as money transmitters, others purport to regulate the money transmittal businesses of bank agents or do not extend exemptions to non-branch bank agents. We have historically taken the position that state money transmitter statutes do not apply to our core prepaid card distribution business. Nonetheless, in connection with our open loop business, we rely on the money transmitter licenses of Blackhawk Network California in connection with our bank-issued products in some of those states; and our core distribution business operated by our wholly-owned subsidiary Blackhawk Network, Inc. is licensed in connection with gift card distribution in two states, Maryland and West Virginia.
Blackhawk Network California is a licensed money transmitter in 47 U.S. jurisdictions and in Puerto Rico. The remaining U.S. jurisdictions either do not currently regulate money transmitters or do not regulate our current businesses. If our regulated subsidiaries fail to maintain their existing licenses or permits, or fail to obtain new licenses or permits in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Changes in laws and regulations to which we are subject, or to which we may become subject in the future, may materially increase our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business.
Changes in laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, may occur that could:
impair or eliminate our ability to conduct certain aspects of our business;
increase our compliance and other costs of doing business;
require significant product redesign or systems redevelopment;
render our products or services less profitable, obsolete or less attractive compared to competing products;
affect our distribution partners’ or content providers’ willingness to do business with us or operate in our industry;
affect our Cardpool exchange partners’ willingness to do business with us;
reduce the amount of revenues that we derive from unredeemed prepaid products;
cause loyalty, awards and promotional cards to be treated like other prepaid cards; and

20

Table of Contents

discourage distribution partners from offering, and consumers from purchasing, our prepaid products.
Any of these potential changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In light of current economic conditions, legislators and regulators have increased their focus on the banking and consumer financial services industry. As a result, in recent years there has been a significant increase in the regulation of the prepaid industry that is intended to further protect consumers and help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit activities. Please see the Risk Factor titled “Failure to comply with, or further expansion of, consumer protection regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.”
At both the federal and state level, there are recent changes and proposed changes to existing laws and regulations that would limit the fees or interchange rates that can be charged or refine the disclosures that must be provided with respect to our products and services or expand the point-of-sale data collection that is required when prepaid cards are sold, all of which have increased, and may in the future increase, our costs and decrease our operating revenues.
For example, the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act known as the Durbin Amendment gave the Federal Reserve Bank (the FRB) the power to regulate debit card interchange fees. On June 29, 2011, the FRB issued its final rule that, among other things, allows an issuer to raise its interchange fees by as much as one cent if it implements certain fraud-prevention measures. GPR cards, including certain of our GPR products, and qualifying issuing banks with less than $10 billion in assets, including some of our issuing banks, are exempt from the rule. However, to the extent that one or more of our GPR products or issuing banks lose their exempt status, the interchange rates applicable to transactions involving those GPR products or issuing banks could be affected, which would decrease our revenues and profit and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Please see the Risk Factor titled “We rely on relationships with card issuing banks for services related to products for which we act as program manager, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if we fail to maintain these relationships or if we maintain them under new terms that are less favorable to us.” Additionally, the Durbin Amendment requires that certain prepaid access products be accessible through two unaffiliated payment networks, which we refer to as the network exclusivity requirement. We and the issuing banks and program managers for these open-loop gift and GPR cards made changes in response to the requirement, which increased certain of our costs. After the Staff of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Staff, issued certain “frequently asked questions”, or FAQs, relating to the network exclusivity requirement, we, our issuing banks and other program managers made further changes to address each set of FAQs.
In addition, additional changes and proposed changes to other laws and regulations, both domestically and internationally, may materially increase our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business. Please see the Risk Factors titled “Failure to comply with, or further expansion of, consumer protection regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” and “We are subject to added business, political, regulatory, operational, financial and economic risks associated with our international operations.”
We face intense competitive pressure, which may materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Continued consolidation within our industry could increase the bargaining power of our current and future clients and vendors and further increase our client concentration or reduce competition among our third-party vendors.
The prepaid industry is highly competitive. We face a number of competitors across different sectors both domestically and internationally. We compete with a number of other industry participants in the United States and internationally in connection with prepaid card issuance, program management, prepaid product distribution, offers, marketing and processing, secondary card exchange and, business-to-business transactions involving corporate incentives, rebates and consumer promotions, including some competitors with whom we contract for various products or services. We also face competition from e-gift and digital gift card providers and sellers, as those form factors grow in popularity. We also face competition from companies that are developing new prepaid access technologies and products and from businesses outside of the prepaid industry, including processors, providers of financial services such as banks and money services businesses, and card issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards and gift cards.
We operate a reload network, branded as the Reloadit network, which currently competes with other reload networks, including those for Green Dot, NetSpend and InComm. The nature of that competitive pressure has changed due to fraud issues. Please see the Risk Factor titled “Fraudulent and other illegal activity involving our products and services could lead to reputational and financial harm to us or our partners and reduce the use and acceptance of our prepaid access products and services” for additional information.

21

Table of Contents

Many of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we do. Some have larger or more diversified customer bases. Many also are substantially larger than we are, may have substantially greater financial or other resources than we have, may develop and introduce a wider or more innovative range of products and services than we offer or may implement more effective marketing strategies than we do, thus achieving broader brand recognition, customer awareness and market penetration. To stay competitive, we may need to decrease our commissions and fees earned from content providers, increase the commissions and incentives that we share with our distribution partners, lower our fees from business clients, or make modifications to the agreements with our content providers and distribution partners that are not favorable to us, any of which could reduce or eliminate our profitability. Increased pricing pressure also increases the importance of cost containment and increased productivity in other areas, including through investments in technology development to support our network, and we may not succeed in these efforts. Our failure to compete effectively against any of the foregoing competitive threats could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, if our clients merge with entities that are not our clients, our clients may switch to competitors if the acquiring corporation has a pre-existing relationship with them or clients may otherwise cease to exist, thereby negatively impacting our existing agreements and projected revenues with these clients. Continued consolidation within our industry could increase the bargaining power of our current and future clients and vendors and further increase our client concentration or reduce competition among our third-party vendors.
Fluctuations in our financial results from quarter to quarter could cause significant price swings in our common stock.
Our revenues, expenses, operating results, liquidity and cash flows have fluctuated, and may in the future fluctuate, significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition to the effects of seasonality described below under the risk factor titled “Due to seasonal fluctuations in our business, adverse events that occur during the second or fourth fiscal quarter could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations and financial condition,” factors that may contribute to these fluctuations include the following:
the addition or loss of one or more significant distribution partners or content providers;
consumer spending patterns and preferences;
business spending patterns and preferences;
general economic conditions affecting consumer spending;
the overall business condition of our distribution partners and content providers;
the development and expansion of new product and service offerings by our competitors;
changes in pricing and fee structures, whether driven by competitive factors, issuing banks, card associations, regulatory requirements or otherwise;
changes to our product and service offerings or changes in the way our products and services are sold, whether due to regulatory requirements or otherwise;
changes in our product and service mix;
changes in regulations or changes in interpretations of existing regulations;
the institution of new, or the adverse resolution of pending, litigation or regulatory investigations applicable to us;
business and service interruptions resulting from natural disasters, fraud, security breach or cyber attack, or network infrastructure failures;
the timing of our distribution partners’ roll out of new programs and content; and
other factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section.
Our fiscal year consists of a 52-week or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to December 31, and our fiscal quarters consist of three 12-week periods and one 16-week or 17-week period ending on a Saturday. As a result, our fourth fiscal quarter of each year contains not only the holiday gifting season but also an extra four weeks (or five weeks for 53-week fiscal years) when compared to our first three fiscal quarters, a fact that exacerbates our quarterly fluctuations and makes it difficult to evaluate our operating results from quarter to quarter.

22

Table of Contents

As a result of quarterly fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of our operating results across different fiscal quarters may not be accurate indicators of our future performance. Any quarterly fluctuations that we report in the future may differ from the expectations of market analysts and investors, which could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.
Due to seasonal fluctuations in our business, adverse events that occur during the second or fourth fiscal quarter could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Seasonal consumer spending habits significantly affect our business. During 2015, we derived approximately 19.2% of our annual revenues in the last four weeks of our fiscal year. A significant portion of gift card sales occurs in late December of each year as a result of the holiday selling season. As a result, we earn a significant portion of our revenues and generate a higher portion of our net income during the fourth fiscal quarter of each year. The timing of December holiday sales, cash inflows from our distribution partners and cash outflows to our content providers also results in significant but temporary increases in our cash flow and certain balance sheet items at the end of each fiscal year relative to normal daily balances. We also experience an increase in revenues and cash flows in the second fiscal quarter of each year, which we primarily attribute to Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, the graduation gifting season and the Easter holiday. Depending on when the Easter holiday occurs, the associated increase could occur in either our first or second fiscal quarter. Adverse events that occur during the second or fourth fiscal quarter could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.
Our closed loop and open loop gift card business could suffer if there is a decline in the attractiveness of gift cards to consumers.
Consumer demand for gift cards may stagnate or decline. Consumer perception of gift cards as impersonal gifts may become more widespread, which may deter consumers from purchasing gift cards for gifting purposes in general and through our distribution program in particular. This perception may increase to the extent that electronic gift cards become more prevalent. In addition, a move from traditional gift cards to other gifting technologies could harm our business, as discussed in the risk factor titled “Our failure to keep pace with the rapid technological developments in our industry and the greater electronic payments industry may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.” Moreover, during periods of economic uncertainty and decline, consumers may become increasingly concerned about the value of gift cards due to fears that content providers may become insolvent and be unable to honor gift card balances. Finally, consumers may remain concerned about expiration dates, despite the fact that few gift cards are still subject to expiration. Decline or stagnation in consumer acceptance of and demand for gift cards, or a failure of demand to grow as expected, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our corporate incentives, rebates and consumer promotions business could suffer if there is a decline in demand for certain types of programs, or for prepaid cards as customer rewards, consumer rebates and channel and employee rewards under such programs.
Business demand for incentive programs in general or some of our programs in particular may stagnate or decline if business promotional strategies change (e.g., from rebates to instant discounts) or if broader economic downturns cause businesses or employers to either end or significantly reduce their use of incentive programs and prepaid cards in connection with them. In addition, businesses may choose an alternative form of incentive (e.g., markdowns, instant discounts, coupons, or alternative forms of reward programs). Consumer or employee perception of certain types of incentive and reward programs may decline, which may cause businesses to use alternate promotional strategies. Consumer or employee perception of prepaid cards as valued incentives or rewards may decline, which may deter businesses from using such cards for reward, rebate, engagement or incentive purposes in general and through our program in particular. Consumer perceptions of gift cards and changes in gifting technologies could harm our incentives business as discussed in the risk factors titled “Our closed loop and open loop gift card business could suffer if there is a decline in the attractiveness of gift cards to consumers” and “Our failure to keep pace with the rapid technological developments in our industry and the greater electronic payments industry may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.” Finally, legislative, regulatory, or judicially-imposed limitations on promotional strategies or use of prepaid cards in connection with incentive programs may also result in decline in the use of certain types of incentive programs, the use of prepaid cards as a reward option under such programs, or a decline in consumer perception of such programs. Decline or stagnation in business demand for, or use of prepaid cards or consumer acceptance of and demand for, prepaid cards as rewards, incentives or rebates, or a failure of demand to grow as expected, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

23

Table of Contents

Our ability to increase our revenues from prepaid financial services products, including GPR cards, will depend, in large part, upon the overall success of the prepaid financial services industry.
We earn fees when GPR cards are loaded or reloaded through our network or are used by consumers. If consumers do not maintain or increase their usage of prepaid cards, our operating revenues may remain at current levels or decline. As the financial services industry evolves, consumers may find prepaid financial products and services such as GPR cards to be less attractive than traditional payment instruments, new products offered by others or other financial services. Prepaid financial products and services may fail to maintain or achieve greater popularity for any number of reasons, including the general perception of the prepaid industry, fees associated with the use of GPR cards, the potential for fraud in connection with these products, changes to these products from time to time, including those that result from new regulatory requirements, new technologies and a decrease in our distribution partners’ willingness to sell these products as a result of a more challenging regulatory environment or there could be a change in an issuing bank’s ability to qualify for an exemption from certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act’s interchange provisions. Negative publicity surrounding other prepaid financial products and service providers could adversely affect our business or our industry as a whole. “Victim-assisted” fraud using financial services products has become more prevalent and either measures taken to reduce such fraud or regulations requiring additional consumer protections could adversely impact our business in this area. See the Risk Factor titled “Fraudulent and other illegal activity involving our products and services could lead to reputational and financial harm to us or our partners and reduce the use and acceptance of our prepaid access products and services.”
Predictions by industry analysts and others concerning the growth of prepaid financial services as an electronic payment mechanism may overstate the growth of an industry, segment or category, and investors should not rely upon them. The projected growth may not occur or may occur more slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of prepaid financial services does not continue to develop or develops more slowly than expected, or if there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash, credit cards and traditional bank debit cards, away from our products and services, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we have signed agreements with third parties to provide a private-branded GPR solution. In some cases, we incur costs to launch such programs before we are assured of the volume of sales of these GPR cards, and if we are not able to recover these costs, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our operating revenues could be materially and adversely affected by declines in consumer confidence or spending, or changes in consumer preferences.
The prepaid industry depends upon the overall level of consumer spending. Prepaid card sales for gifting purposes are particularly dependent on discretionary consumer spending. Consumer spending may be adversely affected by general economic conditions, including consumer confidence, interest and tax rates, employment levels, salary and wage levels, the availability of consumer credit, the housing market and energy and food costs. The effects of these conditions on our business may be exacerbated by changes in consumer demand for prepaid products and services in general or for the products and services we offer. Adverse economic conditions in the United States or other regions where we conduct business may reduce the number and transaction dollar volume of prepaid cards that are purchased or reloaded through our distribution network, the number of transactions involving those cards and the use of our reload network and related services, all of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. As consumer preferences for gift card purchasing changes, the number and transaction dollar volume of prepaid cards will change and could decline, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our transaction processing systems, including our computer network systems and data centers, and if such systems are disrupted, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Our ability to provide reliable service to consumers, distribution partners, content providers and other customers depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer network systems and data centers, as well as those of our content providers, distribution partners and third-party processors. Our business involves the movement of large sums of money, the processing of large numbers of transactions and the management of the data necessary to do both. As part of our operations, we rely on technologies and software - some of which we develop and some of which are supplied by third parties - that may contain errors, viruses or defects. Our success depends on our ability and the ability of our partners and respective vendors to process and facilitate these transactions in an efficient, uninterrupted and error-free manner.

24

Table of Contents

Our transaction processing systems and websites (or those of our content providers, distribution partners or third-party processors) may experience service interruptions, delays or degradation as a result of processing or other technology malfunction, software defects, technology installation difficulties or delays, fire, natural disasters, power loss, disruptions in long distance or local telecommunications access, fraud, civil unrest, political instability or military activity, terrorism, security breach or cyber attack, physical break-in or accident. Additionally, we rely on service providers for the timely transmission of information to or across our data network. If a service provider fails to provide the communications capacity or services we require, the failure could interrupt or delay our services. In the event of a service interruption, delay or degradation of our transaction processing systems, the preventive measures we have taken, including the implementation of disaster recovery plans and back-up systems, may not be successful, and we could suffer financial loss, loss of customers, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. If we face system interruptions or failures, our business interruption insurance may not be adequate to cover the losses or damages that we incur, or in the future we may determine to self-insure against some of these risks. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
A data security breach could expose us to costly government enforcement actions, liability and protracted and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation and operating revenues.
We and our content providers and distribution partners receive, transmit and store confidential customer, card and other information in connection with the sale and use of our prepaid products and services. The encryption software and other technologies we use to provide security for storage, processing and transmission of confidential customer and other information may not be effective to protect against data security breaches by third parties. The risk of unauthorized circumvention of our security measures has been heightened in recent years by advances in computer capabilities and the increasing sophistication of hackers, and companies that store, process and transmit similar information have been specifically and increasingly targeted by sophisticated criminals in an effort to obtain the information and utilize it for fraudulent transactions. We regularly experience unauthorized attempts to access our systems. While we have multiple security measures in place to both prevent and detect intrusions, rapid advances in computer capabilities and the increasing sophistication of hackers may expose us to unauthorized access. Also, the encryption software and other technologies we use to protect the storage, processing and transmission of confidential customer, card data and other confidential information may not be effective protection.
The banks that issue our program-managed cards, as well as our other content providers, distribution partners and third-party processors and certain vendors, also may experience similar security breaches involving the receipt, transmission and storage of our confidential customer and other information. Improper access to our or these third parties’ systems or databases could result in the theft, publication, deletion or modification of confidential customer information and/or card data, including theft of funds on the card or counterfeit reproduction of the cards. If we experience a significant data security breach or fail to detect and appropriately respond to a significant data security breach, we could be exposed to government enforcement actions, costs associated with data breach notifications, and private litigation. In addition, consumers could lose confidence in our ability to protect their personal information, which could cause them to stop buying prepaid products that we offer. A significant data security breach involving company employees could hurt our reputation, cause us recruiting and retention challenges, increase our labor costs and affect how we operate our business.
A data security breach of our or our partners’ systems could lead to theft and fraudulent activity involving our products and services, monetary loss or penalties, reputational damage, private claims or regulatory actions against us and increased compliance costs. Any such data security breach could result in protracted and costly litigation. If unsuccessful in defending that litigation, we might be forced to pay damages and/or change our business practices, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, a significant data security breach could lead to additional legislation or regulation, which could result in new and costly compliance obligations. We may have to replace any issuing bank or third-party processor that has a security breach, which may not be possible on acceptable terms, or at all. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
As a merchant that accepts debit and credit cards for payment and as a company that program manages and processes open loop gift card transactions carrying card network brands, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”) issued by the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. Our removal from networks’ lists of PCI DSS compliant service providers could mean that existing customers, sales partners or other third parties may cease using or referring our services or the banks that issue our program-managed cards could terminate our existing processing arrangements with them. Also, prospective customers, sales partners or other third parties may choose to terminate negotiations with us, or delay or choose not to do business with us. In addition, the card networks could refuse to allow us to process through their networks, impose fines or require us to take steps to remediate our data security.

25

Table of Contents

We and our web customers, as well as those of other companies, may be targeted by parties using fraudulent “spoof” and “phishing” emails or using fraudulent websites that have cloned websites, to misappropriate passwords, credit card numbers, or other personal information or to introduce viruses or other malware through “trojan horse” programs to our customers’ computers. Spoof or phishing emails and cloned websites appear to be legitimate emails sent by, or legitimate websites operated by, our company. However, these emails or cloned websites may direct recipients to false websites or request confidential information that can be utilized by third parties and could result in the theft, publication, deletion or modification of confidential customer information and/or card data, including theft of funds on the card or in an account. Despite our efforts to mitigate “spoofing”, “cloning” and “phishing” through product improvements, website enhancements, user education and other means, these tactics remain threats that may damage our brands, discourage use of our websites or products, and increase our costs.
We maintain insurance coverage that may cover certain aspects of cyber risks, including coverage for damages suffered by others resulting from actual or alleged act, error or omission in performance of a professional service; damages suffered by others resulting from a failure of computer security, including liability caused by theft or disclosure of confidential information, unauthorized access, unauthorized use, denial of service or transmission of virus; costs to restore or recreate electronic data, computer systems resources, and information assets- including electronically stored credit card numbers and customer databases - damaged due to a network security failure caused by a computer attack; business interruption in certain circumstances; costs to respond to a data privacy or security incident; and cost for investigations brought by PCI in connection with failure to protect private information and/or failure of network security possibly resulting from PCI DSS non-compliance. Nonetheless, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses we incur as a result of a data breach or fraud resulting from cyber risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Litigation, investigations or regulatory examinations could lead to significant settlements, fines, penalties or compliance costs.
We are involved, and in the future may be involved, in various litigation, indemnification and regulatory matters arising in the ordinary course of business. We also are subject to ongoing regulatory examinations related to our state money transmitter licenses. We may also be subject to other regulatory investigations from time to time. These matters can result in substantial costs and diversions of management time and other resources. While we do not anticipate any material negative outcomes related to these matters, we can provide no assurance that any pending or future matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Fraudulent and other illegal activity involving our products and services could lead to reputational and financial harm to us or our partners and reduce the use and acceptance of our prepaid access products and services.
Issuers of prepaid products have suffered significant losses in recent years with respect to the theft of cardholder data that has been illegally exploited. Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to acquire or activate prepaid cards illegally or to use prepaid cards in connection with illegal activities. In addition, we are subject to the security vulnerabilities of third parties who provide transaction processing services to us or to our content providers and distribution partners. Furthermore, our Cardpool business subjects us to additional fraud risks associated with previously owned cards or with “merchandise credits.” Merchandise credits function much like a prepaid gift card once issued. Such credits may result from organized retail theft, typically in the form of returns of stolen or fraudulently obtained goods by organized groups of professional shoplifters, or “boosters,” who then convert such goods into merchandise credits, which are sometimes then exchanged for cash. To the extent that our content providers view the exchange of merchandise credits by our Cardpool business as contrary to their efforts to reduce organized retail crime, our relationships with those content providers may be adversely affected. Content providers may also change their merchandise credit practices in a way that hurts our business. In addition, law enforcement agencies have advised us of investigations into the exchange activities of certain customer programs they believe may involve illicit activity by retail criminals. Although we have enhanced anti-fraud and anti-crime measures, such as improved “know your customer” and suspicious activity reporting in connection with our Cardpool business in an effort to reduce our fraud risk and the risk of illegal activity (including money laundering) being associated with our Cardpool business, the outcome of investigations by law enforcement agencies is difficult to predict. The monetary and other impacts of these investigations and our ongoing risk management actions may remain unknown for a substantial period of time.

26

Table of Contents

Our Reloadit product, which allows the consumer to use the PIN method of reloading GPR cards, has been the subject of fraudulent activity in less than one percent of our sales of the Reloadit product. The most prevalent form of fraud related to this product involves a scammer calling an unsuspecting consumer, convincing the consumer to buy a Reloadit product and providing the scammer with information that allows the scammer to transfer the funds to the scammer’s own GPR card. This kind of victim-assisted fraud, in which a willing victim purposely gives away his or her personal information to a stranger, has proven difficult to stop. One of our competitors has chosen to discontinue its PIN-based reload programs and move fully to a “card swipe” reload process, where the cardholder must be present in the store and swipe the actual GPR card in order to reload funds. We have implemented significant measures to prevent and mitigate different types of fraud, including victim-assisted fraud, and have secured and developed certain technology to enhance our fraud protections for vulnerable populations and to deter scammers from targeting the Reloadit product as a useful vehicle to commit fraud. Nevertheless, our progressive fraud mitigation strategy may not be successful, which could result in losses and reputational damage, which could in turn reduce the use and acceptance of the products and services that we offer, cause distribution partners, content providers or reload network participants to cease doing business with us, lead to new legislation or greater regulation, or lead to civil or criminal proceedings and liability, all of which would increase our compliance costs or increase our direct or indirect expenses associated with fraud and illegal activity, and also could cause us to discontinue or materially change the Reloadit product.
In addition, fraudulent or criminal activity involving “spoofing”, “cloning” and “phishing” that appears related to our products or services could harm our business, as discussed in the Risk Factor titled “A data security breach could expose us to costly government enforcement actions, liability and protracted and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation and operating revenues.”
A significant incident of theft or fraud, or results of these investigations involving customers of our business, or the prepaid industry or card exchange industry more generally, could also result in losses and reputational damage, which could in turn reduce the use and acceptance of the products and services that we offer, cause distribution partners, content providers or reload network participants to cease doing business with us, lead to civil or criminal proceedings and liability, lead to fines and penalties by the credit card associations or lead to greater regulation that would increase our or our partners’ compliance costs or increase our direct or indirect expenses associated with preventing and detecting both fraud and illegal activity.
Prior to customers’ purchases of our gift card products and GPR cards, we, or our content providers or our distribution partners generally bear losses due to theft and fraudulent access based on which party's card processing systems are at fault. Following activation, whether a cardholder bears the loss of any theft, fraudulent access or other loss of a card depends upon the issuer’s cardholder terms and conditions and protective provisions imposed by applicable laws, regulations or system rules. We generally bear such losses to the extent that (a) we process or program manage the card, (b) the cardholder has registered the card, (c) the loss exceeds the amount for which the cardholder is responsible (with the cardholder’s responsibility ranging from zero to $500) and (d) the cardholder notifies us of the loss within the required time frame.
Any changes we make to our product and service offerings to prevent fraudulent or illegal activities could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in card association rules or standards set by Visa, MasterCard and Discover, or changes in card association and debit network fees or products or interchange rates, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We and the banks that issue our program-managed cards are subject to Visa and MasterCard card association and debit network rules and standards. Noncompliance with these rules or standards due to our acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of businesses that work with us could subject us or our issuing banks to fines or penalties imposed by card associations or networks, and we may be required to indemnify the banks for the fines and penalties they incur. The termination of the card association registrations held by us or any of the banks that issue our cards or any changes in card association or other debit network rules or standards, including interpretation and implementation of existing rules or standards, that increase the cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide our products and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

27

Table of Contents

In addition, from time to time, card associations increase the organization and/or processing fees that they charge, which could increase our operating expenses, reduce our profit margin and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. A portion of the revenue derived from our proprietary open loop cards is derived from our share of the fees charged to merchants for services provided in settling transactions routed through the networks of the card associations and network organizations, referred to as interchange fees. The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act required the FRB to implement regulations that have substantially limited interchange fees for many issuers of debit cards and prepaid cards. While we believe that the exemption from the limits imposed by the FRB available to qualifying issuing banks with less than $10 billion in assets, which currently include MetaBank, Sunrise Bank, N.A. and Bancorp, will apply to our program-managed cards, it remains possible that the card associations and network organizations could reduce the interchange fees applicable to transactions conducted by the holders of cards issued by these banks. If interchange rates decline, whether due to actions by the payment networks, our issuing banks or existing or future legislation or regulation, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, we may need to adjust our fee structure to offset the loss of interchange revenues. Any price increase in our products and services may make it difficult to acquire customers, to maintain or expand card usage and customer retention, and we consequently could suffer reputational damage and become subject to greater regulatory scrutiny. We may also need to discontinue certain products or services. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Our retail distribution partners noncompliance or delays in complying with industry security standards related to credit and debit cards could negatively impact sales of our products, results of operations and financial condition.
Technological changes continue to significantly impact the financial services and payment services industries, such as continuing development of technologies in the areas of smart cards, radio frequency and proximity payment devices, electronic wallets and mobile commerce, among others. The payment networks’ rules and regulations are generally subject to change, and they may modify their rules and regulations from time to time. Our retail distribution partners’ inability to react timely to changes in the rules and regulations or their interruption or application, may result in substantial disruption to our business and negatively impact our results of operations.
For examples, payment processors Europay, MasterCard and Visa, or “EMV,” set a deadline of October 2015 for retailers to install and implement in their point-of-sale systems new terminals that would accept credit and debit cards that have an imbedded chip on them. The chip is used in the transaction checkout instead of the magnetic strip and has information about the card holder and a unique transaction identification number that can only be used once. This chip-on-card technology prohibits fraudulent duplication of credit and debit cards and helps eliminate one of the primary sources of fraud at point of sale.
There are significant risks in delayed application of the EMV chip card standards to our retail distribution partners, which may have adverse implications for our business. Namely, if a retailer did not achieve EMV-compliance by October 2015, all liability for payment fraud losses incurred by such retailer shifted from the banks issuing the credit and debit cards to the EMV-non-compliant retailers. In response, some of our EMV-non-compliant retail distribution partners have taken measures in their stores to limit their exposure to liability for fraud losses by limiting or controlling the sales of higher denomination gift cards. While we have been assisting retailers in implementing alternative fraud prevention practices such as identity verification and credit card authentication, the actions taken by retailers to limit their liability for fraud losses during a transition to EMV compliance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to operate and scale our technology or integrate acquired technology effectively to match our business growth.
Our ability to continue our expansion, to provide our products and services to a growing number of content providers, distribution partners and business clients, as well as to enhance our existing products and services and offer new products and services, is dependent on our ability to apply our existing information technology or to develop new applications to meet the particular service needs of the growing markets. We may not have adequate financial or technological resources to develop effective and secure services and distribution channels that will satisfy the demands of these growing markets. We may fail to integrate the variety of technology platforms acquired pursuant to our recent series of acquisitions. If we are unable to manage the technology associated with our business effectively, we could experience increased costs, reductions or outages in system availability or performance and losses of our network participants. As a result of such, we may not be able to continue to grow our revenues and earnings.

28

Table of Contents

Our failure to keep pace with the rapid technological developments in our industry and the greater electronic payments industry may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The electronic payments industry is subject to rapid and significant technological changes, including ongoing technological advancement in the areas of smart cards, radio frequency and proximity payment devices (such as contactless cards), e-commerce and mobile commerce, and real-time reloading for prepaid telecom products, among others. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We expect that new services and technologies applicable to the electronic payments industry will continue to emerge, and that these new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies and related business practices we currently use in our distributed products and services. Successful implementation of our strategy will depend in part on our ability to develop and implement technological changes and to respond effectively and quickly to changes in our industry.
We expect to invest in new technologies, services and infrastructure changes to further our strategic objectives, strengthen our existing businesses and remain competitive. These initiatives may be costly, could be delayed and may not be successful. In addition, in some areas, such as mobile interfaces, electronic gift card solutions and digital wallet integration, we may rely on strategic partners to develop or co-develop our solutions, or to incorporate our solutions into broader platforms for the electronic payments industry. We may not be able to enter into such relationships on attractive terms, or at all, and these relationships may not be successful. In addition, these partners, some of whom may be our competitors or potential competitors, may choose to develop competing solutions on their own or with third parties. Even if we or our partners are successful in developing new services and technologies, these new services and technologies may not achieve broad acceptance due to a variety of factors, including a lack of industry-wide standards, competing products and services or resistance to these changes from our content providers and distribution partners, third-party processors or consumers. In addition, we may not be able to derive revenue from these efforts.
Our future success will depend, in large part, upon our ability to develop new technologies and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards. These initiatives are inherently risky, and they may not be successful. The failure of these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in the telecom industry, consumers’ purchasing preferences and distribution partners’ support could cause our prepaid telecom business to decline.
We are subject to changes in the telecom industry, including changes in distribution strategies for carriers, that may reduce our market share. Our telecom providers may choose to distribute their products through other third-party distributors or establish physical or online distribution channels that allow them to reach consumers directly. For example, certain carriers have designated “preferred” distributors for their products in certain channels. In the future, some carriers may de-emphasize or choose to exit the prepaid market, thus reducing the scope of our telecom offerings and overall profitability.
Our prepaid telecom offerings generally have been sold in an unassisted manner, as opposed to an assisted sales environment in which sales employees are available to answer questions and demonstrate product features and functionality. As handsets become more sophisticated, consumers may prefer purchasing their handsets in an assisted sales environment, which could lead to a shift in our business model toward assisted sales, resulting in increased costs, or cause sales of our prepaid telecom products to decline or grow at a slower rate than expected or not at all.
Our distribution partners may not devote sufficient retail space to effectively market our telecom products, in particular handset offerings that require significant display and secure inventory storage space as compared to prepaid cards. In addition, our distribution partners may choose to discontinue offering telecom products due to legislative and regulatory developments that result in additional costs or compliance burdens in the retail sales environment.
Assertions by third parties of infringement by us, our distribution partners or our content providers of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and operating results.
The technologies used in the payments industry are protected by a wide array of patents and other intellectual property rights. As a result, third parties have in the past and may in the future assert infringement and misappropriation claims against us, our distribution partners or our content providers from time to time. In the past, we successfully defended litigation asserting that we had infringed a third party's patents. There can be no assurance that any future assertions of infringement or misappropriation will not result in liability or damages payable by us.

29

Table of Contents

In addition, in the past, we have received letters from various other parties claiming to have enforceable patent rights and asserting infringement of them by us. There can be no assurance that these assertions, or any such future assertions, will not result in liability or damages payable by us. For example, on July 31, 2014, Protegrity Corporation asserted that Blackhawk’s PayPower product may infringe the claims of ten patents owned by Protegrity. While we evaluated Protegrity’s assertions and believe them to be meritless, Protegrity has initiated litigation against other parties, primarily banks. Consequently, there can be no assurance that these assertions will not lead to litigation, liability or damages payable by us.
Our distribution partners may be subject to infringement or misappropriation claims that, if successful, could preclude the distribution partner from distributing our products and services. In addition, some of our agreements require that if claims related to our products and services are made against our distribution partners or content providers, we are required to indemnify them against any losses. For example, we previously incurred legal fees and costs to defend a number of our partners in connection with matters alleging patent infringement in connection with activation of prepaid cards.
Whether or not an infringement or misappropriation claim is valid or successful, it could adversely affect our business by diverting management’s attention or involving us in costly and time-consuming litigation. If we are not successful in defending any such claim, we may be required to pay past and future royalties to use technology or other intellectual property rights then in use, we may be required to enter into a license agreement and pay license fees or stop using the technology or other intellectual property rights then in use, in which case we may have to develop, license or otherwise use other non-infringing technology. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we are unable to adequately protect our brands and the intellectual property rights related to our distributed products and services, our competitive position could be harmed and we could be forced to engage in costly litigation to protect our rights.
Our success depends in part on developing and protecting our intellectual property and other proprietary rights in our technology, including various aspects of our card activation and management platforms, our customized employee incentive and recognition solutions, and our technology related to gift card exchange. In addition, the Blackhawk brand, our Gift Card Mall, GiftCards.com and our other proprietary brands such as the Achievers’ Employee Success Platform, PayPower and Reloadit are important to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, all of which offer only limited protection. Some of our technology and other intellectual property may not be protected by intellectual property laws, particularly in foreign jurisdictions. The loss of our intellectual property or the inability to secure or enforce our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face settlement risk from retailers that sell our distributed products and services.
Substantially all of our third-party distribution business is conducted through distribution partners. Our distribution partners collect payment from consumers and then remit these funds to us. In select cases, we have agreed to pay our closed loop content providers whether or not the distribution partners have paid us. In other limited cases in our third-party distribution business, we have relationships with intermediaries which are responsible for collection of payments from merchants and subsequent remittance of such payments to us. In such cases, our settlement risk is increased due to reliance on these intermediaries.
For open loop products for which we act as program manager, we are liable for payments to the issuing bank whether or not the distribution partners have paid us. With respect to our Reloadit Pack, as the issuer, we are responsible for payment to the consumer regardless of any nonpayment by distribution partners. With respect to telecom products other than handsets, in most cases we are liable for payments to the telecom provider regardless of any nonpayment by distribution partners. For our online e-commerce business, we collect payment from customers and the amount could be charged back to our company in the case of non-payment by the customer. A charge back occurs when a consumer refuses to pay a charge on his or her credit card account for a variety of reasons, including product returns, billing errors and fraudulent charges.

30

Table of Contents

Settlement risk is affected by the seasonality of our business and peaks at year-end as a result of the holiday selling season. As of fiscal year-end January 2, 2016, we estimate that we had settlement risk of $212 million, or 33.9% of total Settlement receivables . We are not insured against these risks. We have in the past experienced settlement losses when a distribution partner or intermediary service provider failed to remit payment to us. These losses over the past three fiscal years have been immaterial. While we have undertaken additional efforts to minimize the impact of our distribution partners, content providers' or intermediaries' adverse financial conditions on Blackhawk and its content providers, there is no assurance that these efforts will adequately mitigate potential losses. In the past few years, several of our distribution partners have faced adverse financial conditions, including a few which filed for bankruptcy or receivership protection. While none of the current bankruptcy or receivership matters is individually or collectively material, significant settlement losses resulting from the adverse financial conditions of our distribution partners or intermediaries or due to other factors whether or not directly related to our business (such as economic downturns) could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We receive important services from third-party vendors, and replacing them would be difficult and disruptive to our business.
In addition to issuing banks, we rely on third-party vendors to provide certain services relating to our business, including software engineering, customer service, warehousing and distribution, in-store merchandising, card production, transaction processing functions, customer verification services and credit validation. Some of our third-party vendors providing software engineering services to us operate internationally from locations that are subject to disruptions, some of which are out of our or their control, including those discussed under the risk factor titled “Our business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our transaction processing systems, including our computer network systems and data centers, and if such systems are disrupted, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.” Our profitability depends on the ability of these third-party vendors and service providers to deliver their products and services in a timely manner and in accordance with our specifications, as well as on our effective oversight of their performance. It would be difficult to replace some of our third-party vendors in a timely manner, and in particular, our sole warehousing and distribution provider for the United States and Canada and the software developers for our proprietary platforms, if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future, and consequently our business and operations could be adversely affected. If we are required to replace a vendor, we may not be able to do so on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. Also, to the extent that any third-party vendor fails to deliver services, either in a timely, satisfactory manner, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Recent and future acquisitions or investments could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.
On February 3, 2016, we acquired IMShopping, Inc. and its subsidiary (collectively, IMShopping), a provider of e-commerce solutions. On January 6, 2016, we acquired Omni Prepaid, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, Omni), a provider of digital and physical prepaid gift card solutions and customized prepaid incentive and reward solutions. On September 14, 2015, we acquired the outstanding stock of Didix Gifting & Promotions B.V. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Didix), a provider of leisure themed gift and promotion cards. On June 30, 2015, we acquired Achievers Corp. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Achievers), a provider of employee recognition and rewards solutions designed to help companies increase employee engagement. In the future, we may pursue other acquisitions or investments that we believe will help us achieve our strategic objectives.
The process of integrating an acquired business, product or technology can create unforeseen operating difficulties, expenditures and other challenges such as:
potentially increased regulatory and compliance requirements;
potential regulatory restrictions on revenue streams of acquired businesses;
implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies at the acquired company;
diversion of management time and focus from operation of our then-existing business to acquisition integration challenges;
coordination of product, sales, marketing and program and systems management functions;
transition of the acquired company’s users and customers onto our systems;
retention of employees from the acquired company;
integration of employees from the acquired company into our organization;

31

Table of Contents

integration of the acquired company’s accounting, information management, human resources and other administrative systems and operations into our systems and operations;
integration of the acquired companies’ technology and platforms into our environment;
liability for activities of the acquired company prior to the acquisition, including violations of law, commercial disputes, escheat and tax and other known and unknown liabilities; and
litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims brought by terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties.
If we are unable to address these difficulties and challenges or other problems encountered in connection with our acquisition of IMShopping, Omni, Didix, and Achievers or any future acquisition or investment, we might not realize the anticipated benefits of that acquisition or investment and we might incur unanticipated costs, liabilities or otherwise suffer harm to our business generally. The difficulties and challenges of successful integration of any acquired company are increased when the integration involves multiple acquired companies or companies with operations or material vendors outside the United States. Consequently, we may not be able successfully to integrate our recently acquired companies or to achieve anticipated cost saving across channels and infrastructure.
To the extent that we pay the consideration for any future acquisitions or investments in cash, or any potential earn outs, it would reduce the amount of cash available to us for other purposes. Such payments also may increase our cash flow and liquidity risk and could result in increased borrowings under our credit agreement. See the Risk Factor titled “Our debt could adversely impact our operating income and growth prospects and make us vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions.” Future acquisitions or investments could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or impairment charges against goodwill or intangible assets on our balance sheet, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our future success depends upon our ability to attract and retain key personnel.
We depend on a number of key personnel who have substantial experience relevant to the payments industry and our operations. All of our employees, including Talbott Roche, our President and Chief Executive Officer; William Tauscher, our Chairman of the Board and Head of International; and Jerry Ulrich, our Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, are at-will employees. This means that they may terminate their employment with us at any time. Consequently, our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to identify, attract and retain key personnel, namely our management team and experienced sales, marketing, technical and systems management personnel, as well as finance, legal and compliance personnel. Qualified individuals are in high demand, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our principal offices are located, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. In addition, we may experience difficulty assimilating our newly hired personnel and assimilating personnel from acquisition activity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our top management and employees. If we fail to identify, attract and retain key personnel, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
We are subject to added business, political, regulatory, operational, financial and economic risks associated with our international operations.
We currently conduct business in the United States and 23 other countries (with our international business accounting for approximately 24.9% of our total revenues in 2015), and an important element of our business strategy is the expansion of our business in our existing and new international markets. In addition, we operate a call center in El Salvador and contract with software engineers in Vietnam and Ukraine. We are subject to a number of risks related to our foreign operations, including:
challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences;
multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, and difficulties in understanding and ensuring compliance with those laws by our employees and business partners;
foreign laws and regulations that impose greater compliance obligations and costs;
foreign currency fluctuations;
differing and potentially adverse tax laws and interpretations;
foreign tax authorities requiring tax collection or withholding from non-residents of the foreign jurisdiction;

32

Table of Contents

higher costs associated with doing business internationally, such as costs associated with, tax planning, repatriating funds to the United States, administrative costs associated with payment settlement and other compliance costs related to doing business in foreign jurisdictions;
difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;
restrictions on the transfer of funds among countries and back to the United States;
differing levels of social and technological acceptance of prepaid products and services;
limitations on the level of intellectual property protection;
trade sanctions, political unrest, terrorism, war and epidemics or threats of any of these events;
lack of acceptance of our distributed products or of prepaid products generally;
the potential for disputes with our business partners; and
competitive environments that favor local businesses.
In addition, in certain markets, we have entered into and plan to enter into additional distribution agreements with local partners. Accordingly, our success in those markets depends in large part on the success of our commercial partners. We do not control those partners and there is no assurance that they will devote the time or resources, or have the capability, necessary to make our expansion into new markets successful.
The materialization of these risks could harm our current international operations, as well as our expansion efforts, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our credit and collateral agreements with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and other financial institutions contain certain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business and, in the event of a default, could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
Effective on March 28, 2014, we terminated the cash management and treasury services agreement with Safeway and entered into a credit agreement with a group of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in an initial aggregate commitment amount of up to $525 million, consisting of a combination of revolving loans, letters of credit and term loans. Since March 28, 2014, we have amended the credit agreement four times, with the cumulative effect being to make available to our company up to $400 million of revolving loans and letters of credit (including up to $50 million in foreign-currency denominated letters of credit) and up to $464 million of term loans, thus increasing our credit facility to an aggregate commitment amount of $864 million. The credit agreement, as amended (the Credit Agreement), and other related agreements contain customary restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. Subject to a number of important exceptions, these limitations include covenants that limit or restrict us and our subsidiaries from:
incurring additional indebtedness or modifying subordinated indebtedness;
granting liens on or with respect to any of our property;
making investments;
consolidating or merging with, or acquiring, another business;
selling or disposing of our assets;
paying dividends and making other distributions to our stockholders;
entering into certain transactions with our affiliates;
redeeming our stock;
amending our charter documents;
changing the nature of our business;
entering into sale-leaseback agreements; and
disposing of our interests in certain subsidiaries.

33

Table of Contents

Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by security interests in and liens on all of our present and future assets and those of certain current and future subsidiaries (other than our regulated assets). In addition, the Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests. This may require that we take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives.
The breach of any of these covenants would result in default under the Credit Agreement. Any default, if not waived, could result in our lenders terminating commitments to make loans or extend other credit to us. In the event of default, the lenders also could accelerate and declare all or any obligations immediately due, and could take possession of or liquidate collateral. If any of these events occur, we may be unable to appropriate sufficient funds to refinance the Credit Agreement on favorable terms, if at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the termination of the Credit Agreement may adversely affect our ability to maintain our relationships with our content providers or adversely affect our cash flows. Please see the Risk Factor titled “We rely on relationships with card issuing banks for services related to products for which we act as program manager, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if we fail to maintain these relationships or if we maintain them under new terms that are less favorable to us.”
Our debt could adversely impact our operating income and growth prospects and make us vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions.
Our indebtedness could make it more challenging for us to obtain additional financing to fund our business strategy and acquisitions, debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital. It could also increase our vulnerability to interest rate changes and general adverse economic and industry conditions. This could limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and our markets and place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors that have less debt.
Future economic and credit market conditions may limit our access to additional capital, at a time when the Credit Agreement would otherwise permit additional financing, or may preclude our ability to refinance our existing indebtedness. If our lenders suffer from declining financial conditions, their ability to fund their commitments may be adversely affected, in which case we could be required yet unable to obtain replacement financing on similar or acceptable terms, if at all. A deterioration in the credit markets generally could further affect our ability to access sufficient financing or capital. Such limitations could have a material adverse impact on our operations and thus on our operating income, growth prospects and financial condition.
Our balance sheet includes significant amounts of goodwill and intangible assets. The impairment of a significant portion of these assets would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a result of our acquisitions, a significant portion of our total assets consist of goodwill and intangible assets. Combined goodwill and intangible assets, net of amortization, accounted for approximately 20.7% and 20.5% of the total assets on our balance sheet as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015, respectively. We may not realize the full value of our intangible assets and goodwill. We expect to engage in additional acquisitions, which may result in our recognition of additional intangible assets and goodwill. We routinely evaluate whether all or a portion of our goodwill and other intangible assets may be impaired. If it is determined that an impairment has occurred, we would be required under current accounting rules to write-off the impaired portion of goodwill and such intangible assets, resulting in a charge to our earnings. An impairment of a significant portion of goodwill or intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

34

Table of Contents

Our headquarters and one of our two data centers are located near known earthquake fault zones and in areas of elevated wild fire danger. The occurrence of an earthquake, fire or any other catastrophic event could disrupt our operations or the operations of third parties who provide vital support functions, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We and some of the third-party service providers on which we depend for various support functions, such as customer service, warehousing and distribution, card production, transaction processing functions, customer verification services and credit validation, are vulnerable to damage from catastrophic events, such as power loss, natural disasters, terrorism and similar unforeseen events beyond our control. Our principal offices and one of our data centers, for example, are situated in the San Francisco Bay Area near known earthquake fault zones and areas of elevated wild fire danger. If a catastrophic event were to occur, our ability to operate our business in the normal course could be seriously impaired. The measures we have taken to prepare for such an event may not be successful, and we may experience unforeseen problems unrelated to catastrophic events. In addition, we might not have adequate insurance to cover our losses resulting from catastrophic events or other significant business interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies, as well as the damage to, or interruption of, our infrastructure and processes, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The market prices of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in our stock to decline.
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors that may contribute to fluctuations in the market prices of our common stock include:
failure to sustain an active, liquid trading market for our shares;
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts or failure to meet analysts’ performance expectations;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of debt;
sales of our capital stock by our directors or executive officers;
the gain or loss of significant distribution partners, content providers, or business clients;
actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors' businesses, such as announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions or strategic alliances, or in the competitive landscape generally;
litigation involving us, our industry or both;
additions or departures of key personnel;
regulatory developments in the United States and/or foreign countries;
investors’ general perception of us; and
changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.
The stock markets in general have experienced substantial volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These types of broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
In the past, stockholders have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. Any similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention as well as our other resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

35

Table of Contents

We incur significant costs as a public company and laws and regulations applicable to public companies may divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules implemented or to be implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. The rules and regulations associated with being a public company also may make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept constraints on policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers and may divert management’s attention. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
We are required to assess our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis and any future adverse findings from such assessment could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports, significant expenses to remediate any internal control deficiencies and ultimately have an adverse effect on the market prices of our common stock.
We are required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as an opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency or combination of control deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.
The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. We cannot provide any guarantee that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations and lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market, regulatory investigations, civil or criminal sanctions and class action litigation.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
Our anti-takeover provisions may delay or prevent a change of control, which could adversely affect the prices of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make it difficult to remove our board of directors and management and may discourage or delay “change of control” transactions, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock. These provisions include, among others:
a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which may have an effect to prevent the minority stockholders from electing director candidates;

36

Table of Contents

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by the Chairman of the Board or by our corporate secretary at the direction of our board of directors;
advance notice and other requirements that stockholders, must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors and propose matters to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company;
a majority stockholder vote is required for removal of a director only for cause (and a director may only be removed for cause), and a 75% stockholder vote is required for the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws; and
our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue series of preferred stock, or rights to acquire preferred stock, that could dilute the interest of, or impair the voting power of, holders of our common stock or could also be used as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.
Certain anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law also apply to our company. As a result of the Spin-Off, we became subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its voting stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation specifies that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders. We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.
We may need to raise additional capital to support our business in the future, and this capital may not be available on acceptable terms or at all, which may prevent us from growing our business.
We may need to raise additional funds to finance our future capital needs, including developing new products and technologies, operating expenses, and to make repayments under the Credit Agreement. If our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents balances and any cash generated from operations are insufficient to meet our future cash needs, we will need to access additional capital to fund our operations. We may also need to raise additional capital to take advantage of new business or acquisition opportunities. We may seek to raise capital by, among other things, issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities or debt securities. If we raise additional funds through the sale of equity securities, these transactions may dilute the value of our outstanding common stock. If we decide to issue debt securities, such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our common stock. We may be unable to raise additional funds on terms favorable to us or at all. If financing is not available or is not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our future needs and we may be required to modify our operating plans to take into account the limitations of available funding, which would harm our ability to maintain or grow our business.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not Applicable

37

Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our principal executive offices are located in Pleasanton, California, in an approximately 149,000-square-foot commercial office building, which we subleased from Safeway. In February 2016, we terminated our sublease of such premises with Safeway and entered into a lease agreement with 6200 Stoneridge Mall Road Investors LLC (the Lease Agreement). The Lease Agreement will expire on April 30, 2027, with an option to extend the term for an additional five years.
We also maintain leased offices in Phoenix, Arizona; Mesa, Arizona; Colorado Springs, Colorado; Reno, Nevada; Wall, New Jersey; Fenton, Missouri; Lewisville, Texas; Addison, Texas; and other small local sales, support and/or marketing offices and fulfillment and order processing facilities in San Francisco, California, Emeryville, California and White Bear Lake, Minnesota in the United States. Internationally, we have primary offices in leased facilities in Toronto, Mexico City, London, Sydney, Cologne, Amsterdam and Melbourne and have leased a facility for a near-shore call center in San Salvador, El Salvador. We operate our data centers in co-location facilities provided by third parties in Santa Clara, California and Kent, Washington. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to support our existing operations and that, as needed, we will be able to obtain suitable additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are involved from time to time in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including the matter described below. Although the outcome of any pending matters, including the matter described below, and the amount, if any, of our ultimate liability and any other forms of remedies with respect to these matters, cannot be determined or predicted with certainty, we currently do not believe that it is probable that the resolution of any of these matters would result in any liability that would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
On March 30, 2015, Greg Haney in his capacity as Seller Representative for CardLab, Inc. filed a lawsuit against us in the Delaware Chancery Court (CardLab, Inc. v. Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., Case No. 10851). The complaint generally alleges that we failed to disclose material information relating to a potential earn-out payment in connection with our acquisition of CardLab, Inc. in 2014. We believe that the suit is without merit and that the likelihood of loss is remote, and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against these claims. On June 8, 2015, we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 22, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint. We believe that the amended complaint does not impact our evaluation of the merits of this lawsuit. On July 7, 2015, we filed a motion to dismiss the case in its entirety. All briefing has been completed, the oral hearing was conducted on November 4, 2015. On February 26, 2016, the Court granted the motion to dismiss in part, dismissing two claims of the amended complaint. Our answer to the remaining claims is due March 11, 2016.
We transact business in non-U.S. markets and may be subject to disputes and tax audits by foreign tax authorities that may result in assessments or demands for tax collection or withholding related to non-residents card providers from time to time.  For example, in two instances, we are disputing the position taken by foreign tax authorities who have either provided a preliminary assessment or denied refunds. A failure to prevail in these disputes would result in us accruing liabilities of up to $12 million.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

38

Table of Contents

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Price Range of Our Common Stock
Our Class A common stock has traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “HAWK” since April 19, 2013.
Following Safeway's distribution of its remaining shares of our Class B common stock to Safeway shareholders in April 2014, our Class B common stock traded separately from our Class A common stock under the symbol “HAWKB.”
In May 2015, we converted all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis and renamed Class A common stock as common stock, which continues to trade under the symbol “HAWK.”
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock for the fiscal years ended on January 2, 2016 and ended on January 3, 2015 .
 
High
Low
Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2016
 
 
Quarter ended March 28, 2015
$40.57
$32.98
Quarter ended June 20, 2015
$41.47
$33.59
Quarter ended September 12, 2015
$46.13
$33.59
Quarter ended January 2, 2016
$48.40
$39.09
 
Class A
 
Class B
 
High
Low
 
High
Low
Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Quarter ended March 22, 2014
$29.73
$21.65
 
N/A
N/A
Quarter ended June 14, 2014
$27.50
$23.18
 
$26.20
$22.49
Quarter ended September 6, 2014
$29.33
$25.13
 
$28.71
$24.35
Quarter ended January 3, 2015
$40.51
$27.26
 
$39.08
$26.47
On February 5, 2016 , the closing price per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ was $37.01 per share.
Stockholders
As of February 5, 2016 , there were approximately 8,367 holders of record of our common stock. The number of stockholders of record is based upon the actual number of stockholders registered at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street names” or persons, partnerships, associates, or corporations, or other entities identified in security listings maintained by depositories.
Dividend Policy
No cash dividend was paid for the two most recent fiscal years. We have no present intention to pay future cash dividends on our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends to holders of our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements and other factors as the board of directors deems relevant. The terms or our Credit Agreement may restrict our ability to declare and pay cash dividends. See “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources Cash Flows from Financing Activities” and Note 4 Financing for additional information.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
For equity compensation plan information refer to Item 12 in Part III of this Annual Report.

39

Table of Contents

Performance Graph
The following graph shows a comparison from April 19, 2013 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) through December 15, 2015 of the total cumulative return of our common stock with the total cumulative return of the NASDAQ Composite Index (the NASDAQ Composite), and the NASDAQ Financial Index (NASDAQ Financial) from March 31, 2013. The figures represented below assume an investment of $100 in our common stock and the reinvestment of the full amount of all dividends and are calculated at the closing price of $26.01 on April 19, 2013 and at the closing price of the last stock trading day of each fiscal year in the NASDAQ Composite and NASDAQ Financial. Data for the NASDAQ Composite and NASDAQ Financial assume reinvestment of dividends. The comparisons in the graph are historical and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.
This performance graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and is not to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and irrespective of any general incorporation language in those filings.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In May 2015, we issued 301,662 shares of our common stock to a distribution partner as a result of its cashless exercise of outstanding warrant originally issued on January 5, 2011, as amended on March 31, 2015. In December 2015, we issued 859,757 shares of our common stock to another distribution partner as a result of its cashless exercise of outstanding warrants originally issued on March 1, 2011 (as amended on November 30, 2015), April 2, 2013 and April 30, 2013, respectively. The issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.


40

Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table summarizes purchases of our ordinary shares made by or on behalf of us or any of our “affiliated purchasers” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during each fiscal period during the period starting on September 12, 2015 and ending on January 2, 2016:
Period
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)
 
 
Average Price Paid per Share (2)
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs(3)
 
 
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
September 12, 2015 to October 10, 2015
 
387
 
 
$
42.46

 
 
 
$

October 11, 2015 to November 7, 2015
 
247
 
 
$
43.43

 
 
 
$

November 8, 2015 to December 5, 2015
 
959
 
 
$
44.64

 
 
 
$

December 6, 2015 to January 2, 2016
 
422
 
 
$
46.74

 
 
 
$

Total
 
2,015
 
 
$
44.51

 
 
 
$

_________________________
 
(1)
This table does not include shares of common stock that we withheld in order to satisfy minimum tax withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units or exercise of options or stock appreciation rights. The numbers represent the shares of common stock that we withheld in order to satisfy minimum tax withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards.
(2)
Average price paid per share of common stock does not include brokerage commissions.
(3)
We do not have any share repurchase program.



41

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present selected consolidated financial data and other operational and financial data for the periods ended on or as of the dates indicated. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.
We use a 52-week or 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31, and our fiscal quarters consist of three 12-week periods and one 16-week or 17-week period. The fiscal years presented in the tables below consist of the 52-week period ending January 2, 2016 , or 2015 , and the 53-week period ended January 3, 2015 , or 2014 , and the 52-week periods ended December 28, 2014 , or 2013 , December 29, 2013 , or 2012 , and December 31, 2011, or 2011.
We derived the statement of operations data for 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 and the balance sheet data for 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We derived the statement of operations data for 2012 and 2011 (which we adjusted for certain reclassifications) and our balance sheet data for 2012 and 2011 (which we adjusted for certain reclassifications) from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report.
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
OPERATING REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions and fees
$
1,259,801

 
$
1,107,782

 
$
904,796

 
$
786,552

 
$
639,633

Program, interchange, marketing and other fees
373,532

 
220,257

 
141,735

 
103,432

 
87,551

Product sales
167,745

 
116,924

 
91,557

 
69,085

 
24,622

Total operating revenues
1,801,078

 
1,444,963

 
1,138,088

 
959,069

 
751,806

OPERATING EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partner distribution expense (4) (5)
874,043

 
762,245

 
618,490

 
519,090

 
417,522

Processing and services
301,228

 
218,674

 
157,868

 
137,105

 
117,263

Sales and marketing
260,638

 
189,408

 
150,516

 
120,984

 
94,840

Costs of products sold
154,625

 
110,917

 
86,357

 
66,265

 
22,567

General and administrative
95,176

 
66,856

 
50,830

 
41,370

 
38,901

Transition and acquisition (1)
7,639

 
2,134

 
2,111

 

 
332

Amortization of acquisition intangibles (1)
27,550

 
19,705

 
3,349

 
424

 
170

Change in fair value of contingent consideration (6)
(7,567
)
 
(3,722
)
 
(14,740
)
 
(2,974
)
 
89

Total operating expenses
1,713,332

 
1,366,217

 
1,054,781

 
882,264

 
691,684

OPERATING INCOME (1) (4) (5) (6)
87,746

 
78,746

 
83,307

 
76,805

 
60,122

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net
(1,970
)
 
(184
)
 
241

 
1,297

 
1,536

Interest expense (3)
(13,171
)
 
(5,647
)
 

 
(11
)
 
(5
)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
72,605

 
72,915

 
83,548

 
78,091

 
61,653

INCOME TAX EXPENSE
26,796

 
27,490

 
29,862

 
30,199

 
25,154

NET INCOME BEFORE ALLOCATION TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
45,809

 
45,425

 
53,686

 
47,892

 
36,499

Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests (net of tax)
(200
)
 
122

 
418

 
273

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
$
45,609

 
$
45,547

 
$
54,104

 
$
48,165

 
$
36,499

EARNINGS PER SHARE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.84

 
$
0.86

 
$
1.04

 
$
0.93

 
$
0.71

Diluted
$
0.81

 
$
0.83

 
$
1.02

 
$
0.93

 
$
0.70

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic
54,294

 
52,531

 
51,164

 
50,045

 
50,225

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted
56,313

 
54,309

 
52,402

 
50,045

 
50,877


42

Table of Contents

 
As of Year-End
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1) (7) (8) (13)
$
917,765

 
$
916,615

 
$
550,380

 
$
181,633

 
$
162,642

Overnight cash advances to Safeway (7) (9)

 

 

 
495,000

 
598,157

Settlement receivables (7) (10)
626,077

 
526,587

 
813,448

 
510,863

 
249,028

Deferred income taxes, net (2)
320,906

 
(5,241
)
 
(3,616
)
 
12,170

 
7,488

Total assets (1) (2) (7)
3,112,956

 
2,449,109

 
1,964,348

 
1,533,457

 
1,298,041

Settlement payables (7) (10)
1,605,021

 
1,383,481

 
1,484,047

 
1,231,429

 
990,436

Note payable (3)
361,708

 
373,754

 

 

 

Notes payable to Safeway (11)
4,129

 
27,678

 

 

 
17,915

Warrant and common stock liabilities (4)

 

 

 
26,675

 
24,943

Total liabilities (3) (7)
2,378,858

 
2,161,330

 
1,736,184

 
1,435,810

 
1,183,174

Redeemable equity (12)

 

 

 
34,997

 
30,112

Total stockholders' equity (2) (4) (5) (12) (13)
734,098

 
287,779

 
228,164

 
62,650

 
84,755

_____________
(1)
In 2015, we completed our acquisitions of Achievers and Didix, for which we paid $144.6 million in cash, partially offset by $29.1 million in cash received. We recognized goodwill and intangible assets of $186.1 million and assumed liabilities (excluding deferred income taxes) of $76.1 million. In 2014, we completed our acquisitions of Parago, CardLab and Incentec, for which we paid $281.2 million in cash, partially offset by $41.1 million in cash received. We recognized goodwill and intangible assets of $304.3 million and assumed liabilities (excluding deferred income taxes) of $100.5 million. In 2013, we completed our acquisitions of Retailo and InteliSpend. We paid $166.5 million in cash, partially offset by $46.8 million of cash received and trading securities sold for cash. We also recognized goodwill and intangible assets of $171.0 million and assumed liabilities of $79.3 million. Amortization expense related to these intangible assets for all these acquisitions totaled $27.6 million, $19.5 million and $2.9 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which we report in Amortization of acquisition intangibles. We also incurred acquisition-related expenses totaling $2.2 million, $1.8 million and $2.1 million related to these acquisitions, in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which we include in Transition and acquisition expense. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Use of Liquidity” and Note 2 Business Acquisitions in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(2)
On January 30, 2015, Safeway announced that it had been acquired by AB Acquisition LLC (the Merger). As a result of the Merger, our Spin-Off is taxable to Safeway and Safeway’s stockholders. Under our second Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement with Safeway (the SARTSA), any corporate-level income tax incurred as a result of the Spin-Off is borne by Safeway. The SARTSA provides that, since the Spin-Off is taxable, we and Safeway will make an election that results in a step-up in the tax basis of our assets (the Section 336(e) Election) that will be amortized as a tax deduction. As a result of the Section 336(e) Election, we recognized $363.9 million of deferred income tax assets with offset to Additional paid-in capital and Safeway contributed $8.2 million of notes payable related to Safeway's funding to us for income tax payments to certain states resulting from our Spin-Off.
(3)
In 2014, we entered into our Credit Agreement with a group of banks, which, as amended, includes a term loan of $475 million (of which we drew down $100 million in January 2016 and of which we repaid $11.3 million in 2015) and a revolving credit facility of $400 million . Interest expense under the Credit Agreement totaled $13.7 million and $5.7 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. No amounts were outstanding under the revolving credit facility at year-end 2015 and 2014. See Note 4 Financing in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(4)
Before our Offering, two equity awards to retail distribution partners contained put and call rights. We had recorded Warrant and common stock liabilities related to these equity awards, which represented the potential cash settlement obligation. In 2013, our Offering terminated these put and call rights, which eliminated the performance conditions. Accordingly, we expensed the remaining unamortized fair value of $6.0 million in Partner distribution expense with an offsetting increase to Additional paid-in capital and reclassified Warrant and common stock liabilities to Additional paid-in capital . See Note 9 Equity Awards Issued to Retail Distribution Partners in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

43

Table of Contents

(5)
In 2013, we issued fully vested warrants to two retail distribution partners that contained no performance or service conditions, and, in 2015, we increased the shares issuable under a warrant to another retail distribution partner with no performance or service conditions. We recorded the initial measurement of the fair value of the instruments of $22.3 million in 2013 and $3.1 million in 2015 in Additional paid-in capital with an offset to Intangible assets . Amortization expense related to these warrants, recorded in Partner distribution expense , totaled $4.7 million , $4.5 million $3.0 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See Note 9 Equity Awards Issued to Retail Distribution Partners in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(6)
In 2015 and 2014, we recorded mark-to-market decreases of $7.6 million and $3.7 million in the estimated fair value of our CardLab contingent consideration liability and, in 2013 and 2012, mark-to-market deceases of $14.7 million and $3.0 million , respectively, in the estimated fair value of our Cardpool contingent consideration liability. See Note 5 Fair Value Measurements in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(7)
A significant portion of gift card sales occurs in late December of each year as a result of the holiday selling season. The timing of December holiday sales, cash inflows from our retail distribution partners and cash outflows to our content providers results in significant but temporary increases in our Cash and cash equivalents , Overnight cash advances to Safeway , Settlement receivables and Settlement payables balances at the end of each fiscal year relative to normal period end balances. The timing of our fiscal year-ends for 2015 and 2014 allowed for an additional week of settlement of our Settlement receivables and Settlement payable balances. For additional information about the effects of seasonality on our business, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality.”
(8)
Includes $3.2 million and $5.0 million at year-end 2015 and 2014, respectively, of restricted cash related to our acquisition of CardLab and $9.0 million, $9.0 million and $8.8 million of restricted cash at year-end 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, for an escrow account in accordance with a stock purchase agreement with one of our distribution partners. After our Offering, this cash became unrestricted and was reclassified to Cash and cash equivalents .
(9)
Overnight cash advances to Safeway represent cash amounts that Safeway borrowed from us and invested on an overnight basis for our benefit. At year-end 2013, Safeway did not borrow any cash, and, at year-end 2014, we had terminated the agreement under which Safeway borrowed cash from us.
(10)
Settlement receivables generally represent amounts due from our retail distribution partners for funds collected at the point of sale related to any of our prepaid products. Settlement payables represent the amounts that are due to our content providers or issuing banks.
(11)
At year-ends 2015 and 2014, Notes payable to Safeway represented amounts due to Safeway for Safeway's funding to us for our income tax payments to certain states resulting from our Spin-Off. As a result of Safeway's acquisition by AB Acquisition, LLC on January 30, 2015, these notes, adjusted for anticipated state tax refunds, were contributed to equity. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Cash” and Note 1 Income Taxes and Note 14 Related Party Transactions in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. In 2011 and 2010, Notes payable to Safeway represented amounts due under various notes when Safeway was our Parent.
(12)
Redeemable Equity represented the redemptive value for equity instruments issued to employees and a retail distribution partner that contained provisions requiring us, at the option of the holder, to repurchase the instrument. We adjusted the redemption value of redeemable equity from Stockholders’ equity . Our Offering terminated these rights, and we reclassified redeemable equity to Stockholders’ equity .
(13)
On December 14, 2012, our Board declared a one-time extraordinary cash dividend of $1.369 per common share for stockholders of record as of December 18, 2012, and we paid $69.9 million related to this dividend on December 21, 2012.
For further discussion of items (1) and (3) through (6), please see the “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” table as well as the discussion of Adjusted operating revenues, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted net income and Adjusted diluted earnings per share in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Statistics.”

44

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Selected consolidated financial data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. You should review the “Risk Factors” and “Special note regarding Forward-Looking statements” sections of this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
Overview
We are a leading prepaid payment network utilizing proprietary technology to offer a broad range of prepaid gift, telecom and debit cards, in physical and electronic forms, as well as related prepaid products and payment services. We distribute our prepaid products to consumers through our retail distribution partners and online through our websites or websites operating by third-party distribution partners. We also provide prepaid products and related services to business clients. Our prepaid products include closed loop gift cards which are redeemable at a specific merchant, open loop gift and incentive cards which are redeemable where the network association (Visa, MasterCard, American Express, or Discover) are accepted, prepaid telecom cards, and general-purpose reloadable cards and related reload services. Our constituents include consumers who purchase or receive the products and services we offer; content providers who offer branded gift cards and other prepaid products that are redeemable for goods and services; distribution partners who sell those products; and business clients that distribute our products as incentives or rewards, or offer our incentive platform to their employees or sales forces.
We earn revenues in the form of commissions from our content providers for the sale of their prepaid cards at our retail distribution partners and share a portion of such commission with the retail distribution partner, as well as additional revenues for marketing programs at the retail distribution partners. We also earn revenues from the sale of our open loop gift and incentive cards for which we act as program manager for issuing banks. For these products, we earn the purchase fee when sold to a consumer at our retail distribution partners (a portion of which we also share with such retail distribution partners) and earn fees when sold to certain of our business clients, as well as various program revenues, primarily derived from unspent consumer funds, and interchange when consumers make purchases. We also earn revenues from our business clients by providing services, including rebate processing of consumer incentives and employee and sales channel reward platforms. We also earn revenues by selling previously sold gift cards through our Cardpool gift card exchange, providing prepaid cards and merchandise as rewards to our business clients' employees and sales channel personnel, providing card production services to our content providers and selling telecom handsets to our retail distribution partners to enhance their prepaid telecom card offerings. See Item 1—Business—Description of Revenue Types , “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and Note 1—Revenue Recognition in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.
We report the portion of the commissions or consumer purchase fees for the sale of prepaid products to consumers which we share with our retail distribution partners in Partner distribution expense . Our costs of revenues, which we report in Processing and services expense, include costs for our program-managed open loop gift and incentive programs, including card production, customer service and redemption processing; costs to maintain our technology infrastructure, including depreciation and amortization of capitalized internal-use software and related hardware, personnel costs of our technology and operations personnel, data center leases, and data connectivity and activation processing costs; costs for maintaining our retail distribution partner network, including in-store fixture amortization and merchandising and supply chain costs; and other costs related to providing our services to our constituents. We also incur costs, included in Costs of products sold , for the costs of acquiring cards for our Cardpool exchange, for prepaid products and merchandise for certain of our business clients reward programs and for our card production services and telecom handsets. We incur Sales and marketing expenses for our marketing programs at our retail distribution partners, as well as sales and account management for our business clients, retail distribution partners and content providers.
Our US Retail segment derives its revenues from the sale of prepaid cards to consumers in the US through our physical retail distribution partners, online through third-party distributors and through our online Cardpool exchange platform. Our US Retail segment also earns revenues from its card production services and sales of telecom handsets. Our growth in US Retail from 2013 to 2015 reflects increases in store productivity, the addition of new retail distribution partners, the growth of our third-party online sales and the growth in Cardpool.

45

Table of Contents

Our International Retail segment derives its revenues from the sale of prepaid cards to consumers internationally, primarily in the Americas, the European Union, South Africa and the Asia-Pacific region through our physical retail distribution partners. In certain countries, such as Japan, South Africa and South Korea, we enter into sub-distributor relationships with in-country distributors which take on many of our fulfillment and related services which we generally provide. Our growth internationally reflects our 2013 acquisition of Retailo to expand our presence in Germany, the addition of new retail distribution partners, expansion into new countries, growing consumer acceptance of prepaid products and the addition of new prepaid products, particularly our open loop products. Finally, our acquisition of Didix in 2015 expanded the contents of close-loop gift cards that consumers may redeem, such as leisure themed and promotional gift cards
We have developed our Incentives & Rewards segment primarily from acquisitions. We aligned the businesses that we acquired through our acquisitions of InteliSpend in 2013 and Parago and Incentec in 2014 to drive synergies by restructuring them into Blackhawk Engagement Solutions, which provides software, services and prepaid products to business clients for their loyalty, incentive and reward programs. These services include rebate processing for consumer incentives and software platforms for employee and sales channel rewards. Additionally, we integrated the platform acquired through our acquisition of CardLab into our e-Commerce segment which provides customized incentive cards online to our business clients. Finally, in 2015, we acquired Achievers which provides employee recognition and rewards solutions designed to help companies increase employee engagement primarily in the U.S. and Canada.
Key Operating Statistics
The following table sets forth key operating statistics that directly affect our financial performance for the years ended 2015 , 2014 and 2013 :
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Transaction dollar volume
$
16,624,633

 
$
13,539,495

 
$
9,914,403

Prepaid and processing revenues
$
1,528,462

 
$
1,263,271

 
$
990,228

Prepaid and processing revenues as a % of transaction dollar volume
9.2
%
 
9.3
%
 
10.0
%
Partner distribution expense as a % of prepaid and processing revenues
57.2
%
 
60.3
%
 
62.5
%
Selling Stores
215,000

 
198,000

 
181,700

Adjusted operating revenues (1)
$
934,108

 
$
682,718

 
$
519,598

Adjusted EBITDA (1)
$
193,949

 
$
144,620

 
$
114,168

Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)
20.8
%
 
21.2
%
 
22.0
%
Adjusted net income (1)
$
131,617

 
$
96,530

 
$
59,108

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (1)
$
2.33

 
$
1.77

 
$
1.11

______________________
(1)
Our Adjusted operating revenues, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted net income and Adjusted diluted earnings per share are non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flow that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. These measures, however, should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, operating revenues, operating income, operating margin, cash flows, or other measures of the financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Transaction Dollar Volume— Represents the total dollar amount of value loaded onto any of our prepaid products and rebates processed during the period and gross billings to Achievers’ business clients. The dollar amount and volume of card sales and rebates processed directly affect the amount of our revenues and direct costs. We measure and monitor Transaction dollar volume by retail distribution partner channel, content provider program and business client program. The significant growth in Transaction dollar volume over the past two years has been driven by expansion of our distribution network, including the addition of new retail distribution partners and expansion into new countries; our acquisitions of Achievers and Didix in 2015, Parago and CardLab in 2014 and InteliSpend and Retailo in 2013; and increased consumer use of prepaid products, partly in response to retail distribution partner loyalty and incentive programs, as well as the expansion of product content and services we offer.

46

Table of Contents

Prepaid and Processing Revenues as a Percentage of Transaction Dollar Volume— Represents the total amount of Commissions and fees and Program, interchange, marketing and other fees , adjusted to exclude marketing revenues from our content providers (that is, total revenues generated by our prepaid products and services) recognized during the period as a percentage of Transaction dollar volume for the same period. Our prepaid product revenues vary among our various product offerings: closed loop gift and prepaid telecom cards generate the highest rates due to the content provider commissions; open loop gift cards and incentive and reward products and services also generate high rates due to program management fees, interchange and other fees included in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees in addition to the consumer and client purchase fees included in Commissions and fees ; financial services products generate the lowest rates due to higher average transaction values . This metric helps us understand and manage overall margins from our product offerings.
Partner Distribution Expense as a Percentage of Prepaid and Processing Revenues— Represents partner distribution expense divided by prepaid product revenues (as defined above under Prepaid product revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume) during the period. This metric represents the expense recognized for the portion of content provider commissions and purchase or load fees shared with our retail distribution partners (known as distribution partner commissions), as well as other compensation we pay our retail business partners and certain business clients. The other compensation includes certain program development payments to our retail distribution partners, compensation for the distribution of our open loop products and expense recognized for equity awards issued to certain retail distribution partners. We present this expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues to present the overall portion of our revenues from the sale of our prepaid products and services that we share with our retail distribution partners and business clients. The substantial majority of this expense is distribution partner commissions which are based on a percentage of the gross content provider commissions and consumer purchase fees. These percentages are individually negotiated with our retail distribution partners and are independent of the commission rates negotiated between us and our content providers. Partner distribution expense percentage is affected by changes in the proportion of Transaction dollar volume i) among our various products (as we share significantly lower amounts of revenues included in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees generated by our open loop gift, open loop incentive and financial services products), ii) among our various regions (as commission share percentages differ from region to region, particularly those with sub-distributor relationships) and iii) among retail distribution partners (as the commission share percentage is individually negotiated with each retail distribution partner).

Selling Stores— Represents the approximate number of retail store locations selling one or more of our cards during the latest fiscal quarter within the period.
We regard Adjusted operating revenues, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted net income and Adjusted diluted earnings per share as useful measures of operational and financial performance of the business. We regard Adjusted EBITDA margin as an important financial metric that we use to evaluate the operating efficiency of our business. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and Adjusted diluted earnings per share measures are prepared and presented to eliminate the effect of items from EBITDA, Net income and Diluted earnings per share that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance within the period presented. Adjusted net income and Adjusted diluted earnings per share are adjusted to include certain significant cash tax savings that we consider important for understanding our overall operating results. Adjusted operating revenues are prepared and presented to offset the commissions paid to our distribution partners. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Adjusted operating revenues. Our Adjusted operating revenues, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted net income and Adjusted diluted earnings per share may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate these measures in the same manner as we do. You are encouraged to evaluate our adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate.
We believe Adjusted operating revenues, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted net income and Adjusted diluted earnings per share are useful to evaluate our operating performance for the following reasons:
adjusting our operating revenues for commissions paid to our retail distribution partners is useful to understanding our operating margin;
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon their financing, accounting and tax methods, the book value of their assets, their capital structures and the method by which their assets were acquired;
Adjusted EBITDA margin provides a measure of operating efficiency based on Adjusted operating revenues and without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon their financing, accounting and tax methods, the book value of their assets, their capital structures and the method by which their assets were acquired;

47

Table of Contents

in a business combination, a company records an adjustment to reduce the carrying value of deferred revenue to its fair value and reduces the company’s revenues from what it would have recorded otherwise, and as such we do not believe is indicative of our core operating performance;
non-cash equity grants made to employees and distribution partners at a certain price and point in time do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time and the related expenses are not key measures of our core operating performance;
intangible asset amortization expenses can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon the applicable financing and accounting methods, the fair value and average expected life of the acquired intangible assets, the capital structure and the method by which the intangible assets were acquired and, as such, we do not believe that these adjustments are reflective of our core operating performance;
non-cash fair value adjustments to contingent business acquisition liabilities do not directly reflect how our business is performing at any particular time and the related expense adjustment amounts are not key measures of our core operating performance; and
cash tax savings resulting from the step up in tax basis of our assets resulting from the Section 336(e) election due to our Spin-Off and the Safeway Merger and cash tax savings from amortization of goodwill and other intangibles or utilization of net operating loss carryforwards from business acquisitions represent significant cash savings that are useful for understanding our overall operating results.

48

Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures:
The following tables present a reconciliation of a reconciliation of Prepaid and processing revenues , Total operating revenues to Adjusted operating revenues, a reconciliation of Net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, a reconciliation of Operating income margin to Adjusted EBITDA margin, a reconciliation of Net income to Adjusted net income and a reconciliation of Diluted earnings per share to Adjusted diluted earnings per share, in each case reconciling the most directly comparable GAAP measure to the adjusted measure, for each of the periods indicated.
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands, except percentages and per share amounts)
Prepaid and processing revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions and fees
$
1,259,801

 
$
1,107,782

 
$
904,796

Program, interchange, marketing and other fees
373,532

 
220,257

 
141,735

Marketing revenue
(104,871
)
 
(64,768
)
 
(56,303
)
Prepaid and processing revenues
$
1,528,462

 
$
1,263,271

 
$
990,228

Adjusted operating revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating revenues
$
1,801,078

 
$
1,444,963

 
$
1,138,088

Partner distribution expense
(874,043
)
 
(762,245
)
 
(618,490
)
Revenue adjustment from purchase accounting (a)
7,073

 

 

Adjusted operating revenues
$
934,108

 
$
682,718

 
$
519,598

Adjusted EBITDA:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income before allocation to non-controlling interests
$
45,809

 
$
45,425

 
$
53,686

Interest and other (income) expense, net
1,970

 
184

 
(241
)
Interest expense
13,171

 
5,647

 

Income tax expense
26,796

 
27,490

 
29,862

Depreciation and amortization
73,349

 
52,919

 
28,479

EBITDA
161,095

 
131,665

 
111,786

Adjustments to EBITDA:
 
 
 
 
 
Employee stock-based compensation
30,130

 
15,365

 
8,524

Distribution partner mark-to-market expense (b)

 
1,312

 
8,598

Acquisition-related employee compensation expense (c)
3,218

 

 

Revenue adjustment from purchase accounting (a)
7,073

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration (d)
(7,567
)
 
(3,722
)
 
(14,740
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
193,949

 
$
144,620

 
$
114,168

Adjusted EBITDA margin:
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating revenues
$
1,801,078

 
$
1,444,963

 
$
1,138,088

Operating income
$
87,746

 
$
78,746

 
$
83,307

Operating margin
4.9
%
 
5.4
%
 
7.3
%
Adjusted operating revenues
$
934,108

 
$
682,718

 
$
519,598

Adjusted EBITDA
$
193,949

 
$
144,620

 
$
114,168

Adjusted EBITDA margin
20.8
%
 
21.2
%
 
22.0
%

49

Table of Contents

 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands except per share data)
Adjusted net income:
 
 
 
 
 
Income before income tax expense
$
72,605

 
$
72,915

 
$
83,548

Employee stock-based compensation
30,130

 
15,365

 
8,524

Distribution partner mark-to-market expense (b)

 
1,312

 
8,598

Acquisition-related employee compensation (c)
3,218

 

 

Revenue adjustment from purchase accounting (a)
7,073

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration (d)
(7,567
)
 
(3,722
)
 
(14,740
)
Amortization of intangibles (e)
32,366

 
24,371

 
6,817

Adjusted income before income tax expense
137,825

 
110,241

 
92,747

Income tax expense
26,796

 
27,490

 
29,862

Tax expense on adjustments (f)
21,144

 
13,684

 
5,526

Adjusted income tax expense before cash tax benefits
47,940

 
41,174

 
35,388

Reduction in cash taxes payable resulting from amortization of spin-off tax basis step-up (g)
(29,587
)
 
(22,510
)
 

Reduction in cash taxes payable from amortization of acquisition intangibles and utilization of acquired NOLs (h)
(12,345
)
 
(4,831
)
 
(1,331
)
Adjusted income tax expense
6,008

 
13,833

 
34,057

Adjusted net income before allocation to non-controlling interests
131,817

 
96,408

 
58,690

Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests, net of tax
(200
)
 
122

 
418

Adjusted net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
$
131,617

 
$
96,530

 
$
59,108

Adjusted diluted earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
$
45,609

 
$
45,547

 
$
54,104

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
(147
)
 
(226
)
 
(692
)
Net income available for common shareholders
$
45,462

 
$
45,321

 
$
53,412

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
56,313

 
54,309

 
52,402

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.81

 
$
0.83

 
$
1.02

Adjusted net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
$
131,617

 
$
96,530

 
$
59,108

Adjusted distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
(341
)
 
(429
)
 
(749
)
Adjusted net income available for common shareholders
$
131,276

 
$
96,101

 
$
58,359

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
56,313

 
54,309

 
52,402

Adjusted diluted earnings per share
$
2.33

 
$
1.77

 
$
1.11

______________________
(a)
Impact on revenues recognized resulting from the step down in basis of deferred revenue and cardholder liabilities from their carrying values to fair value in a business combination at the acquisition date.

(b)
Distribution partner equity instruments are generally marked to market at each reporting date to fair value until the instrument is vested.

(c)
Adjustment to remove acquisition-related compensation expense when such amounts represent a reduction of the purchase price paid to the sellers under the acquisition agreement but we recognize such payments as compensation expense under GAAP.

(d)
Adjustments to reflect a contingent business acquisition liability at its estimated fair value.
(e)
Non-cash expense resulting from the amortization of intangible assets, including distribution partner relationships resulting from the issuance of fully vested awards, recorded in Partner distribution expense and the amortization of intangible assets from business combination, recorded in Amortization of acquisition intangibles .
(f)
Assumes our statutory tax rate adjusted for certain amounts that are not deductible or taxable for tax purposes.

50

Table of Contents

(g)
As a result of Safeway's merger with Albertsons and our and Safeway's Section 336(e) Election, we recognized a deferred tax asset that we will be amortized as a reduction of our taxes payable over 15 years. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity” and Note 1—Income Taxes .
(h)
As a result of certain acquisitions, we acquired net operating loss carryforwards that we can use to reduce our income taxes payable. Additionally, for certain acquisitions, we may amortize intangible assets, including goodwill, for tax purposes to reduce income taxes payable.

51

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
The fiscal periods presented in the accompanying tables below and throughout this Results of Operations section consist of the 52 -week period ended January 2, 2016 , or 2015 , the 53 -week period ended January 3, 2015 , or 2014 , and the 52 -week period ended December 28, 2014 , or 2013 .
The following table sets forth the revenue and expense amounts as a percentage of total operating revenues by the line items in our consolidated statements of income for 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 .
 
2015
 
% of Total Operating Revenues
 
2014
 
% of Total Operating Revenues
 
2013
 
% of Total Operating Revenues
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
OPERATING REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions and fees
$
1,259,801

 
69.9
 %
 
$
1,107,782

 
76.7
 %
 
$
904,796

 
79.5
 %
Program, interchange, marketing and other fees
373,532

 
20.7
 %
 
220,257

 
15.2
 %
 
141,735

 
12.5
 %
Product sales
167,745

 
9.3
 %
 
116,924

 
8.1
 %
 
91,557

 
8.0
 %
Total operating revenues
1,801,078

 
100.0
 %
 
1,444,963

 
100.0
 %
 
1,138,088

 
100.0
 %
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partner distribution expense
874,043

 
48.5
 %
 
762,245

 
52.8
 %
 
618,490

 
54.3
 %
Processing and services
301,228

 
16.7
 %
 
218,674

 
15.1
 %
 
157,868

 
13.9
 %
Sales and marketing
260,638

 
14.5
 %
 
189,408

 
13.1
 %
 
150,516

 
13.2
 %
Costs of products sold
154,625

 
8.6
 %
 
110,917

 
7.7
 %
 
86,357

 
7.6
 %
General and administrative
95,176

 
5.3
 %
 
66,856

 
4.6
 %
 
50,830

 
4.5
 %
Transition and acquisition
7,639

 
0.4
 %
 
2,134

 
0.1
 %
 
2,111

 
0.2
 %
Amortization of acquisition intangibles
27,550

 
1.5
 %
 
19,705

 
1.4
 %
 
3,349

 
0.3
 %
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(7,567
)
 
(0.4
)%
 
(3,722
)
 
(0.3
)%
 
(14,740
)
 
(1.3
)%
Total operating expenses
1,713,332

 
95.1
 %
 
1,366,217

 
94.6
 %
 
1,054,781

 
92.7
 %
OPERATING INCOME
87,746

 
4.9
 %
 
78,746

 
5.4
 %
 
83,307

 
7.3
 %
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net
(1,970
)
 
(0.1
)%
 
(184
)
 
 %
 
241

 
 %
Interest expense
(13,171
)
 
(0.7
)%
 
(5,647
)
 
 %
 

 
 %
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
72,605

 
4.0
 %
 
72,915

 
5.0
 %
 
83,548

 
7.3
 %
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
26,796

 
1.5
 %
 
27,490

 
1.9
 %
 
29,862

 
2.6
 %
NET INCOME BEFORE ALLOCATION TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
45,809

 
2.5
 %
 
45,425

 
3.1
 %
 
53,686

 
4.7
 %
Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests (net of tax)
(200
)
 
 %
 
122

 
 %
 
418

 
 %
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
$
45,609

 
2.5
 %
 
$
45,547

 
3.2
 %
 
$
54,104

 
4.8
 %
Although our Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) reviews information regarding segment profit for our three reportable segments of US Retail, International Retail and Incentives & Rewards, segment profit for US Retail excludes certain sales, marketing and operations personnel costs used by that segment in generating revenues, whereas such costs are included in segment profit for International Retail and Rewards & Incentives. Additionally, US Retail and International Retail utilize shared costs for technology personnel and related depreciation and amortization of developed technology and related hardware, which we do not include in the determination of segment profit, but we do include such costs in the determination of segment profit for Incentives & Rewards (see Note 12 Segment Reporting and Enterprise-Wide Disclosures for additional information). Accordingly, in the following detailed discussions of our operating results, we discuss Total operating revenues , Partner distribution expense and Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense for our three reportable segments and discuss our remaining operating expenses at the consolidated level.

52

Table of Contents

Operating Revenues, Partner Distribution Expense and Operating Revenues, net of Partner distribution expense
The following table sets forth our consolidated operating revenues, Partner distribution expense and Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
2015 - 2014
 
Change
2014 - 2013
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
OPERATING REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions and fees
$
1,259,801

 
$
1,107,782

 
$
904,796

 
$
152,019

 
13.7
%
 
$
202,986

 
22.4
%
Program, interchange, marketing and other fees
373,532

 
220,257

 
141,735

 
153,275

 
69.6
%
 
78,522

 
55.4
%
Product sales
167,745

 
116,924

 
91,557

 
50,821

 
43.5
%
 
25,367

 
27.7
%
Total operating revenues
$
1,801,078

 
$
1,444,963

 
$
1,138,088

 
$
356,115

 
24.6
%
 
$
306,875

 
27.0
%
Partner distribution expense
874,043

 
762,245

 
618,490

 
111,798

 
14.7
%
 
143,755

 
23.2
%
Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense
$
927,035

 
$
682,718

 
$
519,598

 
$
244,317

 
35.8
%
 
$
163,120

 
31.4
%
US Retail
The following table sets forth our Total operating revenues , Partner distribution expense and Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense and related key operating statistics for our US Retail segment for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
2015 - 2014
 
Change
2014 - 2013
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Total operating revenues
$
1,165,828

 
$
1,027,936

 
$
920,247

 
$
137,892

 
13.4
 %
 
$
107,689

 
11.7
 %
Partner distribution expense
577,661

 
526,752

 
485,322

 
50,909

 
9.7
 %
 
41,430

 
8.5
 %
Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense
$
588,167

 
$
501,184

 
$
434,925

 
$
86,983

 
17.4
 %
 
$
66,259

 
15.2
 %
Transaction dollar volume
$
11,246,902

 
$
9,912,090

 
$
8,148,927

 
$
1,334,812

 
13.5
 %
 
$
1,763,163

 
21.6
 %
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume
8.7
%
 
8.9
%
 
9.7
%
 
(0.2
)%
 
(2.2
)%
 
(0.8
)%
 
(8.2
)%
Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues
59.0
%
 
59.7
%
 
61.2
%
 
(0.7
)%
 
(1.2
)%
 
(1.5
)%
 
(2.5
)%
2015 Compared to 2014
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense increased primarily due to the increase in our Transaction dollar volume and decrease in Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenue , partially offset by a decrease in Prepaid and processing revenue as a percentage of transaction dollar volume :
Transaction dollar volume —Increased due to higher sales of prepaid products through our retail distribution partner network from increased per-store productivity through most of our network and expansion of our retail network, as well as an increase in sales through our online distribution channel. However, as a result of compliance with new payment card authorization standards, certain retail distribution partners have restricted sales of higher denomination gift cards, which may decrease our transaction dollar volume and resulting revenues from these products in future periods.
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume —Decreased due to increases in the proportion of program-managed Visa gift products sold and a decrease in prepaid and processing revenue rate for open loop gift products sold. The total of the consumer purchase fees and resulting program management fees, interchange

53

Table of Contents

and other fees that we earn from our program management services to issuing banks on these products is less than the average content provider commissions we receive on the sale of closed loop gift and telecom products. Further, recent consumer spending patterns indicate that we may experience a decrease in our program management fee rate in future periods under our contract with one of our issuing banks as the rate is subject to quarterly renegotiation. A reduction in this rate would decrease our prepaid and processing revenue rate without an offset in Partner distribution expense. Additionally, the expanded availability of variable load Visa gift products decreased the prepaid and processing revenue rate in 2015 as these products have a fixed consumer fee and higher average transaction values.
Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues —Decreased due to increases in the proportion of program-managed Visa gift products sold. We share a smaller portion of our total revenues with our retail distribution partners for our program-managed Visa gift products as compared to the portion of content provider commissions for closed loop and telecom products that we pay to our retail distribution partners as distribution partner commissions, mainly due to the higher processing and services expenses we incur related to these products.
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense also increased due to a 47.7% , or $37.3 million , increase in sales from Cardpool and a $12.9 million increase in marketing revenue (with offsetting expenses in Sales and marketing ), partially offset by $8.8 million decrease in other product sales.
2014 Compared to 2013
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense increased primarily due to the increase in our Transaction dollar volume and decrease in Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenue , partially offset by a decrease in Prepaid and processing revenue as a percentage of transaction dollar volume :
Transaction dollar volume —Increased due to increases in sales of prepaid products through our retail distribution partner network from expansion of our network and increased per-store productivity through most of our network and an increase in sales through our online and digital distribution channels.
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume —Decreased due to increases in the proportion of program-managed Visa gift and open loop incentive products sold, a decrease in prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume for open loop gift products sold and a decrease in the overall commission rate for closed loop gift cards due to mix. The total of the consumer purchase fees and resulting program management fees, interchange and other fees that we earn from our program management services to issuing banks on these products is less than the average content provider commissions we receive on the sale of closed loop gift and telecom products. Additionally, the expanded availability of variable load Visa gift products decreased prepaid and processing revenue rate in 2014 as these products have a fixed consumer fee and higher average transaction values.
Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues —Decreased due to increases in the proportion of program managed Visa gift and financial services products sold, as well as a decrease in noncash distribution partner mark-to-market and warrant amortization expense. We share a significantly smaller portion of our program revenues with our retail distribution partners for Visa gift and financial services products as compared to the portion of content provider commissions for closed loop and telecom products and consumer purchase fees for open loop gift and financial services products that we pay to our retail distribution partners as distribution partner commissions. Additionally, for our open loop incentive products, for which we also earn program revenues, we share a smaller portion of our revenues with business clients. As a result, increases in these program revenues dilute the overall compensation to our retail distribution partners and decrease Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues . However, we incur higher costs to support these products included in Processing and services expense. Noncash distribution partner mark-to-market and warrant amortization expense decreased $5.1 million, or from 1.2% of prepaid and processing revenues in 2013 to 0.5% in 2014.
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense also increased due to a 33.9% , or $19.8 million , increase in sales from Cardpool (included in Product sales ), with minimal impact from marketing revenue and other product sales.


54

Table of Contents

International Retail
The following table sets forth our Total operating revenues , Partner distribution expense and Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense and related key operating statistics for our International Retail segment for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
2015 - 2014
 
Change
2014 - 2013
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Total operating revenues
$
423,285

 
$
339,444

 
$
211,756

 
$
83,841

 
24.7
%
 
$
127,688

 
60.3
 %
Partner distribution expense
279,435

 
226,867

 
133,007

 
52,568

 
23.2
%
 
93,860

 
70.6
 %
Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense
$
143,850

 
$
112,577

 
$
78,749

 
$
31,273

 
27.8
%
 
$
33,828

 
43.0
 %
Transaction dollar volume
$
3,336,442

 
$
2,824,094

 
$
1,665,852

 
$
512,348

 
18.1
%
 
$
1,158,242

 
69.5
 %
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume
10.9
%
 
10.8
%
 
11.5
%
 
0.1
%
 
0.9
%
 
(0.7
)%
 
(6.1
)%
Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues
76.9
%
 
74.6
%
 
69.6
%
 
2.3
%
 
3.1
%
 
5.0
 %
 
7.2
 %
2015 Compared to 2014
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense increased primarily due to the increase in our Transaction dollar volume , partially offset by decrease Prepaid and processing revenue as a percentage of transaction dollar volume and an increase in Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenue :
Transaction dollar volume —Increased due to higher sales of prepaid products through our sub-distribution relationships in Japan, South Korea and Singapore, as well as higher sales in Germany, Mexico, the UK and Australia, partially offset by lower sales in Canada and through our sub-distributor relationship in South Africa.
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume —Experienced minimal change due to a retrospective contract amendment with our issuing bank in Australia in 2014, offset by the impact of regional mix and prepaid and processing revenue rates among those regions.
Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues —Increased due to an increase in the proportion of products sold through sub-distributor relationships for which we share a larger portion of our commissions and fees revenue, but incur minimal other operating expenses and due to the retrospective contract amendment with our issuing bank in Australia in 2014, for which we do not share such revenues with our retail distribution partners.
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense also increased due to a $26.6 million increase in marketing revenues (with offsetting expenses in Sales and marketing ), partially offset by a $2.0 million increase in card production sales.
2014 Compared to 2013
Our Adjusted operating revenues increased primarily due to the increase in our Transaction dollar volume , partially offset by decrease Prepaid and processing revenue as a percentage of transaction dollar volume and an increase in Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenue :
Transaction dollar volume —Increased due to increases in sales of prepaid products through increases from our sub-distribution relationships in Japan and expansion into South Africa, our acquisition of Retailo in the fourth quarter of 2013 and increases in sales through our existing retail distribution partners worldwide.
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume —Decreased due to our acquisition of Retailo, which generally earns less commissions and fees revenue as a percentage of transaction dollar volume than our other international regions.

55

Table of Contents

Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues —Increased due to increases in the proportion of our products sold through sub-distributor relationships for which we share a larger portion of our commissions and fees revenue, but incur minimal other operating expenses. This increase was partially offset by sales through Retailo which shares a lower portion of its commission revenue with its retail distribution partners, as well as a decrease in noncash mark-to-market expense of $1.0 million, or from 1.2% of prepaid and processing revenues in 2013 to 0.4% in 2014.
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense also increased due to a $9.6 million increase in marketing revenues (with offsetting expense in Sales and marketing ) and a $5.0 million increase in card production sales.
Incentives & Rewards
The following table sets forth our Total operating revenues , Partner distribution expense and Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense and related key operating statistics for our Incentives & Rewards segment for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
2015 - 2014
 
Change
2014 - 2013
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Total operating revenues
$
211,965

 
$
77,583

 
$
6,085

 
$
134,382

 
173.2
 %
 
$
71,498

 
1,175.0
%
Partner distribution expense
16,947

 
8,626

 
161

 
8,321

 
96.5
 %
 
8,465

 
5,257.8
%
Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense
$
195,018

 
$
68,957

 
$
5,924

 
$
126,061

 
182.8
 %
 
$
63,033

 
1,064.0
%
Transaction dollar volume
$
2,041,289

 
$
803,311

 
$
99,624

 
$
1,237,978

 
154.1
 %
 
$
703,687

 
706.3
%
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume
9.1
%
 
9.5
%
 
6.1
%
 
(0.4
)%
 
(4.2
)%
 
3.4
%
 
55.7
%
Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues
9.1
%
 
11.3
%
 
2.6
%
 
(2.2
)%
 
(19.5
)%
 
8.7
%
 
334.6
%
2015 Compared to 2014
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense increased primarily due to the increase in our Transaction dollar volume and decrease in Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenue , partially offset by a decrease in Prepaid and processing revenue as a percentage of transaction dollar volume :
Transaction dollar volume —Increased due to increases in sales of prepaid products through Blackhawk Engagement Solutions, including increases from our existing InteliSpend business and our acquisition of Parago in the fourth quarter of 2014, increases in sales through our e-commerce channel, primarily from our acquisition of CardLab in 2014, and our acquisition of Achievers in the third quarter of 2015.
Prepaid and processing revenues as a percentage of transaction dollar volume —Decreased due to lower fees earned on certain incentive card programs and mix of incentive programs, a retrospective contract amendment with our issuing bank for InteliSpend in 2014 and an adjustment in 2015 for fees related to prior periods that were paid to us by one of our issuing banks.
Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues —Decreased due to a smaller proportion of transaction volume sold through business clients for which we recognize net pricing discounts as an expense and our acquisitions of Parago and Achievers which do not incur such expenses.
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense also increased due to a $24.3 million increase in Product sales , primarily resulting from our acquisition of Achievers in the third quarter of 2015.

56

Table of Contents

2014 Compared to 2013
Our Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense increased primarily due to our acquisition of InteliSpend in the fourth quarter of 2013 and our acquisitions of Parago and CardLab in 2014. The results in 2013 primarily represent the results of InteliSpend after its acquisition date in the fourth quarter.
Operating Expenses
The following table sets forth our consolidated operating expenses for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .  
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change 2015-2014
 
Change 2014-2013
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
 
 
 
 
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partner distribution expense
874,043

 
762,245

 
618,490

 
111,798

 
14.7
%
 
143,755

 
23.2
 %
Processing and services
301,228

 
218,674

 
157,868

 
82,554

 
37.8
%
 
60,806

 
38.5
 %
Sales and marketing
260,638

 
189,408

 
150,516

 
71,230

 
37.6
%
 
38,892

 
25.8
 %
Costs of products sold
154,625

 
110,917

 
86,357

 
43,708

 
39.4
%
 
24,560

 
28.4
 %
General and administrative
95,176

 
66,856

 
50,830

 
28,320

 
42.4
%
 
16,026

 
31.5
 %
Transition and acquisition
7,639

 
2,134

 
2,111

 
5,505

 
258.0
%
 
23

 
1.1
 %
Amortization of acquisition intangibles
27,550

 
19,705

 
3,349

 
7,845

 
39.8
%
 
16,356

 
488.4
 %
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(7,567
)
 
(3,722
)
 
(14,740
)
 
(3,845
)
 
103.3
%
 
11,018

 
(74.7
)%
Total operating expenses
$
1,713,332

 
$
1,366,217

 
$
1,054,781

 
$
347,115

 
25.4
%
 
$
311,436

 
29.5
 %
Partner distribution expense —Please see our discussion of Operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense and Partner distribution expense as a percentage of prepaid and processing revenues for our reportable segments above.
Processing and Services
2015 Compared to 2014
Processing and services expenses increased 37.8% primarily due to a 22.8% increase in Transaction dollar volume and an increase in the proportion of our program-managed Visa gift and open loop incentives cards sold, which have higher Processing and services expense but also generate the majority of our revenues included in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees . The $82.6 million increase includes increases of $34.6 million for our card program management services, including card production, redemption transaction processing and customer care primarily for our Visa gift and open loop incentive cards; $22.9 million for personnel costs, including employee and contractor compensation, benefits and travel related costs; $16.6 million for our technology infrastructure, including depreciation of capitalized software and related hardware, data center lease, data connectivity, activation transaction processing and other equipment costs; $3.3 million for maintaining our retail distribution partner network, including in-store fixture amortization and merchandising and supply chain costs; and $5.2 million net increase in other costs.
2014 Compared to 2013
Processing and services expenses increased 38.5% primarily due to a 36.6% increase in Transaction dollar volume and an increase in the proportion of our program-managed Visa gift and open loop incentives cards sold, which have higher Processing and services expense but also generate the majority of our revenues included in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees . The $60.8 million increase includes increases of $19.2 million for our card program management services, including card production, redemption transaction processing and customer care primarily for our Visa gift and open loop incentive cards; $15.6 million for personnel costs, including employee and contractor compensation, benefits and travel related costs; $13.7 million for our technology infrastructure, including depreciation of capitalized software and related hardware, data center lease, data connectivity, activation transaction processing and other equipment costs; $5.1 million for maintaining our retail

57

Table of Contents

distribution partner network, including in-store fixture amortization and merchandising and supply chain costs; and $7.2 million net increase in other costs.
Sales and Marketing
2015 Compared to 2014
Sales and marketing expenses primarily increased due to a $46.3 million increase in program marketing and development expenses, which substantially resulted from the $40.1 million increase in marketing revenue in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees as well as the enhancement and expansion of our distribution network and related marketing programs. Sales and marketing expenses also increased due to a $21.9 million increase in personnel costs, including employee compensation, benefits and travel related costs, primarily from our acquisitions of Parago and Achievers, and a $3.0 million net increase in other costs.
2014 Compared to 2013
Sales and marketing expenses primarily increased due to a $16.1 million increase in program marketing and development expenses, which partly resulted from the $8.5 million increase in marketing revenue in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees as well as the enhancement and expansion of our distribution network and related marketing programs. Sales and marketing expenses also increased due to a $19.9 million increase in personnel costs, including employee compensation, benefits and travel related costs, primarily from our acquisition of InteliSpend and Parago, and a $2.9 million net increase in other costs.
Costs of Products Sold
2015 Compared to 2014
Costs of products sold increased due to a $32.7 million increase in Cardpool costs, $17.9 million from our acquisition of Achievers, and a $6.9 million decrease in all other costs. Gross margin on product sales increased to 7.8% in 2015 compared to 5.1% in 2014 primarily due an increase in the gross margin for Cardpool and our acquisition of Achievers which has a higher gross margin relative to other product sales.
2014 Compared to 2013
Costs of products sold increased due to an $18.3 million increase in Cardpool costs and a $6.3 million increase in all other costs. Gross margin on product sales decreased to 5.1% in 2014 compared to 5.7% in 2013 primarily due to a decrease in the gross margin percentage for telecom handsets, partially offset by an increase in the gross margin percentage for Cardpool.
General and Administrative
2015 Compared to 2014
General and administrative expenses increased primarily due to a $16.8 million increase in personnel costs, including employee compensation, benefits and travel related costs, $3.9 million for the reversal of our patent litigation reserve for InComm which we recorded in the second quarter of 2014 (see Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to our consolidated financial statements) and $7.7 million increase in other net costs. The increase in employee compensation includes an increase of $8.4 million for stock-based compensation, reflecting increased equity awards granted as well as the impact of accelerated expense recognition for the retirement provision for awards granted during 2015 (see Note 1—Employee Stock-Based Compensation in the notes to our consolidated financial statements).
2014 Compared to 2013
General and administrative expenses increased primarily due to a $13.8 million increase in personnel costs, including employee compensation, benefits and travel related costs, primarily as a result of our acquisition of InteliSpend, and $6.1 million increase in other net costs, primarily resulting from professional services related to our Spin-Off and rent expense and other operating costs from InteliSpend. These increases were partially offset by a $3.9 million benefit for the reversal of our previously recorded reserve for patent infringement litigation with InComm.

58

Table of Contents

Transition and Acquisition Expenses
Transition and acquisition expenses include legal, tax, audit and valuation professional service related to acquisition, severance resulting from integration of acquisition and certain employment compensation payments that we recognize in our post combination financial statements. In 2015, we incurred such expenses related to our acquisitions of Achievers and Didix, including $3.2 million of employee compensation. We also incurred these expenses in conjunction with our acquisitions of Parago, CardLab and Incentec in 2014 and InteliSpend and Retailo in 2013.
Amortization of Acquisition Intangibles
Amortization expense has increased each year due to our continuing acquisition activity, including InteliSpend and Retailo in 2013, Parago, CardLab and Incentec in 2014 and Achievers and Didix in 2015.
Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration
The decreases in the estimated fair values of contingent consideration relate to our CardLab contingent consideration liability in 2015 and 2014 and to our Cardpool contingent consideration liability in 2013. The decreases of our contingent liability resulted from the failure of financial targets to be met relating to the launch of incentive programs during the contingent earn-out measurement period for CardLab and delays in the launches of new card acquisition channels for Cardpool.
Other Income (Expense) and Income Tax Expense
The following table sets forth our consolidated other income (expense), and income tax expense and effective tax rates in 2015 , 2014 and 2013.
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change 2015-2014
 
Change 2014-2013
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
 
 
 
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net
$
(1,970
)
 
$
(184
)
 
$
241

 
$
(1,786
)
 
970.7
 %
 
$
(425
)
 
(176.3
)%
Interest expense
(13,171
)
 
(5,647
)
 

 
(7,524
)
 
133.2
 %
 
(5,647
)
 
N/M
Total other income (expense)
$
(15,141
)
 
$
(5,831
)
 
$
241

 
$
(9,310
)
 
159.7
 %
 
$
(6,072
)
 
(2,519.5
)%
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
$
26,796

 
$
27,490

 
$
29,862

 
$
(694
)
 
(2.5
)%
 
$
(2,372
)
 
(7.9
)%
EFFECTIVE TAX RATE
36.9
%
 
37.7
%
 
35.7
%
 
(0.8
)%
 
 
 
2.0
%
 
 
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) consists of Interest income and other income (expense), net and Interest expense . Interest income and other income (expense), net includes interest income earned primarily on short-term cash investments, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, losses from our equity-investment investees and other non-operating gains and losses. Interest income has fluctuated with the amount and duration of the short-term cash investments and changes in interest and commercial paper rates. Such investments have decreased from 2013 to 2015 due to our increase in acquisition activity. Additionally, foreign currency transaction losses, primarily on intercompany accounts, have increased due to the strengthening US dollar. Interest expense includes interest charged under our Credit Agreement and the amortization of deferred financing costs and the discount on our term loan (see Note 4 Financing in the notes to our consolidated financial statements). Interest expense in 2015 totaled $13.7 million , including $9.0 million under our term loan, $3.5 million for our revolving credit facility and $1.2 million for amortization of deferred financing costs. Interest expense in 2014 totaled $5.7 million , including $3.7 million for our term loan, $1.5 million for our revolving credit facility and $0.5 million for amortization of deferred financing costs.
In late March 2014, we terminated our Cash Management and Treasury Services Agreement with Safeway (the CMATSA). Under the CMATSA, pursuant to unsecured promissory notes, Safeway borrowed available excess cash from us, and we borrowed from Safeway to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements (See Note 14 Related Party Transactions in the notes to our consolidated financial statements). In conjunction with such termination, we entered into a credit agreement with a group of banks. See Note 4 Financing in the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity” for additional information.
Income Tax Expense

59

Table of Contents

2015 Compared to 2014
Our effective rate for 2015 was lower primarily due to higher nontaxable income from the noncash credit adjustment for the change in fair value of contingent consideration and from higher amounts of research and developments credits claimed. This decrease was partially offset by an expense due to a net reduction in the value of our deferred tax assets from changes in certain state tax apportionment laws.
2014 Compared to 2013
Our effective rate for 2014 was higher primarily due to higher amounts of nontaxable income in 2013 from the noncash credit for the change in fair value of contingent consideration. This increase was partially offset by a benefit in 2014 from the foreign rate differential, lower amounts of non-deductible expenses from mark-to-market expense on redeemable common stock and lower amounts of nondeductible equity based compensation expense for certain executives, which, as a result of our Offering, became subject to IRS limitations.
In April 2014, we and Safeway executed the second Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement (the SARTSA). See Note 1 Income Taxes in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding this agreement.
Adjusted Effective Income Tax Rate
Our Adjusted net income adjusts Net income for certain noncash items, including certain amounts that are nontaxable or nondeductible for income tax purposes, including i) the change in the fair value of contingent consideration, ii) certain amounts of distribution partner mark-to-market expense and iii) certain amounts of stock-based compensation for certain executives that are subject to IRS limitations as a result of our Offering. These noncash items also include the amortization of intangible assets from business combinations which have no cash tax impact from the offsetting amortization of deferred tax liabilities but may impact our effective tax rate due to jurisdictional mix. Additionally, changes in tax laws may significantly adjust the value of our deferred tax assets that we recognized for our step-up in basis, and we recognize such adjustments in the quarter the tax law changes, even though the impact on our cash flows is amortized over 15 years. Lastly, we have adjustments related to acquisitions, including i) impact on revenues recognized resulting from the step down in basis of deferred revenue and cardholder liabilities from their carrying values to fair value in a business combination at the acquisition date and ii) adjustment to remove acquisition-related compensation expense when such amounts represent a reduction of the purchase price paid to the sellers under the acquisition agreement but we recognize such payments as compensation expense under GAAP. As such, we have presented in the table below reconciliations from our effective income tax rate to our Adjusted effective income tax rate used in the determination of our Adjusted net income for 2015, 2014 and 2013, which we believe provides a clearer understanding of our operational performance by removing the impact of such nontaxable items, nondeductible items and other noncash items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance within the period presented. We view our Adjusted effective income tax rate based on Adjusted tax expense before cash tax benefits since these cash tax benefits are not indicative of our underlying effective tax rate.
 
2015
 
Income Before Income Tax Expense
 
Income Tax Provision
 
Effective Income Tax Rate
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
As reported
$
72,605

 
$
26,796

 
36.9
%
Employee stock-based compensation
30,130

 
9,108

 
 
Distribution partner mark-to-market expense

 

 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(7,567
)
 

 
 
Amortization of intangibles
32,366

 
11,512

 
 
Acquisition-related employee compensation
3,218

 
1,060

 
 
Revenue adjustment from purchase accounting
7,073

 
2,274

 
 
Reversal of state spin deferred rate change

 
(2,810
)
 
 
Adjusted
$
137,825

 
$
47,940

 
34.8
%

60

Table of Contents

 
2014
 
Income Before Income Tax Expense
 
Income Tax Provision
 
Effective Income Tax Rate
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
As reported
$
72,915

 
$
27,490

 
37.7
%
Employee stock-based compensation
15,365

 
4,503

 
 
Distribution partner mark-to-market expense
1,312

 
497

 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(3,722
)
 

 
 
Amortization of intangibles
24,371

 
8,684

 
 
Adjusted
$
110,241

 
$
41,174

 
37.3
%
 
2013
 
Income Before Income Tax Expense
 
Income Tax Provision
 
Effective Income Tax Rate
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
As reported
$
83,548

 
$
29,862

 
35.7
%
Employee stock-based compensation
8,524

 
957

 
 
Distribution partner mark-to-market expense
8,598

 
2,008

 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(14,740
)
 

 
 
Amortization of intangibles
6,817

 
2,561

 
 
Adjusted
$
92,747

 
$
35,388

 
38.2
%
2015 Compared to 2014
Our Adjusted effective income tax rate for 2015 was lower primarily due to the benefit from one-time various state amended return refund claims and research and development credits claimed in 2015.
2014 Compared to 2013
Our Adjusted effective income tax rate for 2014 was lower primarily due to the benefit from the foreign rate differential based on jurisdictional mix of income and research and development credits claimed in 2014.

61

Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality
Seasonal consumer spending habits, which are most pronounced in December of each year as a result of the holiday selling season, significantly affect our business. We believe this seasonality is important to understanding our quarterly operating results. A significant portion of gift card sales occurs in late December of each year during the holiday gifting season. As a result, we earn a significant portion of our revenues, net income and cash flows during the fourth quarter of each year. We also experience an increase in revenues, net income and cash flows during the second quarter of each year, which we primarily attribute to the Mother’s Day, Father’s Day and graduation gifting season and the Easter holiday. Depending on when the Easter holiday occurs, the associated increase could occur in either the first or second quarter.
  The table below illustrates the quarterly transaction dollar volume for all our products for each of the last five fiscal years. Our fiscal year consists of a 52-week or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. Consequently, our fiscal quarters consist of three 12-week periods and one 16-week or 17-week period ending on a Saturday. Fiscal 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2015 included 52 weeks, and Fiscal 2014 included 53 weeks. As a result, our fourth fiscal quarter of each year contains not only the holiday gifting season but also an extra four weeks (or five weeks for 53-week fiscal years) when compared to our first three fiscal quarters.


The following tables set forth unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for our four fiscal quarters of 2015 and 2014 . We prepared our consolidated statements of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, each statement of operations includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

62

Table of Contents

 
Q4 ‘15
 
Q3 ‘15
 
Q2 ‘15
 
Q1 ‘15
 
Q4 ‘14
 
Q3 ‘14
 
Q2 ‘14
 
Q1 ‘14 
 
(in thousands)
OPERATING REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions and fees
$
550,462

 
$
231,492

 
$
257,445

 
$
220,402

 
$
511,458

 
$
201,888

 
$
216,341

 
$
178,095

Program, interchange, marketing and other fees
142,478

 
77,727

 
80,223

 
73,104

 
100,276

 
43,895

 
40,421

 
35,665

Product sales
63,494

 
43,446

 
34,580

 
26,225

 
47,143

 
23,244

 
27,182

 
19,355

TOTAL REVENUES
756,434

 
352,665

 
372,248

 
319,731

 
658,877

 
269,027

 
283,944

 
233,115

OPERATING EXPENSES:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Partner distribution expense
379,850

 
161,852

 
176,987

 
155,354

 
346,968

 
142,542

 
148,428

 
124,307

Processing and services
102,956

 
68,246

 
65,818

 
64,208

 
85,020

 
46,715

 
45,314

 
41,625

Sales and marketing
103,985

 
49,954

 
63,106

 
43,593

 
78,288

 
36,668

 
41,374

 
33,078

Costs of products sold
57,032

 
40,577

 
32,113

 
24,903

 
44,172

 
21,946

 
25,495

 
19,304

General and administrative
32,990

 
22,136

 
21,302

 
18,748

 
25,156

 
16,163

 
10,934

 
14,603

Transition and acquisition
1,548

 
5,275

 
641

 
175

 
1,774

 
326

 
32

 
2

Amortization of acquisition intangibles
9,198

 
6,875

 
5,503

 
5,974

 
8,866

 
3,004

 
3,426

 
4,409

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 
(3,428
)
 
(4,139
)
 
(3,722
)
 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES
687,559

 
354,915

 
362,042

 
308,816

 
586,522

 
267,364

 
275,003

 
237,328

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
68,875

 
(2,250
)
 
10,206

 
10,915

 
72,355


1,663

 
8,941

 
(4,213
)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest income and other income (expense), net
(32
)
 
(1,421
)
 
284

 
(801
)
 
(310
)
 
182

 
353

 
(409
)
Interest expense
(4,605
)
 
(3,231
)
 
(2,578
)
 
(2,757
)
 
(3,566
)
 
(1,080
)
 
(956
)
 
(45
)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
64,238

 
(6,902
)
 
7,912

 
7,357

 
68,479

 
765

 
8,338

 
(4,667
)
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
22,361

 
(3,290
)
 
5,105

 
2,620

 
25,646

 
352

 
3,275

 
(1,783
)
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE ALLOCATION TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
41,877

 
(3,612
)
 
2,807

 
4,737

 
42,833

 
413

 
5,063

 
(2,884
)
Loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests (net of tax)
(263
)
 
(3
)
 
97

 
(31
)
 
(116
)
 
142

 
53

 
43

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO BLACKHAWK NETWORK, INC.
$
41,614

 
$
(3,615
)
 
$
2,904

 
$
4,706

 
$
42,717

 
$
555

 
$
5,116

 
$
(2,841
)
 

Overall, our business experiences a seasonal pattern that historically has resulted in an increase in revenues during the second and fourth fiscal quarters, a significant sequential decrease in revenues from the fourth to first fiscal quarters and a modest sequential decrease from the second to third quarters. While Partner distribution expense and some other expenses are directly related to volume of prepaid card sales, many of our expenses, including significant portions of technology infrastructure and personnel costs, are either fixed or less variable and are incurred ratably over the fiscal year. In addition, we generally increase in-store display and merchandising expenses in advance of the fourth fiscal quarter holiday shopping period.

63

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
A significant portion of gift card sales occurs in late December of each year as a result of the holiday selling season. The timing of December holiday sales, cash inflows from our retail distribution partners and cash outflows to our content providers results in significant but temporary increases in our Cash and cash equivalents , Settlement receivables and Settlement payables balances at the end of each fiscal year relative to normal daily balances. As a result, the year over year comparison of cash generated by operating activities and total changes in cash can vary significantly. Pursuant to our cash and credit risk management strategy, we invest our excess cash balances in short-term, highly liquid investments that we present as Cash and cash equivalents . During 2015, our average period-end balances of Cash and cash equivalents , excluding our year-end balances, was $258.6 million. During 2013, we terminated our Cash Management and Treasury Services Agreement with Safeway, pursuant to which Safeway borrowed our excess cash balances. Since this arrangement was with our then-Parent and we had minimal credit exposure and were immediately available to meet our liquidity needs, we considered these as part of our total cash available.
The following table sets forth the major sources and uses of cash for the last three fiscal years.
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
197,857

 
$
286,304

 
$
28,250

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
(172,383
)
 
(282,813
)
 
353,687

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(11,992
)
 
367,731

 
457

Effect of exchange rates on cash
(10,521
)
 
(9,987
)
 
(4,679
)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
$
2,961

 
$
361,235

 
$
377,715

Adjusted for change in overnight cash advances to Safeway

 

 
(495,000
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and overnight cash advances to Safeway
$
2,961

 
$
361,235

 
$
(117,285
)
Adjusted Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities and Free Cash Flow
Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities is calculated as the net cash provided by operating activities adjusted to exclude the impact from changes in Settlement receivables, Settlement payables and Consumer and customer deposits . Free cash flow is calculated as Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities , less Expenditures for property, equipment and technology . Cash from the sale of prepaid products is held for a short period of time and then remitted, less our commissions, to our content providers, and is significantly impacted by the portion of gift card sales that occur in late December. Because this cash flow is temporary and highly seasonal, the balances related to year-end seasonal activity are not available for other uses and are therefore excluded from our calculations of Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities and Free cash flow . Additionally, we receive funds from consumers or business clients for prepaid products that we issue or hold on their behalf prior to the issuance of prepaid products. We also view this cash flow as temporary and not indicative of the cash flows generated by our operating activity, and we therefore exclude it from our calculations of Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities and Free cash flow . Free cash flow provides information regarding the cash that our business generates without the fluctuations resulting from the timing of cash inflows and outflows from these settlement activities, which we believe is useful to understanding our business and assessing our ability to fund our capital expenditures and repay amounts borrowed under our term loan. We may use our Free cash flow for, among other things, making investment decisions and managing our capital structure. Please see “—Sources of Liquidity” for additional analysis of Adjusted net cash flows provided by operating activities . The following table sets forth the calculations of our Adjusted net cash flow provided by operating activities and Free cash flow for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 :

2015
 
2014
 
2013

(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
197,857


$
286,304


$
28,250

Changes in settlement payables and consumer and customer deposits, net of settlement receivables
(65,582
)

(225,504
)

49,593

Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities (1)
132,275


60,800


77,843

Expenditures for property, equipment and technology
(52,738
)

(39,709
)

(30,010
)
Free cash flow (1)
$
79,537


$
21,091


$
47,833


64

Table of Contents

(1)
Our Adjusted net cash flow provided by operating activities and Free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flow that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. This measure, however, should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, cash flows or other measures of the financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Sources of Liquidity
Our sources of liquidity include the timing of our settlement activity, our Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities , our Credit Agreement and cash flows related to employee stock-based compensation.
Settlement activity
We generally collect funds from our retail distribution partners for gift cards sold prior to remitting such funds to our content providers and receive funding from our business clients prior to the issuance of incentive and reward products. Accordingly, we benefit from the float that this timing provides us and we may use this float, in conjunction with our Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities and our revolving credit facility, to meet our short-term liquidity needs.
Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities
2015 Compared to 2014
Our Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities , which removes the impact on operating cash flow from the timing of cash settlement of Settlement receivables , Settlement payables and Consumer and customer deposits , increased to $132.3 million from $60.8 million . This increase included income tax refunds that we received of $14.3 million in 2015 for certain state tax authorities for Spin-Off taxes, as compared to payments of $27.7 million in 2014. Safeway had funded these payments in 2014 and we repaid Safeway in 2015 pursuant to promissory notes, both of which we reflect within financing activities (see “— Section 336(e) Election and Safeway Merger and Note 1 Income Taxes in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information).
Excluding these refunds in 2015 and payments in 2014, Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities increased by 33.4% , or $29.5 million . This increase reflects an increase of net income adjusted for noncash reconciling items (excluding income taxes) of 30.3% , or $41.5 million , primarily driven by our 24.6% increase in our operating revenues. Additionally, income tax related items (adjusted to exclude the Spin-Off tax refunds in 2015 and payments in 2014 described above) provided an operating cash flow increase of $9.8 million for 2015 as compared to 2014. This benefit reflects a decrease in income taxes paid of $14.9 million , primarily due to our Section 336(e) Election (described below). These cash flow benefits were partially offset by an increase in the use of cash for other operating assets and liabilities of $21.8 million .
2014 Compared to 2013
Our Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities decreased to $60.8 million from $77.8 million primarily due to $27.7 million in payments to certain state tax authorities for Spin-Off taxes, which Safeway funded pursuant to promissory notes which we reflect within financing activities. Excluding these payments, Adjusted net cash provided by operating activities increased by 13.7%, or $10.6 million, primarily reflecting a 27% increase in our operating revenues, partially offset by a decrease in the source of cash from Accounts payable and accrued operating expenses of $26.3 million. This decrease reflects a relatively large balance at year-end 2013 and therefore a larger source of cash for 2013 and a lower source of cash in 2014 than what we would have expected based on historical trends.
Safeway Merger and Section 336(e) Election
On January 30, 2015, Safeway announced that it had been acquired by AB Acquisition LLC (the Merger). As a result of the Merger, our Spin-Off is taxable to Safeway and Safeway’s stockholders. Under our second Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement with Safeway (the SARTSA), any corporate-level income tax incurred as a result of the Spin-Off is borne by Safeway, except that, pursuant to a separate letter agreement entered into by Safeway and us in August 2014, we will bear any incremental taxes that result from certain elections requested by us with respect to certain of our subsidiaries in connection with the Spin-Off. We are not able to quantify the amount of such incremental taxes at this time, but we believe any amounts due will be immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.

65

Table of Contents

The SARTSA provided that, since the Spin-Off is taxable, we and Safeway made an election that resulted in a step-up in the tax basis of our assets (the Section 336(e) Election) that will be amortized as a tax deduction. The total tax deduction results in approximately $29 million in cash tax savings per year for us, assuming a 15-year recovery period and our U.S. statutory rate. We realized approximately $23 million on our fiscal 2014 tax returns as a result of the recovery period beginning at the date of our Spin-Off in April 2014. Additionally, pursuant to the SARTSA, amounts outstanding for our Notes payable to Safeway, adjusted for anticipated state tax refunds, were contributed to equity.
Our ability to realize these benefits depends upon, among other things, our ability to generate adequate taxable income to fully utilize the deductions. Additionally, if we repatriate cash from our foreign subsidiaries, we will only have a U.S. tax liability for repatriation of earnings subsequent to our Spin-Off, and those earnings will be reduced by the amortization of the step-up in tax basis of the assets of our foreign subsidiaries. During 2015, we repatriated $15.3 million from our foreign subsidiaries because it was tax efficient to do so and we paid immaterial income taxes related to this. See Note 1 Income Taxes in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Cash Tax Benefits from Acquisitions
Our stock acquisitions of Achievers in 2015 and Parago, CardLab and Incentec in 2014 resulted in our ability to utilize their net operating loss carryforwards (NOL’s) to reduce our U.S income taxes payable. Our stock acquisition of Achievers in 2015, as well as our stock acquisition of Retailo in 2013, resulted in our ability to utilize their NOL to reduce our foreign income taxes payable. NOL’s recognized from these acquisitions totaled $59.4 million tax effected, and we realized $0.3 million for our 2013 tax returns, $3.0 million for our 2014 tax returns, and expect to realize $11.9 million, $13.2 million and $8.3 million for our 2015, 2016 and 2017 tax returns, respectively, and $22.7 million in total from 2018 through 2029. Consistent with our Section 336(e) Election, our ability to realize these benefits depends upon, among other things, our ability to generate adequate taxable income to fully utilize the deductions.
Credit Agreement
During 2014, we entered into our Credit Agreement with a group of banks, which includes a term loan and a revolving credit facility. As amended, the term loan included a $475 million, of which we drew down $375 million in 2014 and $100 million in January 2016 and repaid $11.3 million in 2015. The revolving credit facility totals $400 million . The revolving credit facility includes a $200 million subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit. For information regarding the interest rates under our Credit Agreement, see Note 4 Financing in the notes in our consolidated financial statements.
At year-end 2015 , we had $364 million outstanding under our term loan, no amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility, $47.2 million in outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement and $352.8 million available under our revolving credit facility.
Though we have had no amounts outstanding at most of our fiscal quarter-ends and no amounts outstanding at year-end, we have borrowed under our revolving credit facility during 2015 and 2014 to meet our liquidity needs. Our average amounts outstanding under our revolving line of credit excluding letters of credit totaled $55.9 million and $16.5 million in 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and the largest amounts outstanding were $178.7 million and $130.0 million in 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The Credit Agreement contains various loan covenants that restrict our ability to take certain actions and contains financial covenants that require us periodically to meet certain financial tests, which limit our ability to declare and pay cash dividends. Please see Risk Factor titled “Our credit and collateral agreements with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and other financial institutions contain certain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business and, in the event of a default, could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations” for additional information.
Employee Stock-Based Compensation
Before our Offering, we net settled the substantial majority of the strike price of options and taxes due for options and restricted stock awards with our employees and, accordingly, such settlement was a use of cash in financing activities. After our Offering, we receive as proceeds the exercise price of employee options and purchase price of our employee stock purchase program. Such proceeds, related excess tax benefits of stock-based awards and other stock-related activity totaled $18.9 million , $10.9 million and $4.9 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

66

Table of Contents

Uses of Liquidity
Expenditures for Property, Equipment and Technology
As discussed in “Part I, Item 1. Business—Technology,” we made significant investments in our technology resources. Our capitalized expenditures for technology, related hardware and other capital projects totaled $52.7 million , $39.7 million and $30.0 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We expect to maintain capital expenditures at or higher than these levels as we continue to improve our service capabilities and integrate the various platforms from our acquisitions in the incentives industry.
Business Acquisitions
From 2013 to 2015, we have made various cash payments related to our business acquisitions, which we present either in investing or financing activities depending upon the nature of the payment. Additionally, certain portions of the cash received in the acquisitions were offset by consumer and customer deposit liabilities and settlement liabilities assumed (net of settlement receivables recognized), which we view as temporary and not available for other uses and we assumed a working capital deficit for our acquisition of Achievers. As a result, we view the total investment and impact on our liquidity in these acquisitions as greater than the net cash payments for them. The table below presents the various cash flows related to our business acquisitions from our consolidated statements of cash flows with an adjustment for the consumer and customer deposit and settlement liabilities assumed, net of settlement recognized receivables, to derive the total investment.

2015

2014

2013

(in thousands)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
$
(115,481
)

$
(237,605
)

$
(149,370
)
Sale of trading securities




29,749

Change in restricted cash
1,811


(5,000
)


Total investing activities related to business acquisitions
(113,670
)

(242,605
)

(119,621
)
Repayment of debt assumed in business acquisitions


(41,984
)


Payments for acquisition liability
(1,811
)



(5,615
)
Total financing activities related to business acquisitions
(1,811
)

(41,984
)

(5,615
)
Settlement payables and Consumer and customer deposits assumed, net of settlement receivables
(10,079
)

(33,367
)

(40,644
)
Net working capital deficit assumed
(35,621
)
 

 

Total investment in business acquisitions
$
(161,181
)

$
(317,956
)

$
(165,880
)
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Our contractual commitments will have an impact on our future liquidity and represent material expected or contractually committed future obligations. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations with minimum firm commitments as of year-end 2015 (in thousands):
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
Less Than 1 Year
 
1 to 3 Years
 
3 to 5 Years
 
More Than 5 Years
Long-term debt
$
363,750

 
$
37,500

 
$
326,250

 
$

 
$

Distribution partner commitments
115,395

 
42,588

 
51,963

 
20,131

 
713

Operating leases
40,394

 
11,141

 
14,724

 
7,465

 
7,064

Other long-term liabilities
14,700

 

 
14,700

 

 

Total by period
$
534,239

 
$
91,229

 
$
407,637

 
$
27,596

 
$
7,777

Distribution partner commitments (uncertainty in timing of future payments)
15,150

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
549,389

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

67

Table of Contents

Long-term debt —Represents principal payments due under our term loan. In January 2016, we exercised our option to increase our term loan by $100 million, which increase is due in January 2017. See Note 4 Financing in our consolidated financial statements.
Distribution partner commitments —Represents commitments to provide marketing development funds, fixture displays and certain other payments to our retail distribution partners. For our fixture display commitments, contracts generally stipulate a total commitment over the term of the contract. Due to uncertainties in the timing of these commitments, we present them as an aggregate amount.
Operating leases —In February 2016, in conjunction with Safeway's termination of its lease of our corporate office headquarters, we terminated our sublease from Safeway and entered into a lease agreement directly with the lessor. The new lease agreement increased our lease commitments by $58.6 million, including $8.7 million from one to three years, $10.9 million from three to five years and $38.9 million over five years. See Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies in our consolidated financial statements.
Other long-term liabilities —Includes amounts presented in our consolidated balances sheet as Other liabilities , excluding our contingent acquisition liability and deferred income.
We have excluded long-term deferred income taxes from this table as noncash liabilities since we recognized them in business combinations to offset future noncash intangible asset amortization expense that is not deductible for tax purposes.
Indemnification
From time to time, we enter into contracts containing provisions that require us to indemnify various parties against certain potential claims from third parties. Under contracts with certain issuing banks, we are responsible to the banks for any unrecovered overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts. Under contracts with certain content and distribution partners, we are responsible for potential losses resulting from certain claims from third parties, as well as losses arising from certain cyber security risks (such as inaccurate data transmission to the extent resulting from any third party fraudulently accessing Blackhawk’s computer network, database or system, except to the extent related to another business partner’s fraud, willful misconduct or negligence). Because the indemnity amounts associated with these agreements typically are not explicitly stated, the maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have paid limited amounts pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
None.
Financial Position
We consider our Net settlement position , which is calculated as Cash and cash equivalents and Settlement receivables , less Settlement payables and Consumer and customer deposits , as an important liquidity measure for our financial position. The table below presents the calculation of our Net settlement position at year-end 2015 and 2014.
 
Year-end 2015
 
Year-end 2014
 
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
914,576

 
$
911,615

Settlement receivables
626,077

 
526,587

Settlement payables
(1,605,021
)
 
(1,383,481
)
Consumer and customer deposits
(84,761
)
 
(133,772
)
Net settlement position
$
(149,129
)
 
$
(79,051
)
At year-end 2015, we have a net settlement deficit of $149.1 million . We will finance this deficit through our revolving credit facility, free cash flows and realization of the Section 336(e) Election and cash tax savings from our acquisitions. We believe that these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet our operating needs for the next 12 months, including working capital, capital expenditure and debt repayment requirements.

68

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Critical accounting policies are those accounting policies that our management believes are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application, while in other cases management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. Significant estimates and assumptions affect, among other things, allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments, useful lives of assets, card redemption patterns and lives, and valuation assumptions with respect to goodwill, contingent business acquisition liabilities, other intangible assets, stock-based awards and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the service is performed or the product is delivered and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Under certain arrangements, we have concluded that we have entered into a multiple element arrangement with multiple units of accounting. We allocate the arrangement consideration to each unit of accounting based on their relative fair values and recognize revenue for each unit of accounting when we deliver the goods or services.
Commissions and Fees
We derive the majority of our revenues from commissions and fees paid by our content providers for distribution and program management of prepaid cards. Gross commissions are generally recognized as revenue at the time of card activation. For our proprietary Visa gift, open loop incentive and PayPower GPR cards, we serve as the program manager operating for our issuing banks. Consequently, all of the consumer and client purchase fees for these cards are deferred and recognized over the estimated card life either ratably in proportion to historical redemption patterns for our Visa gift and open loop incentive cards (currently, 12 months) or on a straight-line basis for our GPR cards (currently, 24 months and four months, respectively). Fees for reloading reloadable incentive or GPR cards are recognized when we process the reload.
For the American Express and MasterCard branded gift cards and nonproprietary GPR cards, consumers pay a purchase fee in addition to the amount loaded onto the card. We receive a portion of the consumer fees for our marketing and distribution services provided to American Express and the MasterCard program manager. We recognize the gross fee paid on the cards at the point of sale when the consumer loads funds onto the cards.
On certain open loop as well as close loop category-specific cards, we receive commissions from merchants based on a contractual percentage of the amount redeemed. We recognize revenue that we have allocated to this unit of accounting when the cardholders make purchases and the funds are redeemed.

69

Table of Contents

Program, Interchange, Marketing and Other Fees
We generate revenues related to our overall program management of open loop card programs, which includes post-activation customer service, redemption processing and account maintenance. We earn a significant portion of these revenues from our issuing banks related to the unspent funds from our proprietary Visa gift and open loop incentive card programs. For most of our programs, the issuing banks pay us with a program management fee based on a fixed percentage or otherwise determinable portion of the transaction dollar volume. We recognize such fees in proportion to historical redemption patterns over the estimated card life, currently 12 months for our Visa gift and open loop incentive cards. The fee percentage is subject to renegotiation and may be adjusted prospectively based on changes in the underlying redemption patterns, escheat obligations, regulations and other factors that change the underlying economics of the card portfolio. For certain programs, our issuing banks may pay us fees for monthly maintenance fees that the issuing banks begin charging to the card balance after a given number of months after card activation, or a percentage of unspent funds when cards expire. If such program provides us the program management fee described above, our issuing banks generally provide us the maintenance fees or unspent funds only to the extent that they exceed the program management fee previously provided. We recognize these maintenance fees or unspent funds when charged or deducted by the issuing banks. For certain incentive card programs, the issuing bank may reclaim the program management or monthly fees under certain conditions, and we record a sales reserve for our estimates of fees that the issuing bank will reclaim.
As additional compensation for our program management services, the issuing banks pay us a portion of interchange fees charged to the merchant by the issuing banks when cardholders make purchases at merchants.
We earn revenue from marketing payments from our content providers which we report on a gross basis and recognize when services are rendered, items shipped or fees contractually earned.
We earn revenue by providing software platforms for our business clients’ reward programs and recognize revenue either ratably over the service period or based on monthly usage.
Product Sales
We also generate revenue by selling previously owned closed loop gift cards that we acquired at a discount, by providing closed loop gift card or merchandise rewards to the employee recipients of our business clients, by selling telecom handsets to our retail distribution partners, by providing some of our content providers with design, development and production services related to their individual prepaid card programs, and by providing merchandise rewards to the recipients of certain incentive programs. We recognize revenue on a gross basis when items are shipped or delivered, based on the underlying shipping terms.
Deferred Income Taxes
As a result of the Section 336(e) Election and Safeway's acquisition by AB Acquisition LLC in January 2015, we recognized significant deferred tax assets in our first quarter of 2015. We value this deferred tax asset, along with our other deferred income taxes based on, among other things, our best estimates of our future state apportionment (the relative amounts of our total taxable income that is taxable in states where we pay income taxes) and the enacted future federal and state tax rates at the reporting date. We regularly review these assumptions and revalue our deferred income taxes based on changes in our assumptions of state apportionment and changes in the enacted federal and state tax rates. If our assumptions regarding state apportionment change, we could take a significant charge or benefit to our consolidated statement of income.
Business Acquisitions
We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. Significant assumptions include identification of the identifiable intangible assets (primarily developed technology and customer and retail distribution partner relationships), projections of future cash flows (revenues, costs of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense, capital expenditures and income tax rates), attrition rates for customer and retail distribution partner relationships, royalty rates for certain other intangible assets, and discount rates that appropriately reflect the risk profiles of the intangible assets. The results of these assumptions affect the amounts allocated to intangible assets, goodwill and deferred revenue we report on our consolidated balance sheets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. At the acquisition date, we assign goodwill to a reporting unit, which may be an operating segment or a level below an operating segment, known as a component. If facts or circumstances change, we may re-allocate goodwill to different reporting units. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is tested annually for impairment.

70

Table of Contents

We perform an annual impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit which carries goodwill is less than its carrying value. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value is greater than its carrying value, we do not consider goodwill impaired and we are not required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Qualitative factors that we consider include historical and projected financial performance of the reporting unit, industry and market considerations and other relevant events and factors affecting the reporting unit.
If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than its carrying value, we perform the first step of the goodwill impairment test, in which we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired and we are not required to perform additional analysis. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If we determine during the second step that the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, we record an impairment loss equal to the difference.
In performing our annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as growth in transaction dollar volume, operating revenues and operating expenses; our ability to retain and expand distribution partners or business clients, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes may reflect considerable improvements relative to historical periods with respect to, among other things, revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain of the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A on Form 10-K.
As of January 2, 2016, we had $402.5 million of goodwill. We performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment for our Cardpool and Achievers reporting units and concluded that it was more likely than not that goodwill was not impaired. The fair values of our e-Commerce and Blackhawk Engagement Solutions reporting units exceeded their carrying values by amounts that did not indicate a significant risk of goodwill impairment based on current projections and valuations. Historically, we have evaluated our goodwill from our 2013 acquisition of Retailo as a consolidated Europe East reporting unit. However, due to our anticipated growth of incentives business in Europe East, we concluded that we now have two reporting units: Europe East Retail and Europe East Incentives, and we accordingly allocated the goodwill between these two reporting units based on their relative fair values. Immediately prior to the re-allocation, the fair value of the Europe East consolidated reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 9%. The assumptions used in the valuation and re-allocation of goodwill of these reporting units were made using management’s best projections. As a result of the re-allocation and the already significant intangible assets included in our Europe East Retail reporting unit, the Europe East Retail reporting unit has elevated risk of goodwill impairment due to its exposure to lowered expectations of growth of sales at our retail distribution partners and lower operating margins. The fair value of the Europe East Retail reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by $1.7 million, or 3%. A 0.5% change in the discount rate used in the cash flow analysis would result in a change in the fair value of approximately $2.8 million, which would have resulted in a goodwill impairment. A 0.5% change in the growth rate assumed in the calculation of the terminal value of cash flows would result in a change in the fair value by $0.7 million, which would not have resulted in a goodwill impairment. We continue to monitor the operating results and cash flows of our reporting units on a quarterly basis for signs of possible declines in estimated fair value and goodwill impairment.

71

Table of Contents

Intangible Assets
We evaluate intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such an event occurs, we then determine the expected future undiscounted cash flows from the asset. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, we recognize an impairment loss. We measure the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of the expected future undiscounted cash flows. We have not found indicators of impairment during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . Qualitative factors that we consider include historical and projected financial performance of these assets, industry and market considerations and other relevant events and factors affecting these assets.
Income Tax Contingencies
We are subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities with respect to tax returns which include Blackhawk, and we are subject to periodic audits by various federal, foreign, state and local taxing authorities with respect to our applicable separate company tax returns. These audits may challenge certain of our tax positions, such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. We evaluate our tax positions and establish tax liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. We review and adjust accordingly these tax uncertainties as facts and circumstances change. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect our effective tax rate and cash flows in future years.
Employee Stock-Based Compensation
We account for stock-based awards to employees, including grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units as compensation based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and amortize the grant date fair value to expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Certain awards contain a retirement provision that permits the employee, after the employee has met certain age or tenure requirements to be considered retirement eligible, to continue to receive the benefits of the award according to its original vesting schedule upon retirement from us, provided that the employee has provided at least one year of service from the grant date. For grant recipients who are or will have become retirement eligible prior to the end of the vesting period of the award, we recognize expense over the greater of one year or when the employee becomes retirement eligible.
We determine the fair value of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units as the grant date fair value of our stock and determine the fair value of stock options and stock appreciation rights using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporates certain assumptions, such as the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and the expected life of options in order to arrive at a fair value estimate. The resulting fair value, less estimated forfeitures, is amortized on a straight-line basis to expense over the requisite service period as the employee vests into the award.
Expected Volatility— Before our Offering in April 2013, we did not have a trading history for our common stock, and following our Offering, we have only a limited trading history. We have estimated the expected price volatility for our common stock upon historical volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over the expected term of the option or appreciation right. Our actual volatility may differ significantly than the volatility we have selected.
Expected Term— The expected term was estimated using the simplified method allowed under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, Share-Based Payment since, historically, average actual term of options and appreciation rights have approximated the results of the simplified method. The actual term of options and appreciation rights may differ from the expected term we have selected.
Risk-free Rate— The risk-free interest rate was based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the stock options for each stock option group.
Forfeiture Rate— We estimated the forfeiture rate using our historical experience with forfeitures. We review the estimated forfeiture rates periodically and make changes as factors affecting the forfeiture rate calculations and assumptions change. Future forfeitures may differ from our historical experience.
Dividend Yield— Expected dividend yield is based on our dividend policy at the time the options were granted. We do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we have historically used an expected dividend yield of zero.

72

Table of Contents

The assumptions we use in the option pricing model are based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions used, the stock-based compensation expense reported in our financial statements may not be representative of the actual economic cost of the stock-based compensation. Additionally, if any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model change significantly, including as we transition to the historical volatility of our common stock for estimating expected volatility, compensation expense for future awards may differ materially compared to awards previously granted.
Recently Adopted or Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . ASU 2014-09 supersedes all previous revenue recognition guidance with a single revenue recognition principle. Based on this principle, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, new and enhanced disclosures will be required. This new guidance is to be applied retrospectively either to each reporting period presented or with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance at the date of initial application for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. Management is evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The new guidance provides new criteria for accounting for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period is treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718 as it relates to awards with performance conditions and compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved. The standard will be effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect to early adopt this guidance and do not believe that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This guidance requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are effective retrospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We early adopted ASU 2015-03 retrospectively in the quarter ended January 2, 2016. The adoption had an immaterial impact to our consolidated balance sheet. We did not retrospectively adjust balances as of January 3, 2015 as the impact was not material. Adoption had no impact on our results of operations.
The guidance in ASU 2015-03 simplifies presentation of debt issuance costs but does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements which provides the SEC's guidance to permit an entity to defer and present debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. We included our evaluation of ASU 2015-15 in our early adoption of ASU 2015-03.
In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the accounting for measurement-period adjustments. This guidance requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined and that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The amendments of ASU 2015-16 are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-16 to materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

73

Table of Contents

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. ASU 2015-17 provides presentation requirements to classify deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted and the standard may be applied either retrospectively or on a prospective basis to all deferred tax assets and liabilities. We early adopted ASU 2015-17 retrospectively in the quarter ended January 2, 2016. As a result of the adoption, we reclassified $36.6 million of current deferred income tax assets as a reduction of long-term deferred income tax liabilities and reclassified $1.8 million of current deferred income tax assets to long-term deferred income tax assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of January 3, 2015. Adoption had no impact on our results of operations.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . ASU 2016-02 changes current lease accounting standard by requiring the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for all leases, including those currently classified as operating leases. This new guidance is to be applied under a modified retrospective application to the earliest reporting period presented for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. While management is evaluating the comprehensive impact of this guidance, this new guidance would require us to capitalize, at the appropriate discount rate, our operating lease commitments as disclosed in Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies .
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure includes interest rate risk under our Credit Agreement and investments in third-party financial institutions and foreign currency exchange rates. We currently do not hedge these exposures.
Interest Rate Risk
During 2014, we completed our Credit Agreement with a group of banks, which, as amended, included a $475 million term loan and a $400 million revolving credit facility. Interest expense under our Credit Agreement for interest on loans, letter of credit commissions and commitment fees are determined based on LIBOR interest rates, the Wells Fargo Bank, NA “prime rate” and/or Federal Funds Rate, and we are exposed to changes in such rates. Based on our term loan outstanding as of year-end, plus the $100 million that we drew down in January 2016, and if we were to maximize potential borrowings under our revolving credit facility for one year, a 1% increase in the applicable interest rate would increase our interest expense by approximately $8.4 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources Sources of Liquidity” and Note 4 Financing for additional information.
Currency Risk
We currently have international operations in countries which include Australia, Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, other countries in the European Union and Japan. Commercial bank accounts denominated in the local currency for operating purposes are maintained in each country. The functional currency in each location is the local currency. We have minimal foreign currency transactions with third-parties. For intercompany transactions that we do not consider to be permanent investments (that is, we do not require or anticipate settlement for the foreseeable future), we have currency risk exposure for fluctuations in exchange rates of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. Foreign currency transaction losses totaled $1.9 million, $0.9 million and $0.4 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We do not believe that a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would materially affect our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
The functional currency of the results of our operations and related assets and liabilities in foreign jurisdictions is the local currency, and we translate such results, assets and liabilities to the U.S. dollar for financial reporting purposes. Our results of operations and financial position are exposed to changes in the exchange rates of the U.S. dollar foreign currencies. We had foreign currency translation adjustment losses of $21.4 million , $16.6 million and $3.2 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We do not believe that a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would materially affect our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, since our foreign operations settle from our retail distribution partners and content providers in the local currency.

74

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
Pleasanton, CA

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 2, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 2, 2016, and January 3, 2015 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 2, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Notes 1 and 14, the consolidated financial statements prior to the April 14, 2014 Spin-off from Safeway Inc., include related party transactions with Safeway Inc. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the Company existed on a stand-alone basis prior to the Spin-off from Safeway Inc., but may not necessarily reflect the financial position or cash flows that would have been achieved if the Company had existed on a stand-alone basis prior to the Spin-Off.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 2, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California
March 2, 2016


75


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
Pleasanton, CA

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 2, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting,” management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Achievers Corp. and Didix Gifting & Promotions B.V., which were acquired on June 30, 2015, and September 14, 2015, respectively and whose financial statements constitute in aggregate less than 2% of total assets, and less than 2% of total operating revenues of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended January 2, 2016. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Achievers Corp. and Didix Gifting & Promotions B. V. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 2, 2016 of the Company and our report dated March 2, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the Company’s relationship with Safeway Inc. prior to April 14, 2014.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California
March 2, 2016


76


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except par value)
 
Year-end
2015
 
Year-end
2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
914,576

 
$
911,615

Restricted cash
3,189

 
5,000

Settlement receivables, net
626,077

 
526,587

Accounts receivable, net
241,729

 
181,431

Other current assets
103,319

 
95,658

Total current assets
1,888,890

 
1,720,291

Property, equipment and technology, net
159,357

 
130,008

Intangible assets, net
240,898

 
170,957

Goodwill
402,489

 
331,265

Deferred income taxes
339,558

 
3,502

Other assets
81,764

 
93,086

TOTAL ASSETS
$
3,112,956

 
$
2,449,109

 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

77


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)
(In thousands, except par value)

 
Year-end
2015
 
Year-end
2014
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Settlement payables
$
1,605,021

 
$
1,383,481

Consumer and customer deposits
84,761

 
133,772

Accounts payable and accrued operating expenses
119,087

 
117,118

Deferred revenue
113,458

 
48,114

Note payable, current portion
37,296

 
11,211

Notes payable to Safeway
4,129

 
27,678

Bank line of credit

 

Other current liabilities
57,342

 
54,238

Total current liabilities
2,021,094

 
1,775,612

Deferred income taxes
18,652

 
8,743

Note payable
324,412

 
362,543

Other liabilities
14,700

 
14,432

Total liabilities
2,378,858

 
2,161,330

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 11)

 

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding

 

Common stock: $0.001 par value; 210,000 shares authorized; 55,794, and 53,505 shares outstanding, respectively
56

 
54

Additional paid-in capital
561,939

 
137,916

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(40,195
)
 
(19,470
)
Retained earnings
207,973

 
162,439

Total Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. equity
729,773

 
280,939

Non-controlling interests
4,325

 
6,840

Total stockholders’ equity
734,098

 
287,779

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$
3,112,956

 
$
2,449,109

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

78


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except for per share amounts)
 
52 Weeks Ended
 
53 Weeks Ended
 
52 Weeks Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
OPERATING REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions and fees
$
1,259,801

 
$
1,107,782

 
$
904,796

Program, interchange, marketing and other fees
373,532

 
220,257

 
141,735

Product sales
167,745

 
116,924

 
91,557

Total operating revenues
1,801,078

 
1,444,963

 
1,138,088

OPERATING EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
Partner distribution expense
874,043

 
762,245

 
618,490

Processing and services
301,228

 
218,674

 
157,868

Sales and marketing
260,638

 
189,408

 
150,516

Costs of products sold
154,625

 
110,917

 
86,357

General and administrative
95,176

 
66,856

 
50,830

Transition and acquisition
7,639

 
2,134

 
2,111

Amortization of acquisition intangibles
27,550

 
19,705

 
3,349

Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(7,567
)
 
(3,722
)
 
(14,740
)
Total operating expenses
1,713,332

 
1,366,217

 
1,054,781

OPERATING INCOME
87,746

 
78,746

 
83,307

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net
(1,970
)
 
(184
)
 
241

Interest expense
(13,171
)
 
(5,647
)
 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
72,605

 
72,915

 
83,548

INCOME TAX EXPENSE
26,796

 
27,490

 
29,862

NET INCOME BEFORE ALLOCATION TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
45,809

 
45,425

 
53,686

Loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests, net of tax
(200
)
 
122

 
418

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
$
45,609

 
$
45,547

 
$
54,104

EARNINGS PER SHARE:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.84

 
$
0.86

 
$
1.04

Diluted
$
0.81

 
$
0.83

 
$
1.02

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic
54,294

 
52,531

 
51,164

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted
56,313

 
54,309

 
52,402

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

79


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)
 
 
52 Weeks Ended
 
53 Weeks Ended
 
52 Weeks Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
NET INCOME BEFORE ALLOCATION TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
$
45,809

 
$
45,425

 
$
53,686

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
Currency translation adjustments
(21,413
)
 
(16,587
)
 
(3,195
)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME BEFORE ALLOCATION TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
24,396

 
28,838

 
50,491

Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests (net of tax)
488

 
112

 
442

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
$
24,884

 
$
28,950

 
$
50,933

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

80


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 
52 Weeks Ended
 
53 Weeks Ended
 
52 Weeks Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income before allocation to non-controlling interests
$
45,809

 
$
45,425

 
$
53,686

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and technology
40,983

 
28,548

 
21,662

Amortization of intangibles
32,366

 
24,371

 
6,817

Amortization of deferred program and contract costs
28,991

 
24,451

 
21,039

Employee stock-based compensation expense
30,130

 
15,365

 
8,524

Distribution partner mark-to-market expense

 
1,312

 
8,598

Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(7,567
)
 
(3,722
)
 
(14,740
)
Reversal of reserve for patent litigation

 
(3,852
)
 

Excess tax benefit from stock-based awards
(6,823
)
 
(2,730
)
 
(2,411
)
Deferred income taxes
29,810

 
(11,825
)
 
(1,053
)
Other
7,748

 
5,048

 
4,317

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Settlement receivables
(111,678
)
 
276,413

 
(289,974
)
Settlement payables
231,662

 
(86,005
)
 
239,667

Accounts receivable, current and long-term
(57,171
)
 
(33,998
)
 
(21,327
)
Other current assets
(17,210
)
 
(2,280
)
 
(4,827
)
Other assets
(20,434
)
 
(28,379
)
 
(37,160
)
Consumer and customer deposits
(54,402
)
 
35,096

 
714

Accounts payable and accrued operating expenses
(2,988
)
 
942

 
27,235

Deferred revenue
14,363

 
17,574

 
5,618

Other current and long-term liabilities
16,877

 
1,402

 
5,530

Income taxes, net
(2,609
)
 
(16,852
)
 
(3,665
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
197,857

 
286,304

 
28,250

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in overnight cash advances to Safeway

 

 
495,000

Expenditures for property, equipment and technology
(52,738
)
 
(39,709
)
 
(30,010
)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(115,481
)
 
(237,605
)
 
(149,370
)
Sale of trading securities

 

 
29,749

Investments in unconsolidated entities
(5,877
)
 

 

Change in restricted cash
1,811

 
(5,000
)
 
8,968

Other
(98
)
 
(499
)
 
(650
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
(172,383
)
 
(282,813
)
 
353,687

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

81


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
(In thousands)

 
52 Weeks Ended
 
53 Weeks Ended
 
53 Weeks Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
Payments for acquisition liability
(1,811
)
 

 
(5,615
)
Proceeds from issuance of note payable

 
375,000

 

Repayment of note payable
(11,250
)
 

 

Payments of financing costs
(2,063
)
 
(3,783
)
 

Borrowings under revolving bank line of credit
2,473,529

 
215,000

 

Repayments on revolving bank line of credit
(2,473,529
)
 
(215,000
)
 

Proceeds from notes payable to Safeway

 
27,678

 

Repayment on notes payable to Safeway
(14,285
)
 

 

Repayment of debt assumed in business acquisitions

 
(41,984
)
 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from exercise of employee stock options and employee stock purchase plans
13,817

 
9,080

 
3,548

Other stock-based compensation related
(1,729
)
 
(946
)
 
(1,023
)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based awards
6,823

 
2,730

 
2,411

Other
(1,494
)
 
(44
)
 
1,136

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(11,992
)
 
367,731

 
457

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(10,521
)
 
(9,987
)
 
(4,679
)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
2,961

 
361,235

 
377,715

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year
911,615

 
550,380

 
172,665

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year
$
914,576

 
$
911,615

 
$
550,380

 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
Cash payments during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid (net of amounts capitalized)
$
11,691

 
$
4,596

 
$

Income taxes paid
$
13,880

 
$
28,828

 
$
29,658

Spin-Off income taxes paid (refunds received), funded by (remitted to) Safeway (see Note 1—Income Taxes )
$
(14,285
)
 
$
27,678

 
$

Noncash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net deferred tax assets recognized for tax basis step-up with offset to Additional paid-in capital (see Note 10—Income Taxes )
$
363,889

 
$

 
$

Note payable to Safeway  contributed to Additional paid-in capital (see Note 10—Income Taxes )
$
8,229

 
$

 
$

Financing of business acquisition with stock
$

 
$
1,595

 
$

Financing of business acquisition with contingent consideration
$

 
$
13,100

 
$

Reclassification of warrant and common stock liabilities to additional paid-in capital upon initial public offering
$

 
$

 
$
27,121

Reclassification of redeemable equity to stockholders’ equity upon initial public offering
$

 
$

 
$
36,171

Intangible assets recognized for the issuance of fully vested warrants
$
3,147

 
$

 
$
22,183

Conversion of income tax payable and deferred taxes to (from) additional paid-in capital
$
(882
)
 
$
1,807

 
$
2,172

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

82




BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
Amount
Additional Paid-In Capital
Treasury Stock
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)
Retained Earnings
Total Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. Equity
Non-Controlling Interests
Total
Stock-holders' Equity
BALANCE—December 29, 2012
51,681

$
51

$
31,542

$

$
298

$
30,669

$
62,560

$
90

$
62,650

Comprehensive income




(3,171
)
54,104

50,933

(442
)
50,491

Stock-based employee compensation expense


8,524




8,524


8,524

Exercise of options and warrant
851

1

3,680




3,681


3,681

Surrender of stock-based equity awards for taxes


(460
)
(126
)


(586
)

(586
)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based awards, net


2,146




2,146


2,146

Issuance of restricted stock awards
365









Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units
16









Mark-to-market adjustment on warrants issued to distribution partners


8,003




8,003


8,003

Issuance of fully vested warrants to distribution partners


22,332




22,332


22,332

Reclassification of income taxes payable and deferred taxes to additional paid-in capital


2,172




2,172


2,172

Reclassification of warrant and common stock liabilities upon initial public offering

1

27,120




27,121


27,121

Contribution from non-controlling interests







484

484

Fair value of non-controlling interests recognized from business combination







6,864

6,864

Dividends paid





(145
)
(145
)

(145
)
Adjustment to redeemable equity





(1,744
)
(1,744
)

(1,744
)
Reclassification of redeemable equity upon initial public offering


2,080



34,091

36,171


36,171

BALANCE—December 28, 2013
52,913

$
53

$
107,139

$
(126
)
$
(2,873
)
$
116,975

$
221,168

$
6,996

$
228,164


(Continued)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements








83


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
Amount
Additional Paid-In Capital
Treasury Stock
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)
Retained Earnings
Total Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. Equity
Non-Controlling Interests
Total Stock-holders' Equity
BALANCE—December 28, 2013
52,913

$
53

$
107,139

$
(126
)
$
(2,873
)
$
116,975

$
221,168

$
6,996

$
228,164

Comprehensive income




(16,597
)
45,547

28,950

(112
)
28,838

Stock-based employee compensation expense


15,365




15,365


15,365

Exercise of options
589

1

6,833




6,834


6,834

Surrender of stock-based equity awards for taxes


(504
)
(384
)


(888
)

(888
)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based awards, net


2,608




2,608


2,608

Issuance of restricted stock awards
34









Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units
29









Issuance of common stock in acquisition
62


1,595




1,595

 
1,595

Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan
111


2,271




2,271

 
2,271

Mark-to-market adjustment on warrants issued to distribution partners


1,312




1,312


1,312

Reclassification of income taxes payable and deferred taxes to additional paid-in capital


1,807



 
1,807


1,807

Exercise of warrant
316









Retirement of treasury stock
(549
)

(510
)
510






Contribution from non-controlling interests







133

133

Dividends paid





(83
)
(83
)
(177
)
(260
)
BALANCE—January 3, 2015
53,505

$
54

$
137,916

$

$
(19,470
)
$
162,439

$
280,939

$
6,840

$
287,779



(Continued)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements












84


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
Amount
Additional Paid-In Capital
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)
Retained Earnings
Total Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. Equity
Non-Controlling Interests
Total Stock-holders' Equity
BALANCE—January 3, 2015
53,505

$
54

$
137,916

$
(19,470
)
$
162,439

$
280,939

$
6,840

$
287,779

Comprehensive income



(20,725
)
45,609

24,884

(488
)
24,396

Stock-based employee compensation expense


30,130



30,130


30,130

Exercise of options
783

1

9,958



9,959


9,959

Surrender of stock-based equity awards for taxes
(10
)

(1,654
)


(1,654
)

(1,654
)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based awards, net


6,816



6,816


6,816

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units, net of forfeitures
231



 




Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan
124


3,857

 

3,857

 
3,857

Reclassification of income taxes payable and deferred taxes from additional paid-in capital


(882
)
 
 
(882
)
 
(882
)
Net deferred tax assets recognized for tax basis step-up
 
 
372,118

 
 
372,118


372,118

Exercise of warrants
1,161

1

 
 
 
1

 
1

Warrants issued to distribution partners


3,147



3,147


3,147

Repurchase of non-controlling interests


533



533

(1,893
)
(1,360
)
Dividends paid




(75
)
(75
)
(134
)
(209
)
BALANCE—January 2, 2016
55,794

$
56

$
561,939

$
(40,195
)
$
207,973

$
729,773

$
4,325

$
734,098


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


85


BLACKHAWK NETWORK HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 . The Company and Significant Accounting Policies
The Company
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (we, us, our, the Company), is a leading prepaid payment network utilizing proprietary technology to offer a broad range of prepaid gift, telecom and debit cards, in physical and electronic forms, as well as related prepaid products and payment services in the United States and 23 other countries . Our product offerings include single-use gift cards; loyalty, incentive and reward products and services; prepaid telecom products and prepaid financial services products, including general purpose reloadable (GPR) cards, and our reload network (collectively, prepaid products). We offer gift cards from leading consumer brands (known as closed loop) as well as branded gift and incentive cards from leading payment network card associations such as American Express, Discover, MasterCard and Visa (known as open loop) and prepaid telecom products offered by prepaid wireless telecom carriers. We also distribute GPR cards and operate a proprietary reload network named Reloadit, which allows consumers to reload funds onto their previously purchased GPR cards. We distribute these prepaid products across multiple high-traffic channels such as grocery, convenience, specialty and online retailers (referred to as retail distribution partners) in the Americas, Europe, Africa, Australia and Asia and provide these prepaid products and related services to business clients for their loyalty, incentive and reward programs.
Conversion of Class B Common Stock
On May 21, 2015, following approval of our Board of Directors (the Board) and stockholders, we amended our Certificate of Incorporation to eliminate our dual-class common stock structure by converting all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis and renaming Class A common stock as common stock (collectively, the Conversion). As a result of the Conversion, we have retrospectively presented Class A and Class B common stock as Common stock in our consolidated financial statements and related notes for all periods presented, including within earnings per share. This retrospective presentation had no impact on previously reported amounts of earnings per share as Class A and Class B common stock had equal rights to dividends as declared by our Board.
Spin-Off
Before April 14, 2014, we were a majority-owned subsidiary of Safeway Inc. (Safeway). On April 14, 2014, Safeway distributed its remaining 37.8 million shares of our Class B common stock to Safeway stockholders (the Spin-Off). As a result of the Spin-Off, we became a stand-alone entity separate from Safeway. See Note 1 Income Taxes and Note 14 Related Party Transactions for disclosures regarding this relationship.
Initial Public Offering
On April 24, 2013, we completed an initial public offering (the Offering) of 11,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a price of $23.00 per share. All such shares were sold by existing stockholders, and we received no proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock in the Offering. Immediately before the Offering, all then-outstanding shares of common stock were converted into Class B common stock on a share-for-share basis. All common share numbers and per common share data related to common stock before such conversion are reflected as Class B common stock in our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Shares of Class B common stock sold in the Offering were converted into Class A common stock. Shares of Class A and Class B common stock were substantially identical except that Class A common stock had one vote per share and Class B common stock had 10 votes per share.
Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements include Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned or majority-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, including Blackhawk Network, Inc., an Arizona corporation and the primary operating subsidiary of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., and are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All intercompany transactions and balances among us and our subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

86


For investment in entities which we have the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, we use the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by our share of undistributed earnings or losses of such entities. The share of earnings or losses in investments accounted for under the equity method are reflected as Interest income and other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of income. We utilize a three months lag in reporting equity income from our investments when the investee’s financial information is not sufficiently timely or when the investee’s reporting period differs from our reporting period.
For investments in which we have virtually no influence over the investee’s operations, we use the cost method of accounting and recognize distributions as earned or received.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if we existed on a stand-alone basis prior to the Spin-Off, but may not necessarily reflect the financial position or cash flows that would have been achieved if we had existed on a stand-alone basis prior to the Spin-Off.
Before the Spin-Off, our consolidated financial statements included an allocation of expenses arising from certain shared services and infrastructure provided by Safeway. These expenses primarily related to facilities rental and tax services and were allocated using actual costs or estimates based on the portion of services used by us. Management believes that the allocation methodology was reasonable and considered the charges to be a reasonable reflection of the cost of benefits received. Following the Spin-Off, Safeway continues to rent facilities to us and provide certain tax services (related to tax periods through the Spin-Off) based on similar pricing terms. We also provide certain marketing, distribution and program management services to Safeway for which we receive program fees or expense reimbursements. Generally, such amounts are recorded as revenue in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees when rendered to Safeway as a content provider or as a reduction to expense in Processing and services when rendered to Safeway as a distribution partner.
We evaluated subsequent events through the date that we filed this Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related notes. We generally base our estimates and assumptions on a combination of historical factors, current circumstances, and the experience and judgment of management. Significant estimates and assumptions include, among other things, estimates of fair value for goodwill, intangible assets and acquisition liabilities (including subsequent evaluation of goodwill and intangible assets for impairment); valuation assumptions for stock-based compensation and income taxes; contingent liabilities; allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for sales adjustments and returns; useful lives of assets; and card redemption patterns and lives. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

Fiscal Year
We use a 52 -week or 53 -week convention ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. The fiscal years presented in our consolidated financial statements consist of the 52-week period ended on January 2, 2016 (year-end 2015 or 2015), the 53 -week period ended on January 3, 2015 (year-end 2014 or 2014) and the 52 -week period ended on December 28, 2013 (year-end 2013 or 2013).
Seasonality
A significant portion of gift card sales occurs in late December of each year during the holiday selling season. As a result, we earn a significant portion of revenues, net income and cash inflows during the fourth fiscal quarter of each year and remit the majority of the cash, less commissions, to our content providers in January of the following year. The timing of our fiscal year-end, December holiday sales and the related January cash settlement with content providers significantly increases our Cash and cash equivalents , Settlement receivables and Settlement payables balances at the end of each fiscal year relative to normal daily balances. The cash settlement with our content providers in January accounts for the majority of the use of cash from operating activities in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows during our first three fiscal quarters. Additionally, our operating income may fluctuate significantly during our first three fiscal quarters due to lower revenues and timing of certain expenses during such fiscal periods.

87


Recent Adopted or Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . ASU 2014-09 supersedes all previous revenue recognition guidance with a single revenue recognition principle. Based on this principle, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, new and enhanced disclosures will be required. This new guidance is to be applied retrospectively either to each reporting period presented or with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance at the date of initial application for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. Management is evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The new guidance provides new criteria for accounting for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period is treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718 as it relates to awards with performance conditions and compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved. The standard will be effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect to early adopt this guidance and do not believe that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This guidance requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are effective retrospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We early adopted ASU 2015-03 retrospectively in the quarter ended January 2, 2016. The adoption had an immaterial impact to our consolidated balance sheet. We did not retrospectively adjust balances as of January 3, 2015 as the impact was not material. Adoption had no impact on our results of operations.
The guidance in ASU 2015-03 simplifies presentation of debt issuance costs but does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements which provides the SEC's guidance to permit an entity to defer and present debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. We included our evaluation of ASU 2015-15 in our early adoption of ASU 2015-03.
In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the accounting for measurement-period adjustments. This guidance requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined and that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The amendments of ASU 2015-16 are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-16 to materially impact our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. ASU 2015-17 provides presentation requirements to classify deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted and the standard may be applied either retrospectively or on a prospective basis to all deferred tax assets and liabilities. We early adopted ASU 2015-17 retrospectively in the quarter ended January 2, 2016. As a result of the adoption, we reclassified $36.6 million of current deferred income tax assets as a reduction of long-term deferred income tax liabilities and reclassified $1.8 million of current deferred income tax assets to long-term deferred income tax assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of January 3, 2015. Adoption had no impact on our results of operations.

88


In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . ASU 2016-02 changes current lease accounting standard by requiring the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for all leases, including those currently classified as operating leases. This new guidance is to be applied under a modified retrospective application to the earliest reporting period presented for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. While management is evaluating the comprehensive impact of this guidance, this new guidance would require us to capitalize, at the appropriate discount rate, our operating lease commitments as disclosed in Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies .
Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements
We estimate the fair value of our monetary assets and liabilities noted below using appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to develop estimates of fair value, and the estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that we could realize in a current market exchange. Additionally, the fair values are estimated at year-end and current estimates of fair value may differ from the amounts presented.
The fair value of Cash and cash equivalents, Settlement receivables, Accounts receivable, Restricted cash, certain Other assets, Settlement payables, Consumer and customer deposits, Accounts payable and accrued operating expenses and certain Other current liabilities approximate their carrying values due to the short-term settlement requirements and limited interest rate risk related to these instruments. Certain amounts of other receivables included in Other assets are due to be collected shortly after one year and the counter-party has limited credit risk, so the carrying amount approximates fair value.     
We follow applicable guidance that establishes a fair value measurement framework, provides a single definition of fair value and requires disclosure summarizing fair value measurements. Such guidance emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement is determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
Fair value guidance establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable input be used when available. Observable inputs are those that the market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is measured in three levels based on the reliability of inputs:

Level 1
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2
Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3
Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of unrestricted cash balances and short-term, liquid investments with a maturity date of three months or less at the time of purchase.
Overnight Cash Advances to Safeway
Prior to the Spin-Off, on a daily basis, pursuant to an unsecured, intercompany interest-bearing note, Safeway borrowed available excess cash from us. Amounts borrowed by Safeway were available to us on the following business day, as necessary, to meet operating requirements (see Note 14 Related Party Transactions ). In conjunction with our Credit Agreement, we terminated this agreement (see Note 4 Financing ).
Restricted Cash
During 2015 , restricted cash represents funds held in an escrow account related to one of our acquisitions (see Note 2 Business Acquisitions ). Before our Offering, restricted cash represented funds held in an escrow pursuant to a common stock purchase agreement with one of our distribution partners (see Note 9 Equity Awards Issued to Retail Distribution Partners ).

89


Settlement Receivables
Settlement receivables represent amounts due from retail distribution partners for consumer funds collected at the point of sale related to the purchase of prepaid products, amounts due from certain business clients for funds loaded onto incentive products and prepayments to certain content providers during the holiday selling season. The settlement receivable balances are net of commissions and fees retained by retail distribution partners.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable relate primarily to fees and interchange due from the issuing banks of our proprietary Visa gift, PayPower-branded GPR and open loop incentive cards (Visa gift and PayPower GPR cards, respectively); amounts due from content providers for marketing and card production sales; amounts due from retail distribution partners for the sale of telecom handsets and fulfillment services; and amounts due from business clients for rebate processing fees.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Reserves for Sales Adjustments
We present Settlement receivables and Accounts receivable net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments (the allowances) and record reserves for sales returns and other adjustments within Other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Allowances for sales adjustments and returns reserves include discounts offered to our partners and clients, sales returns for defective, damaged or lost product and refunds for certain fees. These allowances and reserves represent our best estimate of the losses and billing credits inherent in our outstanding receivables and estimates for future returns or adjustments at the balance sheet dates. We estimate allowances for sales adjustment and returns reserves based on historical trends, customer-specific circumstances, vendor-specific return policies, seasonality and lag patterns. We estimate allowances for doubtful accounts based on historical collection trends, the age of outstanding accounts receivable, customer-specific circumstances, and existing economic conditions. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that specific receivable balances may be impaired, we give further consideration to the collectability of those balances and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. For Settlement receivables , the allowances were $5.0 million and $3.3 million at year-end 2015 and 2014 , respectively. For Accounts receivable , the allowances were $3.1 million and $2.2 million at year-end 2015 and 2014 , respectively. We record additions to the allowances for bad debt expense in General and administrative expense, for sales adjustments related to Settlement receivables in Partner distribution expense and for sales adjustments for Accounts receivable as a reduction of revenue.
Financing Costs
We incur debt issuance costs and pay certain costs to the group of banks (collectively, the financing costs) in conjunction with entering into and subsequently amending our credit agreement, which include a note payable and revolving credit facility (see Note 4 Financing ). We allocate the financing costs between the note payable and revolving credit facility based on their relative fair values and present the deferred financing costs allocated to the note payable as a reduction of its carrying value and present deferred financing costs allocated to the revolving credit facility within Other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. We amortize these deferred financing costs on a straight-line basis over the term of the credit agreement as the difference between the straight-line method and effective interest method is immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.
Property, Equipment and Technology
We state property, equipment and technology at historical cost or acquisition-date fair value for assets acquired in a business acquisition, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We recognize depreciation for equipment and technology on a straight-line method over the estimated useful asset lives of three to five years and amortize leasehold improvements on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining term of the lease.
Technology consists of capitalized costs or the acquisition-date fair value for both purchased and internally developed software. Software purchased or licensed for internal use is primarily enterprise-level business software that we customize to meet specific operational requirements. Software developed for internal use is generally used to deliver processing, transactional, order management, on-line and digital services to our content providers, distribution partners, business clients and consumers. We capitalize application and development charges and amortize them over an estimated useful life of generally five years.

90


We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment annually or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such an event occurs, we then determine the expected future undiscounted cash flows from the asset. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, we recognize an impairment loss. We measure the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of the expected future undiscounted cash flows. We have not identified any indicators of impairment during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
Business Acquisitions
We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. Our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, we record any subsequent adjustments to our consolidated statements of income.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess cost over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. This excess is not amortized, but rather capitalized and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually. Goodwill impairment tests require judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. We conduct an evaluation of goodwill for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter, or sooner if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. Testing for impairment is a two-step process. In the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform a second step to determine the implied fair value of goodwill for that reporting unit. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment. For certain reporting units, we may apply a qualitative test prior to performing the two-step test where we assess events and circumstances to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of the events and circumstances, we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its book value, we conclude that there is no goodwill impairment and do not proceed with the two-step process described above. Based on our annual evaluations, we have concluded that goodwill is not impaired.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of acquired retail distribution partner, content provider and customer relationships; patents, domain and trade names and other intangibles; as well as retail distribution partner relationships resulting from the issuance of equity awards (see Note 2 Business Acquisitions , Note 7 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and Note 9 Equity Awards Issued to Retail Distribution Partners ). Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis, based on our assessment of the pattern of economic benefits, over their expected useful lives, which range from one to 15 years. For acquisitions, we classify acquired software technology as Property, equipment and technology, net .
We evaluate intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such an event occurs, we then determine the expected future undiscounted cash flows from the asset. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, we recognize an impairment loss. We measure the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of the expected future undiscounted cash flows. We have not identified any indicators of impairment during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
Program Development Costs
We pay for program development costs to or on behalf of some of our retail distribution partners. These costs include, but are not limited to, card displays, marketing allowances and technology platform integration. In the event of early termination of a contract, payments are refundable on a pro rata basis from the retail distribution partners to us. These costs are deferred as Other current assets or Other assets and amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the contractual term to Partner distribution expense , Sales and marketing or Processing and services expense depending on the nature of the payment .

91


Deferred Commissions
Deferred commissions are the incremental costs that are directly associated with the acquisition of non-cancellable contracts with our business clients, content providers or distribution partners and consist of sales commissions paid to our direct sales force. The deferred commission amounts are recoverable through the future revenue streams under the non-cancellable contracts. We defer and amortize the commissions over the term of the related customer contracts in Sales and marketing in our consolidated statements of income.
Settlement Payables
Settlement payables represent amounts owed to content providers or issuing banks for funds loaded onto cards but not yet remitted to these partners. Payable amounts are net of commissions or fees due to us from content providers and generated at the time of card activation or value load at distribution partners. Settlement of settlement payables is funded through our Cash and cash equivalents , the collection of Settlement receivables, net and use of our revolving credit facility.
Consumer and Customer Deposits
Consumer and customer deposits represent amounts redeemable on prepaid products that we issue, including Discover-branded incentive cards, our proprietary Reloadit cards and certain other cards, outstanding consumer rebate checks and amounts received from incentive business clients before the issuance of prepaid products. During 2015, we transitioned the issuance of our Discover-branded incentive cards to one of our issuing banks and settled the transition-date liability of $36.8 million with the issuing bank.
Redeemable Equity
Before our Offering, equity instruments issued to employees and a retail distribution partner that contained provisions requiring us, at the option of the holder, to repurchase the instrument were classified as redeemable equity in our consolidated balance sheets. The redeemable equity balance at each reporting date represented the maximum redemption value for fully vested awards, including amounts not currently redeemable, and a proportionate amount of vesting at the maximum redemption value for nonvested awards. We adjusted the redemption value of redeemable equity awards from Retained earnings , or in the case of an accumulated deficit, from Additional paid-in capital . We recorded the repurchase of our common stock pursuant to these provisions as a reduction of redeemable equity. When the repurchase obligation expired, including the termination of all such rights at the time of the Offering, we reclassified redeemable equity amounts to the applicable line item in Stockholders’ equity .
Treasury Stock
Before the Offering, we recognized the repurchase of common stock related to employee equity awards as a settlement of Redeemable equity (see Note 5 Fair Value Measurements ). After the Offering, we used the cost method when we repurchased our own common stock as treasury shares and presented treasury stock as a reduction of Stockholders’ equity . During 2014, our Board adopted a resolution to retire previously acquired treasury shares and future purchases of our common stock. Accordingly, we reclassified Treasury stock into Additional paid-in capital and reflect subsequent repurchases as a reduction of Additional paid-in capital .
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are the local currencies. We translate assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using exchange rates at the end of each of our interim four-week periods, and translate revenues and expenses at average daily rates during each four-week period. Translation adjustments are reported within comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and statements of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in our consolidated statements of income.
Intercompany Foreign Currency Transactions
For intercompany balances that we consider permanent investments (that is, we do not anticipate or require settlement for the foreseeable future), we exclude foreign currency transaction gains and losses from the determination of net income. For other intercompany balances, we include foreign currency transaction gains and losses in Interest income and other income (expense), net .

92


Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes net income plus other comprehensive income (loss) resulting from changes in foreign currency translation, which includes foreign currency transaction gains and losses for intercompany balances that we consider permanent investments.
Income Taxes
Tax Sharing Agreements with Safeway
Before the Spin-Off, we were included in Safeway’s “consolidated group” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as in certain consolidated, combined or unitary groups for state and local income tax purposes. We were also party to a federal and state and local tax sharing agreement with Safeway (TSA). Under the TSA, the amount of federal tax liability paid by us is based on the approximate liability that would be incurred if we filed our own consolidated tax return separate from the Safeway consolidated group. Through 2012, the state tax liability paid by us was partly based on our share of taxable income and the total actual state tax liability of the Safeway consolidated group which will generally be less than the state income tax liability that we would incur if we filed our own consolidated state tax returns. Effective December 30, 2012, we and Safeway amended and restated our tax sharing agreement (Amended TSA). Under the Amended TSA, the state tax liability paid by us is based on the incremental liability paid by Safeway resulting from including us in its consolidated tax group, which will generally be greater than the state income tax liability that we would incur if we filed our own consolidated tax returns.
In April 2014, we and Safeway executed the second Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement (the SARTSA), which superseded the previous tax sharing agreements with respect to the matters addressed by the SARTSA.
On January 30, 2015, Safeway announced that it had been acquired by AB Acquisition LLC (Merger). As a result of the Merger, the Spin-Off is taxable to Safeway and Safeway’s stockholders. Since the Spin-Off is taxable, under the SARTSA, we and Safeway filed a consolidated federal tax return and certain state and local tax returns through the date of the Spin-Off, and we and Safeway made an election that resulted in a step-up in the tax basis of our assets (the Section 336(e) Election). The actual benefit that we will realize depends on, among other things, whether we generate adequate taxable income over time to fully utilize deductions associated with any increased tax basis resulting from the Section 336(e) Election.
Under the SARTSA, any corporate-level income tax incurred as a result of the Spin-Off is borne by Safeway, except that, pursuant to a separate letter agreement, we will bear any incremental taxes that result from certain elections requested by us with respect to certain of our foreign subsidiaries in connection with the Spin-Off, which permits us to reduce the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries for the amortization of the step up in tax basis of their assets if and when we repatriate earnings of those subsidiaries. We are not able to quantify the amount of such incremental taxes at this time, but we believe any amounts due will be immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.
For any states in which we are required under state law to remit Spin-Off taxes (because Safeway does not file combined returns with us in those states), Safeway is responsible for funding the amount of such taxes; however, the SARTSA permits Safeway to determine how such taxes will be remitted to the applicable state taxing authority. To date, Safeway has determined to fund these amounts to us in exchange for promissory notes. As of year-end 2014, Safeway had funded approximately $27.7 million to us in exchange for promissory notes for Spin-Off taxes we directly remitted to certain state taxing authorities. Pursuant to the terms of the SARTSA, Safeway contributed the notes to us as Additional paid-in capital when the Merger was completed in 2015, with the exception of approximately $19.4 million in overpayments for which we will file for refunds from such states and remit such refunds to Safeway. During 2015, we received $14.3 million from such refunds and remitted these amounts to Safeway. As of January 2, 2016, we have approximately $5.2 million in overpayments still outstanding with such states that will ultimately be remitted to Safeway.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense reflects the amount of taxes payable for the current year, the effect of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, accrued interest on tax deficiencies and accrued penalties on tax deficiencies.
Deferred income taxes represent future net tax effects resulting from temporary differences between the balances presented in our consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of assets, liabilities, and income statement transactions using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining the allowance, we consider projected realization of tax benefits based on expected future taxable income, available tax planning strategies and our overall deferred tax position. These estimates are complex and involve management judgment. Actual payments and tax liabilities may not match these estimates.

93


Before the Spin-Off, our income tax expense and related current and deferred income taxes were calculated on a hypothetical stand-alone income tax return basis for both federal and state purposes. After the Spin-Off, income tax expense and related deferred income taxes are calculated on a stand-alone basis. Differences arose as a result of computing our federal and state tax payments pursuant to the TSA or Amended TSA versus the liability that resulted from the stand-alone provision calculation. These differences, to the extent we deemed them to be permanent, are recorded in equity as Additional paid-in capital in our consolidated balance sheets.
We are subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and by various foreign, state and local taxing authorities, either stand-alone or as part of Safeway’s consolidated tax group for federal and certain state and local tax returns for periods before the Spin-Off. These audits may challenge certain of our positions applicable, such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. We evaluate our tax positions and establish liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting literature related to uncertainty in income taxes. This accounting literature provides guidance for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax return filings. For financial statement benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon the settlement.
Revenue Recognition and Presentation
Our operating revenues consist of Commissions and fees ; Program, interchange, marketing and other fees; and Product sales . We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the service is performed or the product is delivered and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Under certain arrangements, we have concluded that we have entered into a multiple element arrangement with multiple units of accounting. We allocate the arrangement consideration to each unit of accounting based on their relative fair values and recognize revenue for each unit of accounting when we deliver the goods or services.
Commissions and Fees —Commissions and fees consist of content provider commissions, consumer purchase fees, GPR load, reload fees, rebate processing fees, client purchase fees, merchant commissions and other transaction-based commissions. We present total commissions and fees as revenues and the portion of commissions and fees paid to distribution partners as Partner distribution expense in operating expenses .
Content Provider Commissions —We earn the majority of our revenues from commissions paid by content providers for the marketing and distribution of their prepaid cards, which we refer to as closed loop cards. For closed loop cards and prepaid telecom cards, commissions are based on a contractual percentage of the transaction dollar volume of cards activated during a defined period. After a closed loop or telecom card is activated, we have no further service obligations and recognize the commissions as revenue at the time of card activation.
Consumer Purchase Fees —We earn a portion of our revenue from fees related to open loop gift cards, including our Visa gift cards, American Express and MasterCard branded gift cards and GPR cards, including Green Dot and NetSpend branded cards as well as our PayPower GPR cards. The consumer pays a purchase fee upon activation of open loop cards or at the time initial value is loaded onto the GPR cards. These purchase fees vary based on the type of card purchased and the dollar amount of the load transaction. We serve as the program manager for issuing banks for our Visa gift and PayPower GPR cards and have ongoing customer service obligations after card activation. We defer the Visa gift purchase fees in Other current liabilities , and recognize revenue ratably in proportion to the historical redemption patterns of the card portfolio over the estimated life of the card (currently 12 months), which results in the recognition of approximately 90% of the purchase fee within the first four months of card activation. We recognize the initial load fee on the PayPower GPR card on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the card (currently four months). For the American Express and MasterCard network-branded gift cards and the Green Dot and NetSpend branded GPR cards, we receive a contractual percentage of the consumer purchase fee, which we recognize as revenue at the time of card activation as we have no future service obligations.
Reload Fees —We earn fees when consumers reload funds onto their PayPower GPR card or another GPR card through our Reloadit network. We recognize revenue when we process the reload.
Rebate Processing Fees —We earn fees for processing and validating consumer rebate submissions from certain of our business clients. These fees cover rebate processing (online and mail-in), rebate validation, customer service and prepaid product fulfillment. For rebates fulfilled by checks, we recognize revenue when we remit the check to the end consumer. For rebates fulfilled with open loop incentive cards, for which we serve as program manager for issuing banks, we recognize revenue ratably in proportion to historical redemption patterns (currently nine months).

94


Client Purchase Fees —We receive fees from our business clients for the sale of open loop incentive cards. Incentive cards include Visa and MasterCard branded cards for which we serve as program manager for issuing banks, and Discover branded cards that we issue. We defer initial cards fees for open loop incentive cards ratably over the estimated card life for single use cards (currently 12 months) and on straight-line basis for reloadable cards (currently 24 months) and recognize fees for reloading cards when the reload is processed. We may grant price discounts to certain business clients for the purchase of incentive cards, which we present as a reduction of Commissions and fees revenue. If these discounts exceed the revenues received from the business client, we present the net amounts in Operating expenses in Partner distribution expense .
Merchant Commissions —Certain open loop incentive cards are redeemable only at certain merchants utilizing our restricted authorization network technology. We receive commissions from such merchants based on a contractual percentage of the amount redeemed on such restricted access cards as well as for redemptions for non-restricted cards for certain incentive programs. We recognize revenue when the cardholders make purchases and the funds are redeemed. As a result of our acquisition of Didix (see Note 2 Business Acquisitions ), we issue closed loop category-specific (e.g. restaurants, spas or cinemas) gift cards that are redeemable only at participating merchants. Upon redemption, we remit the amount redeemed by the consumer, net of our commissions. We recognize a portion of our commission revenue upon card activation and the remaining commission upon redemption.
Transaction-Based and Other Fees —We receive transaction-based fees from certain telecom partners related to the use of our proprietary network. These fees vary with usage or volumes and are recognized at the time our network is accessed. We also receive fees for certain services related to certain closed loop card programs such as balance tracking, customer service calls, and financial settlement. We recognize revenue when we perform the services.
Program, Interchange, Marketing and Other Fees —Program, interchange, marketing and other fees consist of program management fees, settlement network interchange fees, account service fees, card expiration revenues, card expiration fees, marketing revenue from content providers, incentives and rewards platform and program fees and other fees.
Program Management Fees —We receive program management fees from certain issuing banks related to our proprietary Visa gift card and open loop incentive cards. These fees are based on a contractually stated or determinable percentage of transaction dollar volume and represent a portion of our compensation for the overall management and customer support of the Visa gift and open loop incentive card programs. We defer these fees in Other current liabilities and recognize the revenue over the estimated life of the card in proportion to historical redemption patterns.
Interchange Fees —We earn payment network fees related to the cardholders' usage of the Visa gift, PayPower GPR and open loop incentive cards. Merchants are charged by the issuing banks at varying rates established by Visa, MasterCard, and are charged directly by Discover. These fees are contractually passed through to us by the issuing banks net of any fees paid to Visa or MasterCard, or paid directly to us by Discover. We recognize revenue when cardholders make purchases and the funds are redeemed.
Account Service Fees —We earn a monthly fee and other transaction-based service fees on the PayPower GPR card and earn monthly fees for certain Visa gift and open loop incentive cards, which the issuing banks charge only after a certain amount of time has transpired since card activation. The issuing banks collect these consumer-paid service fees by reducing card balances and remit them to us. We recognize these fees as revenue at the time the card balance is reduced. For certain incentive cards, we earn these fees only to the extent that the fees exceed program management fees previously paid to us for such cards. For certain incentive cards programs, the issuing bank may reclaim these fees under certain conditions, and we record a sales reserve for our estimates of fees that the issuing bank will reclaim.
Breakage Revenue —We served as issuer of Discover network-branded incentive cards, and as a result of our acquisition of Didix (see Note 2 Business Acquisitions ), we issue gift cards that consumers may redeem at many merchants within a category such as dining or cinema. We present the cardholder liability in Consumer and customer deposits on our consolidated balance sheets. When the funds expire, we recognize revenue and derecognize the liability. During 2015, we transitioned the issuance of the Discover cards to one of our issuing banks, but we remain as the program manager and recognize revenues in Program, Interchange, Marketing and Other Fees under the new arrangement.
Fund Expiration Fees —We receive fees from issuing banks for certain Visa gift and open loop incentive cards, based on a contractual percentage of the unredeemed funds when the funds expire. We recognize revenue when the funds expire. For certain Visa gift and open loop incentive cards, we earn these fees only to the extent that the fees exceed program management fees previously paid to us for such cards.
Marketing Revenue —We receive funds from content providers to promote their prepaid cards throughout our distribution partner network. We recognize revenue ratably over the period of the related marketing campaign, which is typically a fiscal quarter.

95


Incentive and Reward Platform and Program Fees —We receive fees from certain business clients for the use of our incentive platforms, which allow them to manage and administer their employee and sales channel reward programs, as well our program management services of certain employee reward programs. These fees cover various services, including licensing, hosting and web portal support, account management and customer service, and promotion and content management. We recognize these revenues as we provide these services.
Other Fees —In some instances, we may receive a portion of other fees, such as account service, interchange or referral fees for open loop cards and GPR cards other than our Visa gift and PayPower GPR cards. We also receive fees related to certain closed loop card programs. Typically, these fees are recognized when earned and determinable. We also recognize the net amount retained for incentive rewards where the employee selects an open loop card as the reward. For one open loop content provider, we received a fee, under deferred payment terms, based on a percentage of transaction dollar volume and paid the content provider a fee (a portion of which is also under deferred payment terms) for meeting certain activation targets. We recognized the net amount of these fees upon activation.
Product Sales —Product sales consist of revenue from card production sales, secondary card market sales, telecom handset sales and incentive merchandise rewards.
Secondary Card Market Sales —We generate revenue through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cardpool, by acquiring previously owned closed loop gift cards at a discount from transaction dollar volume and then selling them at a mark-up to cost (but still at a discount to transaction dollar volume) to online consumers. We recognize revenue when the cards are delivered to the purchaser.
Incentive Merchandise Rewards —For certain incentive programs, the participant may redeem merchandise, closed loop cards and other rewards. We recognize revenue when we deliver the product to the participant. For certain programs, we are entitled to unredeemed funds (breakage) if the participant does not redeem the rewards, and we recognize our estimate of breakage based on redemption patterns.
Card Production Sales —We provide card design, development and third-party production services for certain content providers that are separate from the standard services provided to content partners. Physical card production is outsourced to a third party, and we charge the content provider actual cost plus a margin for managing this process. We recognize revenue when cards are shipped or delivered pursuant to the contractual terms.
Telecom Handset Sales —We earn revenue from the sale of telecom handsets to our distribution partners to facilitate and supplement the sale of the prepaid telecom content providers’ airtime cards. Revenue is generally recognized upon handset shipment to or receipt by the distribution partner based upon the shipping terms, net of estimated returns. We may grant price discounts to distribution partners to increase sales of the distribution partners’ remaining inventory, which we recognize as a reduction of revenue.

96


Operating Expenses
Partner Distribution Expense —Partner distribution expense represents the amounts paid to our retail distribution partners and certain business clients. We compensate our retail distribution partners by paying them a negotiated commission amount which is generally a function of the transaction dollar volume commission received from content providers or a percentage of the consumer purchase fee associated with open loop cards. We may provide additional compensation to certain of our retail distribution partners and compensate certain of our business partners for distributing our proprietary Visa gift and open loop incentive cards, for which we earn revenues included in Program, interchange, marketing and other fees. We recognize these expenses upon card activation, except for Visa gift, PayPower GPR and open loop incentive cards where we capitalize these expenses and amortize them based on the same redemption pattern as the related revenue. Partner distribution expense also includes certain program development payments to our distribution partners, as well as mark-to-market charges and intangible amortization expense resulting from equity instruments issued to certain distribution partners.
Processing and Services —Processing and services costs are the direct costs of generating Commissions and fees and Program, interchange, marketing and other fees and include costs of development, integration, maintenance, depreciation and amortization of technology platforms and related hardware; card distribution, fulfillment, merchandising and fixture display amortization; card production for the Visa gift, PayPower GPR and open loop incentive cards as well as certain other content providers’ cards; rebate processing costs; customer support services; third-party processing; data hosting and data center facilities costs; and compensation and other departmental costs for technology and operations personnel. Generally, these costs are expensed as incurred. However, for the Visa gift, PayPower GPR and open loop incentive cards, card production costs and upfront transaction processing fees are capitalized and expensed based on the same redemption pattern as the related revenue. We also incur significant costs to develop new technology platforms and to add functionality to our existing technology platforms. We capitalize those costs, once technological feasibility is reached, in Property, equipment and technology, net, and amortize them to processing and services expense over the project’s estimated useful life, which is typically five years. We also include amortization expense from acquired technology from business combinations in processing and services expense.
Sales and Marketing —We incur costs, both discretionary and contractual, in the form of marketing allowances, direct advertising campaigns, general marketing and trade promotions to promote content providers’ prepaid cards and our Visa gift and PayPower GPR cards at our retail distribution partner locations. Sales and marketing expenses consist of program marketing and advertising costs; retail distribution partner program development expenses; compensation and other departmental costs for marketing, sales and account management personnel; and international facilities costs.
Costs of Products Sold —Costs of products sold consist of the direct costs of card production efforts; the costs to acquire previously issued prepaid cards for resale in our online exchange business; the personnel costs and other direct costs of providing exchange services; costs of telecom handsets; incentive merchandise rewards costs; and other costs for miscellaneous products. We may receive pricing concessions from our telecom handset vendors to increase sales of remaining inventory at distribution partners, which we recognize as a reduction of expense and pass onto the distribution partners as a reduction of revenue.
General and Administrative —General and administrative expenses include compensation and other departmental costs for executive, financing and accounting, legal, human resources, risk and other administrative staff; related professional service fees; facilities costs; and bad debt expense.
Transition and acquisition —Transition and acquisition expense includes acquisition-related costs, such as legal, tax, audit and valuation services and post-acquisition costs related to severance and exit and disposal activities.
Amortization of acquisition intangibles —Amortization of acquisition intangibles includes amortization expense for intangible assets, primarily customer and distribution partner relationships, recognized in a business combination.
Change in fair value of contingent consideration —Change in fair value of contingent consideration includes the mark-to-market expense or benefit resulting from changes in the post-acquisition estimates of the fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities for Cardpool and CardLab. See Note 5 Fair Value Measurements .

97


Stock-Based Employee Compensation
We account for stock-based awards to employees, including grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units as compensation based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and amortize the grant date fair value to expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Certain awards contain a retirement provision that permits the employee, after the employee has met certain age or tenure requirements to be considered retirement eligible, to continue to receive the benefits of the award according to its original vesting schedule upon retirement from us, provided that the employee has provided at least one year of service from the grant date. For grant recipients who are or will have become retirement eligible prior to the end of the vesting period of the award, we recognize expense over the greater of one year or when the employee becomes retirement eligible.
We determine the fair value of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units as the grant date fair value of our stock and determine the fair value of stock options and stock appreciation rights using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporates certain assumptions, such as the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and the expected life of options in order to arrive at a fair value estimate. Stock-based employee compensation expense is classified in the Operating expenses line items corresponding to the applicable employee compensation expenses (see Note 8 Equity Incentive Plans and Stock Based Compensation ).
Before our Offering, our Board periodically determined and established the fair value of our stock. Because there had been no public market for our common stock before our Offering, the Board determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including discounted cash flow analysis, comparable company analysis, regular periodic valuations from an independent third-party valuation firm, overall market conditions, and our current, historical and expected future operating performance. This approach is consistent with the methods outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .
Reclassifications
In our consolidated balance sheets, we have reclassified Deferred revenue to a separate line item, previously reported in Other current liabilities , and made the corresponding reclassification in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
2 . Business Acquisitions
2015 Acquisitions
Achievers
On June 30, 2015, we acquired Achievers Corp. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Achievers), a leading provider of employee recognition and rewards solutions designed to help companies increase employee engagement primarily in the U.S. and Canada, for purchase consideration of $103.5 million in cash through a merger. The acquisition has allowed us to deliver expanded capabilities and products in the employee rewards market. We accounted for this acquisition as a business combination and have included its results of operations in our consolidated financial statements starting on the acquisition date.
The following table summarizes the initial purchase price allocation, and we may make adjustments to these amounts through the one year measurement period as we finalize information regarding our forecasts, valuation assumptions, income taxes and contingencies (in thousands):
Cash
$
24,367

Assumed liabilities, net
(11,580
)
Deferred revenue
(52,339
)
Deferred income taxes
(13,519
)
Intangibles
96,670

Goodwill
59,893

Total purchase consideration
$
103,492

Deferred income taxes include $24.8 million of deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards, partially offset by a reserve of $5.1 million , $31.1 million of deferred tax liabilities for nondeductible amortization of identifiable technology and intangible assets and $2.1 million for other deferred tax liabilities, net.
Goodwill includes the estimated value of the future cash flows from new customers and the value of the assembled workforce. We do not expect to deduct goodwill for income tax purposes.

98


The following table presents the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and their estimated useful lives at the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):
 
Fair Value
 
Useful Life
 Customer relationships
$
74,970

 
15 years
 Technology
16,940

 
6 years
 Back-log
4,760

 
4 years
Total identifiable technology and intangible assets
$
96,670

 
 
Customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with Achievers’ business clients. Back-log represents the estimated fair value for committed spending from these clients. Technology represents the fair value of Achievers’ employee recognition and reward platform.
We valued customer relationships, back-log, and technology using the income approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, costs of revenue and development costs and the estimated attrition rates for clients of 8% . We discounted the cash flows at various rates from 12.0% to 16.0% , reflecting the different risk profiles of the assets. We valued deferred revenue using expected costs to fulfill the obligation plus a reasonable profit margin.
Acquisition-related costs totaled $1.6 million which we present in Transition and acquisition expense. Additionally, we incurred $3.2 million of compensation costs for certain payments made to Achievers’ employees from the sellers’ consideration under the terms of the merger agreement but which we reflect in our post-combination financial statements in Transition and acquisition expense.
The following table presents revenue and net income for Achievers from its acquisitions date through year-end 2015 included in our consolidated statements of income (in thousands):
Total revenues
$
29,223

Net income (loss) attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
(9,676
)
The net loss excludes pre-tax revenue of $5.0 million resulting from the step down in bases of deferred revenue from its book value to its fair value (which were also excluded from total revenues). The net loss includes pre-tax charges of $3.2 million for the employee compensation charges described above and $3.8 million for the amortization of customer relationships and backlog (included in Amortization of acquisition intangibles ). Collectively, these resulted in an after-tax net loss of $7.9 million .
The following pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations of us and Achievers as though we had been combined as of the beginning of fiscal 2014 (in thousands except per share amounts):
 
2015 (Unaudited)
 
2014 (Unaudited)
Total revenues
$1,830,848
 
$1,487,695
Net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
41,752

 
15,412

Pro forma EPS—Basic
$
0.77

 
$
0.29

Pro forma EPS—Diluted
$
0.74

 
$
0.28

The pro forma financial information includes adjustments to reclassify acquisition-related costs and acquisition-related employee compensation costs (as discussed above) from 2015 to 2014, to amortize the identifiable technology and intangible assets starting at the beginning of 2014, to reflect the impact on revenue resulting from the step down in basis of deferred revenue from its book value to its fair value as of the beginning of 2014 and to reflect incremental interest expense that we would have incurred under our Credit Agreement. The pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at the beginning of 2014.

99


Didix
On September 14, 2015, we acquired the outstanding stock of Didix Gifting & Promotions B.V. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Didix) for total purchase consideration of €36.5 million in cash, which totaled $41.2 million based on the foreign currency rate at the acquisition date. Didix provides prepaid gift cards that consumers may redeem at many merchants within a category such as dining or cinema (Didix network cards). Didix currently offers its products to consumers through retail distribution partners in the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany and the UK. Didix also sells its products to business clients and distributes third-party gift cards through retail distribution partners in the Netherlands. We accounted for this acquisition as a business combination and have included its results of operations in our consolidated financial statements starting on the acquisition date.
The following table summarizes the initial purchase price allocation, and we may make adjustments to these amounts through the one year measurement period as we finalize information regarding our forecasts, valuation assumptions, income taxes and contingencies (in thousands):
Cash
$
4,733

Tangible assets, net
2,093

Cardholder liability
(6,167
)
Deferred tax liabilities
(6,723
)
Identifiable intangible and technology assets
26,892

Goodwill
20,385

Total purchase consideration
$
41,213

Deferred income taxes are primarily for nondeductible amortization of identifiable technology and intangible assets.
Goodwill includes the estimated value of the future cash flows from new customers, the value of Didix relationship with us as its distributor and the value of the assembled workforce. We do not expect to deduct goodwill for income tax purposes.
The following table presents the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and their estimated useful lives at the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):
 
Fair Value
 
Useful Life
Content provider relationships
$
17,382

 
10 years
Distribution relationships
4,614

 
5 years
Trade name
4,106

 
10 years
Technology
790

 
4 years
Total identifiable technology and intangible assets
$
26,892

 
 
Customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with the merchants included in Didix network cards, other content providers and business clients. Distribution partner relationships represent the estimated fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with Didix’ third-party distributors. Trade name represents the estimated fair value of the branding and name recognition of Didix network cards. Technology represents the estimated fair value of Didix’ settlement systems. We valued the cardholder liability net of expected breakage amounts and commissions retained by Didix.
We valued customer and distribution partner relationships and trade name, using the income approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, costs of revenue, estimated attrition rates and time to build the networks. We discounted the cash flows at various rates from 14% to 17% , reflecting the different risk profiles of the assets. We valued technology using the cost approach.
We do not present revenues and earnings from closing and pro forma financial information, as amounts are not material to our consolidated financial statements.

100


2014 Acquisitions
Parago, Inc.
On October 23, 2014 , we acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Parago, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Parago), a leader in providing global incentive and engagement solutions, for $262.3 million in cash. This acquisition has allowed us to deliver expanded capabilities and products in the consumer and corporate incentives markets. We financed the purchase using cash on hand and approximately $200 million in new borrowings under an expansion of our Credit Agreement (see Note 4 Financing ). We accounted for this acquisition as a business combination and have included its results of operations in our consolidated financial statements starting on the acquisition date.
The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation (in thousands):
Cash
$
39,450

Settlement receivables
6,478

Consumer deposits
(39,396
)
Debt assumed
(34,509
)
Other tangible assets, net
7,324

Deferred income taxes
(14,619
)
Identifiable technology and intangible assets
126,430

Goodwill
171,187

Total purchase consideration
$
262,345

Deferred income taxes include $23.0 million of deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards and $37.6 million of deferred tax liabilities for nondeductible amortization of identifiable technology and intangible assets, net.
Goodwill represents the value of the future cash flows from new customers and the value of the assembled workforce. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. We repaid all of Parago's outstanding debt of $34.5 million on the acquisition date and present such payment as Repayment of debt assumed in business acquisitions in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
The following table summarizes the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and their estimated useful lives at the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):
 
Fair Value
 
Useful Life
Customer relationships
$
94,460

 
15 years
Backlog
4,430

 
1 year
Technology
26,930

 
1 to 5 years
Trade name
610

 
3 years
Total identifiable technology and intangible assets
$
126,430

 
 
Customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with Parago's business clients. Back-log represents the estimated fair value resulting from cards issued before the acquisition date, resulting from revenues, including interchange and account service fees. Technology consists of Parago's software used for rebate processing and employee reward programs. Trade name represents the fair value of Parago's brand and name recognition.
We valued customer relationships, back-log, trade name and the rebate processing and consumer incentive platform technology using the income approach and employee reward platforms using the cost approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, costs of revenue, development costs and sales, general and administrative expenses and estimated attrition rates for customers, ranging from 3.5% to 11% . We discounted the cash flows at various rates from 10.5% to 14.5% , reflecting the different risk profiles of the assets.
Acquisition related costs totaled $1.2 million and are included in Transition and acquisition expense.

101


The following table summarizes revenue and earnings for Parago from its acquisition date through year-end 2014 (in thousands):
Total revenues
$
17,711

Net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
(1,090
)
The following pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations of us and Parago as though we had been combined as of the beginning of fiscal 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
2014 (Unaudited)
 
2013 (Unaudited)
Total revenues
$
1,529,072

 
$
1,241,602

Net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
44,765

 
50,584

Pro forma EPS—Basic
$
0.85

 
$
0.98

Pro forma EPS—Diluted
$
0.82

 
$
0.95

The pro forma financial information includes adjustments to reclassify acquisition related costs from 2014 to 2013 and to amortize the identifiable technology and intangible assets starting at the beginning of 2013. The pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at the beginning of 2013.
Other 2014 Acquisitions
During 2014, we acquired CardLab, Inc. and its subsidiaries (CardLab), a leading online provider of customizable prepaid incentive and rewards cards, and Incentec Solutions, Inc. (Incentec), which provides cloud-based software solutions in the incentive and reward industry, for total purchase consideration of $33.7 million . These acquisitions have enhanced our product and service offerings in our incentives business. We accounted for these acquisitions as business combinations and have included their results of operations in our consolidated financial statements starting on the acquisition dates. The following table summarizes the components of the purchase consideration based on their fair values at the acquisition dates (in thousands):
Cash paid at closing
$
18,956

Stock consideration
1,595

Contingent consideration
13,100

Total purchase consideration
$
33,651

Stock consideration consisted of 61,840 shares of our common stock. Contingent consideration resulting from our acquisition of CardLab consists of three cash payments: i) up to $2.5 million based on CardLab's 2014 financial results, ii) $0 , $1.25 million or $2.5 million dependent upon the contract execution and subsequent launch of a certain incentive program by certain specified dates and iii) up to $46.5 million based on CardLab's 2015 financial results for certain incentive programs. We estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration based on our estimates of the probability of achieving these targets and discount rates ranging from 15.0% to 19.0% , reflecting the risk profiles of meeting these targets (see Note 5 Fair Value Measurements ) and present such amounts in Other current liabilities or Other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The selling shareholders of CardLab are disputing the amount of contingent consideration due them; we believe these claims are without merit, and that payments as a result of these claims are not probable. We placed $5.0 million in an escrow account for the contingent consideration related to the 2014 financial results and the execution and launch of the incentive program and present such amounts as Restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets.
The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation (in thousands):
Tangible liabilities, net
$
(1,059
)
Debt assumed
(7,475
)
Deferred taxes
2,258

Identifiable technology and intangible assets
10,623

Goodwill
29,304

Total purchase consideration
$
33,651


102


Deferred taxes include $5.9 million of deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards, $3.9 million of deferred tax liabilities for nondeductible amortization of identifiable technology and intangible assets and $0.3 million of other deferred tax assets, net.
Goodwill represents the value of the future cash flows from new customers and the launch of new incentive programs, our prior relationship with Incentec and the value of the assembled workforce. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded an adjustment to the initial purchase price allocation and reduced our contingent consideration liability by $11.0 million , goodwill by $10.4 million and identifiable intangible and technology assets by $0.6 million . We repaid all of CardLab's outstanding debt of $7.5 million on the acquisition date and present such payment as Repayment of debt assumed in business acquisitions in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
The following table summarizes the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and their estimated useful lives at the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):
 
Fair Value
 
Useful Life
Customer relationships
$
1,260

 
5 years
Back-log
1,490

 
4 months
Technology
7,790

 
5 years
Trade name
83

 
3 years
Total identifiable technology and intangible assets
$
10,623

 
 
Customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with the acquirees' customers. Back-log represents the estimated fair value resulting from cards issued before the acquisition date, resulting from revenues, including interchange and account service fees. Technology consists of Incentec's cloud-based software solutions and CardLab's internal-use software used for the order, fulfillment and management of customer orders. Trade name represents the fair value of the brand and name recognition associated with the acquirees.
We valued customer relationships, back-log, trade name and Incentec's technology using the income approach and CardLab's technology using the cost approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, costs of revenue, development costs and sales, general and administrative expenses and estimated attrition rates for customers. We discounted the cash flows at various rates reflecting the different risk profiles of the assets.
Acquisition related costs totaled $0.6 million and are included in Transition and acquisition . Revenues and earnings from closing and pro forma financial information are not presented, as amounts are not material to our consolidated financial statements.
2013 Acquisitions
Retailo
On November 29, 2013 (closing), we acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Retailo AG and its subsidiaries (collectively, Retailo), a German privately-held company which is a leading third-party gift card distribution network in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. This acquisition has allowed us to expand our services in the German market. We accounted for the acquisition as a business combination and have included Retailo’s results in our consolidated financial statements starting on November 29, 2013.

103


We acquired Retailo for total purchase consideration of €51.7 million , consisting of €50.0 million paid at closing and €1.7 million due as of year-end 2013 based on Retailo’s closing working capital balance. Such purchase consideration totaled approximately $70.2 million based on the foreign currency exchange rate at the acquisition date. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation (in thousands):
 
Settlement receivables
$
18,085

Settlement payables
(14,815
)
Other tangible liabilities, net
(778
)
Deferred income taxes, net
(7,360
)
Identifiable technology and intangible assets
45,725

Noncontrolling interests
(6,864
)
Goodwill
36,223

Total consideration
$
70,216

Goodwill represents the value of the acquired workforce and cash flows from increased productivity of existing distribution partners and from future retail distribution partners, and we do not expect to deduct goodwill for foreign tax purposes. Noncontrolling interests result from third-party ownership interests in certain subsidiaries of Retailo. We valued the noncontrolling interests using the income approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, costs of revenue, general and administrative expenses and discount rate.
The following table summarizes the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and their estimated useful lives at the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):
 
Fair Value
 
Useful Life  
Retail distribution partner relationships
$
37,977

 
15 years
Customer relationships
5,546

 
8-10 years
Technology
1,862

 
3 years
Trade name
340

 
3 years
Total identifiable technology and intangible assets
$
45,725

 
 
 
Retail distribution partner and customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with Retailo’s distribution and content providers, respectively. Technology primarily consists of the internal-use software used for the settlement of transactions between Retailo’s distribution partners and content providers. The trade name represents the fair value of the brand and name recognition associated with Retailo.
We valued distribution partner provider relationships and trade names using the income approach and valued the customer relationships using the cost-to-build and lost profits approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, costs of revenue, general and administrative expenses; estimated attrition rates for distribution partners; costs and estimated time to build content provider relationships; and royalty rates for the trade name. We discounted the cash flows at rates ranging from 14% to 20% , reflecting the different risk profiles of the assets. We valued technology using the cost approach.
InteliSpend
On November 12, 2013 (closing), we acquired substantially all of the net assets of InteliSpend Prepaid Solutions, LLC and its subsidiaries (InteliSpend) from Maritz Holdings Inc. (Maritz), a privately-held company. InteliSpend distributes prepaid products through business clients for their loyalty, incentive and reward programs. This acquisition has allowed us to broaden our distribution channels to include businesses that offer prepaid cards as incentives and rewards. We accounted for the acquisition as a business combination and have included the results of InteliSpend’s operations in our consolidated financial statements starting on November 12, 2013.
We acquired InteliSpend for total purchase consideration of $97.4 million , consisting of $98.5 million paid at closing and $1.1 million due to us at year-end 2013 based on closing working capital balances. The following table summarizes the initial purchase price allocation (in thousands):

104


Cash and cash equivalents
$
14,957

Trading securities
29,369

Accounts receivable
7,918

Cardholder liabilities
(31,417
)
Customer deposits
(12,497
)
Other tangible liabilities, net
(3,963
)
Deferred taxes
(283
)
Identifiable technology and intangible assets
39,190

Goodwill
54,175

Total purchase consideration
$
97,449

Goodwill represents the value of the acquired workforce and future cash flows from new customers and the growth of the corporate incentives and consumer promotions market, and we expect to deduct $53.8 million of goodwill for U.S. and foreign tax purposes. We sold the trading securities for cash on the day after closing and present this sale as an inflow from investing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Pursuant to certain state regulatory requirements, we must maintain cash and cash equivalents or certain other permissible investments to fulfill the redemptive value of cardholder liabilities, which totaled $33.5 million at closing. The step down in fair value of the cardholder liabilities primarily represents amounts for which we do not expect to fulfill the redemption obligation. Additionally, due to the requirements for a state regulatory approval, we had not assumed certain cardholder liabilities nor acquired the related cash as of year-end 2013, which totaled $3.7 million at year-end 2013. In May 2014, we received such approval and subsequently assumed such liabilities and related cash of $3.9 million , which we present as Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
The following table summarizes the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and their estimated useful lives at the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):
 
Fair Value
 
Useful Life
Customer relationships
$
23,880

 
7-14 years
Back-log
9,260

 
1-3 years
Patent
3,310

 
5 years
Technology
2,450

 
5 years
Trade name
290

 
4 years
Total identifiable technology and intangible assets
$
39,190

 
 
Customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with InteliSpend’s customers. Back-log represents the estimated fair value resulting from cards issued before the acquisition date, resulting from revenues, including interchange, merchant commissions, card expiration fees and account service fees. Patent represents the estimated fair value of InteliSpend’s restricted access network patent for which it earns merchant commissions included in Commissions and fees (see Note 1—Revenue Recognition ). Technology primarily consists of the internal-use software used for the order, fulfillment and management of customer orders. Trade name represents the fair value of the brand and name recognition associated with InteliSpend.
We valued certain customer relationships, back-log, patent and trade name using the income approach and certain other customer relationships using a cost-to-build and lost profits approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, costs of revenue and sales, general and administrative expenses; estimated attrition rates for customers; costs and time to build customer relationships; and royalty rates for the patent and trade name. We discounted the cash flows at rates ranging from 9% to 13% , reflecting the different risk profiles of the assets.
Financial Data and Pro-Forma Information
Acquisition-related costs for the acquisitions of Retailo and InteliSpend, consisting of professional services for legal, audit, tax and valuation services, totaled $1.1 million and $1.0 million , respectively, and are included in Transition and acquisition .

105


The following table summarizes revenue and earnings for Retailo and InteliSpend from their acquisition dates through year-end 2013 (in thousands):
 
Retailo
 
InteliSpend
Total revenues
$
6,244

 
$
5,883

Net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
827

 
(888
)
The following pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations of us, Retailo and InteliSpend as though we had been combined as of the beginning of fiscal 2012 (in thousands):

2013

2012
Total revenues
$
1,196,476


$
1,022,588

Net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
54,242


38,666

The pro forma financial information includes adjustments to reclassify acquisition related costs from 2013 to 2012, amortize the identifiable technology and intangible assets starting at the beginning of 2012 and reduce card expiration fees as a result of the step down in fair value of the cardholder liability at the beginning of 2012. The pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of 2012.
2011 Acquisition
In 2011, we acquired Cardpool, Inc., which provides a second card market exchange where consumers can purchase or sell previously issued prepaid cards at a discount from transaction dollar volume. Purchase consideration included up to $25 million in contingent consideration, based on operational and financial performance, for which we estimated the acquisition-date fair value to be $23.2 million . The final measurement period for the contingent consideration ended in 2014, and aggregate contingent consideration payments since acquisition totaled 5.6 million .
3 . Investment in Unconsolidated Entities
In September 2015, w e acquired a 26.5% interest in an entity in China, established to distribute prepaid products in China. Our consideration for this investment consisted of a cash payment of $5.0 million . We determined that this investment is a variable interest entity but we are not the primary beneficiary of this entity as we do not have the power to individually direct its activities. Accordingly, we account for this investment under the equity method of accounting.
Other Unconsolidated Entities
We have two other equity method investments which are content providers in our retail distribution network. We also have a cost method investment. We present these investments within Other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. We report our share of equity income (loss) in Other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of income.
The following table summarizes our equity and cost method investments as of year-end 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Carrying Value
 
Ownership Percentage
 
Carrying Value
 
Ownership Percentage
Equity method investments
 

 

 

 

Investment in China entity
 
$
5,473

 
26.5%
 
N/A
 
N/A
Other equity method investments
 
791

 
25-50%
 
499

 
25-50%
Total equity method investments
 
6,264

 

 
499

 

Cost method investments
 
250

 

 
663

 

Total unconsolidated entities
 
$
6,514

 

 
$
1,162

 


106


4 . Financing
On March 28, 2014, we entered into a credit agreement with a group of banks (the Credit Agreement). As of year-end 2014, the Credit Agreement, as amended, included a $375 million term loan and a revolving credit facility of $250 million with up to an additional  $100 million  during the year-end holiday period for specific settlement related requirements. The revolving credit facility included a $100 million subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit. On June 19, 2015, we further amended the Credit Agreement to increase amounts available under our revolving credit facility by $50 million to $300 million . Additionally, the amendment modified certain of our financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. On December 18, 2015, we entered into another amendment to the Credit Agreement to include an option to increase the term loan by $100 million to a total commitment of $464 million (as we had repaid $11 million in 2015), increased non-holiday amounts available under our revolving credit facility from $300 million to $400 million , and increased the letter of credit sublimit from $100 million to $200 million . The $400 million revolver capacity is available throughout the year with no limitations as to the year-end holiday period for specific settlement related requirements, as originally described. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of the assets of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.; substantially all of the assets of certain of its U.S. subsidiaries, including Blackhawk Network, Inc., the primary U.S. operating subsidiary; and 65% of the shares in certain foreign subsidiaries.
As of year-end 2015 , we had no amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility, other than $47.2 million in outstanding letters of credit under the subfacility, and $352.8 million available under our revolving credit facility. Excluding letters of credit, for 2015 , the average amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility was $55.9 million , and the largest amount outstanding was $178.7 million . As of year-end 2015 , using Level 2 inputs, we estimate the fair value of our term loan to be approximately $364 million .
Subsequent to year-end, on January 25, 2016, in conjunction with our acquisition of Omni Prepaid (see Note 15 Subsequent Events ), we exercised the option to draw down the incremental $100 million on our term loan.
The following table presents the amounts due by maturity date, unamortized debt issuance costs, and net carrying amount of our term loan as of year-end 2015 and as of the date we drew down the additional $100 million :
 
As of
 
As of
 
January 2, 2016
 
January 25, 2016
March 21, 2016
37,500

 
37,500

January 24, 2017

 
100,000

March 21, 2017
56,250

 
56,250

March 21, 2018
270,000

 
270,000

Total amount due
363,750

 
463,750

Unamortized discount and debt issuance fees
(2,042
)
 
(2,042
)
Note payable, net
361,708

 
461,708

We pay interest for our loans (the term loan and amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility) based on whether we elect to borrow the funds as a LIBOR rate loan or non-LIBOR rate loan. For LIBOR rate loans, we pay interest at the LIBOR rate plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the Credit Agreement), which may range from 1.25% to 2.50% , based on our Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). For non-LIBOR rate loans, we pay interest at a rate equal to (i) the highest of (A) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as its “prime rate,” (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (C) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% , plus (ii) the Applicable Margin, which may range from 0.25% to 1.50% , based on our Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. During 2015 and 2014 , the average interest rates on our term loan were 2.45% and 2.00% respectively, and the average interest rates for borrowings under our revolving credit facility were 2.94% and 3.10% , respectively.
We pay a letter of credit commission on outstanding letters of credit at the Applicable Margin, which may range from 1.25% to 2.50% , based on our Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. However, for letters of credit secured by cash, we pay a commission of 0.75% . During 2015 and 2014 , the average interest rates for our letter of credit commission were 2.33% and 1.98% respectively.

107


We pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility at the Applicable Margin for that fee, which may range from 0.20% to 0.45% , based on our Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. We may also pay other fees, as referenced in the Credit Agreement, as amended. During 2015 and 2014 , our average interest rate for our commitment fee was 0.38% and 0.29% respectively.
Interest cost under the Credit Agreement, as amended, totaled $13.7 million in 2015, including $9.0 million for our term loan, $3.5 million for our revolving credit facility and $1.2 million for amortization of deferred financing costs and $5.7 million for 2014, including $3.7 million for our term loan, $1.5 million for our revolving credit facility and $0.5 million for amortization of deferred financing costs.
The Credit Agreement, as amended, contains various loan covenants that restrict our ability to take certain actions and contains financial covenants that require us periodically to meet certain financial tests, which limit our ability to declare and pay cash dividends.
5 . Fair Value Measurements
We measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis (see Note 1 Fair Value Measurements ). The table below summarizes the fair values of these assets and liabilities as of year-end 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
 
2015
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual funds
$
370,070

 
$

 
$

 
$
370,070

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent consideration
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
2014
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual funds
$
618,200

 
$

 
$

 
$
618,200

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent consideration
$

 
$

 
$
7,567

 
$
7,567

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 investments include money market mutual funds.
Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable. Level 2 investments include commercial paper.
In 2015 and 2014, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing. Level 3 includes the estimated fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities.
Contingent Consideration —We estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration based on our estimates of the probability of achieving the relevant targets and discount rates reflecting the risk of meeting these targets. A significant increase (decrease) in our estimated probability or a significant decrease (increase) in the discount rate could materially increase (decrease) the fair value of contingent consideration.

108


The changes in fair value of contingent consideration for 2015 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

2015
 
2014
Contingent Consideration

 
 
Balance – beginning of year
$
7,567

 
$

Issuance of contingent consideration for acquisition of CardLab

 
13,100

Decrease in fair value of contingent consideration
(7,567
)
 
(3,722
)
Settlements

 
(1,811
)
Balance – end of year
$

 
$
7,567

We present the decrease in the fair value of contingent consideration in Change in fair value of contingent consideration and as a non-cash adjustment to net income in our consolidated statements of cash flows. These decreases primarily reflect changes in our estimates of amounts payable for and probability of achieving the relevant targets. Settlements reflect the determination of amounts payable based on achievement of the relevant targets.
As a result of our acquisition of CardLab in 2014, we recognized the fair value of contingent consideration at its acquisition date (see Note 2 Business Acquisitions ). At year-end 2014, $1.8 million was payable for achieving relevant targets, and we estimated the fair value of the remaining contingent consideration based on our estimates of the amounts payable for and probability of achieving the relevant targets and a discount rate of 19.0% , which reflects the risk of meeting these targets. At year-end 2015, we estimated the fair value of the remaining CardLab contingent consideration to be $0 although we are responsible for a payment of up to $46.5 million if the relevant targets are met during the first quarter of 2016. The decrease in fair value during 2015 resulted from the failure of financial targets to be met relating to the launch of incentive programs during the contingent earn-out measurement period.
6 . Consolidated Financial Statement Details
The table below summarizes the changes in the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales allowances for Settlement receivables and Accounts receivable for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Beginning balance
$
5,547

 
$
3,134

 
$
2,785

Provision
4,656

 
3,452

 
4,162

Charges against allowances, net of recoveries
(2,157
)
 
(1,039
)
 
(3,958
)
Other

 

 
145

Ending balance
$
8,046

 
$
5,547

 
$
3,134

Other Current Assets
Other current assets as of year-end 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
Inventory
$
36,528

 
$
37,061

Deferred expenses
18,182

 
16,339

Income tax receivables
14,831

 
30,997

Other
33,778

 
11,261

Total other current assets
$
103,319

 
$
95,658

Inventory includes i) card stock (manufacturing and transportation costs of our Visa gift cards, PayPower GPR cards, open loop incentive cards and cards for certain other content providers prior to card activation), ii) acquisition costs of Cardpool cards, iii) telecom handsets at our distribution warehouses, iv) prepaid PIN's for certain telecom electronic products. Deferred expenses represent compensation paid to retail distribution partners and certain business clients, card stock costs and up-front transaction processing costs for our Visa gift, PayPower GPR cards and open loop incentive cards that, upon activation, are amortized based on the same historical redemption pattern as the related revenue (see Note 1—Operating Expenses ).

109


Property, Equipment and Technology
Property, equipment and technology as of year-end 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
Useful Lives in Years  
 
2015
 
2014
Leasehold improvements
5
 
$
7,915

 
$
7,692

Computers and related equipment
3 - 5
 
39,574

 
30,886

Technology
5
 
242,593

 
194,086

Total property, equipment and technology
 
 
290,082

 
232,664

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
 
(130,725
)
 
(102,656
)
Property, equipment and technology, net
 
 
$
159,357

 
$
130,008

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property, equipment and technology totaled $41.0 million , $28.5 million and $21.7 million for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and is included in Processing and services , Costs of products sold , or General and administrative expenses.
Other Assets
Other assets as of year-end 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
Deferred program and contract costs
$
50,717

 
$
59,889

Other receivables
2,281

 
9,324

Income taxes receivable
6,155

 
6,368

Deferred financing costs
2,100

 
2,003

Other
20,511

 
15,502

Total other assets
$
81,764

 
$
93,086

Deferred program and contract costs include long-term program development costs, deferred sales commissions and certain costs we incur to fulfill a customer contract. Amortization expense related to these costs totaled $32.4 million , $24.5 million and $21.0 million for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Other Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities as of year-end 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
Payroll and related liabilities
$
34,530

 
$
24,131

Income taxes payable
3,216

 
22,784

Acquisition liability

 
1,811

Other payables and accrued liabilities
19,596

 
5,512

Total other current liabilities
$
57,342

 
$
54,238

Acquisition liability represents the estimated fair value of our CardLab contingent liability (see Note 5 Fair Value Measurements ).

110


Other Liabilities
Other liabilities as of year-end 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
Acquisition liability
$

 
$
7,567

Payable to content provider

 
2,476

Income taxes payable
4,249

 
1,599

Deferred income and other liabilities
10,451

 
2,790

Total other liabilities
$
14,700

 
$
14,432


The acquisition liability at year-end 2014 represents the estimated fair value of our CardLab contingent consideration liability (see Note 5 Fair Value Measurements ).
7 . Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We have assigned goodwill to our US Retail, International Retail and Incentives & Rewards segments. To date, we have not recorded any impairment charges against or disposed of any goodwill. A summary of changes in goodwill during 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
 
2015
 
US Retail
 
International Retail
 
Incentives & Rewards
 
Total
Balance, beginning of year
$
42,729

 
$
32,150

 
$
256,386

 
$
331,265

Didix acquisition

 
20,385

 

 
20,385

Achievers acquisition

 

 
59,893

 
59,893

Measurement period adjustments for 2014 acquisitions

 

 
(2,716
)
 
(2,716
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments

 
(3,379
)
 
(2,959
)
 
(6,338
)
Balance, end of year
$
42,729

 
$
49,156

 
$
310,604

 
$
402,489


We have not retrospectively presented our 2014 year-end balance sheet for measurement period adjustments related to these acquisitions as such adjustments are immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.

Intangible assets as of year-end 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Weighted-Average Remaining Life in Years
 
Gross
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net
Distribution partner relationships
10
 
$
63,084

 
$
(18,953
)
 
$
44,131

Customer relationships, including back-log
13
 
231,419

 
(40,990
)
 
190,429

Patents
3
 
5,315

 
(3,440
)
 
1,875

Domain names, trade names and other intangibles
9
 
5,981

 
(1,518
)
 
4,463

Total intangible assets
 
 
$
305,799

 
$
(64,901
)
 
$
240,898


111


Intangible assets as of year-end 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Weighted-Average Remaining Life in Years
 
Gross
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net
Distribution partner relationships
11
 
$
58,318

 
$
(12,391
)
 
$
45,927

Customer relationships, including back-log
13
 
138,898

 
(17,800
)
 
121,098

Patents
4
 
5,220

 
(2,308
)
 
2,912

Domain names, trade names and other intangibles
3
 
2,055

 
(1,035
)
 
1,020

Total intangible assets
 
 
$
204,491

 
$
(33,534
)
 
$
170,957

The following table presents total intangible amortization expense according to the income statement line in our consolidated statements of income for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Partner distribution expense
$
4,695

 
$
4,544

 
$
3,376

Processing and services
121

 
122

 
92

Amortization of acquisition intangibles
27,550

 
19,705

 
3,349

Total intangible amortization expense
$
32,366

 
$
24,371

 
$
6,817

The following table presents future intangible asset amortization as of year-end 2015 according to the income statement line (in thousands):

Fiscal Year
Partner distribution expense
 
Processing and services
 
Amortization of acquisition intangibles
 
Total
2016
$
4,861

 
$
139

 
$
28,392

 
$
33,392

2017
4,861

 
139

 
26,039

 
31,039

2018
2,415

 
75

 
23,401

 
25,891

2019
538

 

 
21,397

 
21,935

2020
538

 

 
19,817

 
20,355

Thereafter
83

 

 
108,203

 
108,286

Total amortization
$
13,296

 
$
353

 
$
227,249

 
$
240,898


8 . Equity Incentive Plans and Stock Based Compensation

Stock Compensation Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan —In March 2013, the Board adopted and our stockholders later approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2013 Plan) to permit the issuance of up to 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. In May 2015, following approval of our Board of Directors and stockholders, we increased the shares available for issuance by 4,000,000 . Under the terms of the 2013 Plan, we may award stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock units and other incentive awards to our employees, consultants, officers and directors. Additionally, after the Offering, the remaining shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan (2006 Plan) and 2007 Stock Option Plan and Stock Appreciation Right Plan (2007 Plan), including those that later become available for future issuance as the result of the cancellation of awards, are available for issuance under the 2013 Plan as shares of Common stock. After the Offering, we ceased to grant awards under the 2006 Plan and 2007 Plan and granted awards under the 2013 Plan. As of year-end 2015 , 4,408,000 shares are available for grant under this plan, which includes the additional shares from the 2006 Plan and the 2007 Plan.


112


2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan In December 2013, the Board approved the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) to permit the issuance of up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock. Employees, with certain restrictions, may purchase shares at a 15% discount to the lesser of the fair market value of Common stock at the beginning and end of the offering period, which is generally six months. Shares available for issuance may increase, each year starting in 2015, up to 1% of the Common stock outstanding at the date of the adoption of the ESPP.

2007 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plan In February 2007, the Board approved the 2007 Stock Option Plan and Stock Appreciation Right Plan (as amended, the 2007 Plan) to permit the issuance of 2,500,000 shares of our common stock. Under the 2007 Plan, we may grant nonqualified options and stock appreciation rights. Options and stock appreciation rights generally vest over four or five years . In March 2010 and March 2013, our Board of Directors voted to increase the pool of authorized shares of common stock available for grants under the 2007 Blackhawk Plan by 1,500,000 and 500,000 shares, respectively, to an aggregate of 4,500,000 shares.

2006 Restricted Stock Plans In February 2006, the Board approved the 2006 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan (as amended, the 2006 Plan) to permit the issuance of up to 1,250,000 shares of our common stock. In March 2013, the Board increased the shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan by 250,000 shares to an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares. Under the 2006 Plan, we may grant restricted stock awards or units to various Blackhawk employees. Also in February 2006, Safeway’s Board of Directors approved a restricted stock program whereby Safeway awards issued and outstanding Blackhawk stock originally owned by Safeway to various Safeway employees (the Safeway Restricted Stock Plan). Shares or units issued under these plans vest over four or five years provided that the employee remains employed by us or Safeway.

Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights

We determine the fair value of our stock option awards and stock appreciation rights using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used to value the option grants for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Expected life (in years)
5
 
5
 
5
Expected stock volatility
36.6% - 37.3%
 
32.6%–33.5%
 
37.5%–48.3%
Risk-free interest rate
1.4% - 1.7%
 
1.5%–1.7%
 
0.4%–1.6%
Expected dividend yield during expected term
0%
 
0%
 
0%

The expected term of the awards was determined using the “simplified method” outlined in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, Share-Based Payment (SAB 110). We estimated expected volatility based on information on the historical volatility of our Common stock and volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over the expected term of the option.

The risk free interest rate was based on the yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted, using U.S. constant maturities over the expected life of the option. Expected dividend yield is based on our dividend policy at the time the options were granted.


113


A summary of our stock option and stock appreciation right activity under all Plans for 2015 is as follows:

 
Stock Options and Appreciation Rights
(in shares)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
(in years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding, year-end 2014
3,335,752

 
$
18.46

 
3.9
 
$
61,878

2015 activity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
631,500

 
$
38.94

 
 
 
 
Canceled
(184,386
)
 
$
28.72

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(845,136
)
 
$
13.38

 
 
 
 
Outstanding, year-end 2015
2,937,730

 
$
23.68

 
3.9
 
$
60,313

Exercisable, year-end 2015
1,403,766

 
$
17.93

 
2.7
 
$
36,897

Vested and expected to vest, year-end 2015
2,802,619

 
$
23.34

 
3.9
 
$
58,493


The weighted average grant-date fair values of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 were $13.26 , $8.56 and $8.00 per share, respectively. We recognized stock-based compensation expense for options and appreciation rights of $7.7 million , $5.5 million and $5.9 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Stock-based compensation is reported in the operating expense line item corresponding to the applicable employee compensation expense. As of year-end 2015 , the unamortized stock-based expense for options and appreciation rights totaled $8.2 million and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average period of 1.8 years. The total intrinsic value of options exercised and options surrendered upon cashless exercise totaled $21.7 million , $9.8 million and $7.2 million during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

We determine the fair value for restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards ratably based on the fair value of the stock at the grant date. Restricted stock compensation expense under all plans totaled $17.2 million , $8.0 million and $2.5 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and is reported in the operating expense line item corresponding to the applicable employee compensation expense. The fair values of restricted stock awards that vested during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 totaled $13.8 million , $4.4 million and $2.6 million , respectively. As of year-end 2015, unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards totaled $32.1 million , and is expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.5 years. The following table summarizes restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards during 2015 :

 
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested, year-end 2014
1,299,521

 
$
26.02

2015 activity:
 
 
 
Granted
951,375

 
$
39.36

Vested
(381,788
)
 
$
25.33

Forfeited
(237,775
)
 
$
31.82

Nonvested, year-end 2015
1,631,333

 
$
33.10


Performance Stock Units

We grant performance stock unit awards where the number of shares issued is dependent upon both employee service and our financial performance. We recognize compensation expense for performance stock unit awards ratably over the vesting period based on the fair value of the stock at the grant date and based on the number of shares issuable for which we believe that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Performance stock unit compensation expense totaled $4.0 million , $1.1 million and $0.1 million during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and is reported in the operating expense line item corresponding to the applicable employee compensation expense. No performance stock units vested during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . As of year-end 2015 , unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested performance stock unit awards totaled $4.0 million and is expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 0.9 years.

114



The changes in performance stock unit awards for 2015 are as follows:
 
Performance Stock Unit Awards
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested, year-end 2014
235,664

 
$
25.41

2015 activity:
 
 
 
Granted
197,300

 
$
39.11

Vested

 
$

Forfeited
(91,519
)
 
$
34.26

Nonvested, year-end 2015
341,445

 
$
31.21

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
During 2015 and 2014, we issued 124,324 and 110,865 shares, respectively, of our Common stock under our ESPP and recognized $1.2 million and $0.8 million of expense, respectively. As of year-end 2015 there were  1,764,800 shares reserved for future issuances under the ESPP.
Total Employee Stock-Based Compensation
The following table presents total stock-based compensation expense according to the income statement line in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Processing and services
$
6,466

 
$
3,527

 
$
1,222

Sales and marketing
8,536

 
5,153

 
3,647

Cost of products sold
37

 
43

 
17

General and administrative
15,091

 
6,667

 
3,827

Total stock-based compensation expense
$
30,130

 
$
15,390

 
$
8,713

9 . Equity Awards Issued to Retail Distribution Partners
Common Stock and Warrants Issued to Distribution Partner
In August 2007, we entered into a seven year prepaid card program agreement (the Agreement) with a retail distribution partner. In conjunction with the Agreement, we and the partner also entered into a stock purchase agreement and related agreements (Stock Agreement). Under the terms of the Stock Agreement, the partner purchased 1,036,585  shares of our common stock at a price of $8.00 per share. The partner had a put right in the event that we had not consummated an initial public offering, a spin-off or a change in control by a certain date.
Pursuant to anti-dilutive provisions of the Stock Agreement, through December 2012, the partner exercised this purchase right to acquire an additional 33,082 shares and a warrant to acquire up to 22,449  shares of common stock at $16.30 per share.
In March 2011, these provisions were amended (the Amendment) to extend the expiration date to the earlier of June 1, 2014 or an initial public offering, a spin-off, or a transaction resulting in a change of control (as defined in the Stock Agreement). The Amendment also fixed the put and call purchase price at $18.90 per share for all shares issued prior to the Amendment and the purchase price for all shares issued subsequent to the Amendment.

115


At the time of issuance in August 2007, the fair value of the overall equity instrument (stock and associated rights) was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The excess fair value over the purchase price was recorded as an intangible distribution partner relationship asset and is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the seven -year life of the Agreement. At each reporting date through the Amendment date in March 2011, the stock portion of the overall equity instrument was revalued as a liability award using the Black-Scholes option pricing model due to the fair value put right. After the Amendment, which fixed the call right at $18.90 per share, we concluded that a performance commitment date would not be achieved until the call provision terminates due to the fixed price nature of our call right and the retail distribution partner’s continuing performance requirements under the Agreement. Consequently, the amended portion of the instrument was remeasured to fair value at each reporting period and recorded to equity (as a result of modifying the fair value put right to a fixed-price put right) based on current market conditions using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. As a result of the Offering, the put and call rights were terminated, which eliminated the performance conditions of the Amendment. Accordingly, we expensed the remaining unamortized fair value of $3.5 million , determined as the excess of the Offering price of $23.00 per share over the put price of $18.90 per share, less amounts previously expensed, with an offsetting increase to Additional paid-in capital . Further, we reclassified Warrant and common stock liabilities related to these put rights of $20.2 million to Additional paid-in capital . We recognized expense related to this equity instrument of $3.1 million in 2013 in Partner distribution expense .
The Stock Agreement and Amendment required that all cash received for the original and subsequent purchases of our stock be placed in an escrow account until the put option was exercised or expired. The cash in escrow was classified as Restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets. The Offering terminated the restriction on the cash, and we reclassified Restricted cash of $9.0 million to Cash and cash equivalents .
In April 2013, in conjunction with extending the marketing and distribution services agreement with this retail distribution partner, we issued a fully vested warrant to purchase 1,500,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $20.00 per share with no service or performance conditions. As a result of the Offering, the warrant became exercisable on October 16, 2013, which was 181 days after our Offering. We measured the fair value of the warrant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the date of the Offering as $14.9 million . We recorded the full value of the warrant in Additional paid-in capital with an offset to Intangible assets and amortize the asset over the term of the related marketing and distribution services agreements of approximately five years to Partner distribution expense . Additionally, on April 30, 2013, pursuant to the retail distribution partner’s anti-dilutive rights, we issued a warrant to purchase 15,306 shares at an exercise price of $20.00 per share. We recorded the fair value of the warrant of $0.1 million in Additional paid-in capital with an offset to Partner distribution expense . In November 2015, the partner net exercised all of its warrants, resulting in the issuance of 859,757 shares.
Warrants Issued to Distribution Partners
In July 2009, we signed a marketing and distribution services agreement with another retail distribution partner and issued a warrant to the partner to purchase 750,000 shares of common stock at $10.52 per share. The term of both the services agreement and the warrant is 10 years.
The warrant was fully vested and exercisable upon signing the agreement. However, the partner vested into a put right covering any shares to be issued under the warrant over five years, with 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the warrant agreement, and 25% vesting on each anniversary thereafter. The put right allowed the partner to put “vested” shares to us at the then-current fair market value. The warrant and put right terminated upon the Offering.
Due to the vesting provisions of the put right, the fair value of the warrant was remeasured at each reporting period based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model and expensed to Partner distribution expense with an offset to Warrant and common stock liabilities over the 5 -year vesting period. In conjunction with the Offering, the partner net exercised the warrant resulting in the issuance of 406,957 shares, and we expensed the remaining unamortized fair value of $2.5 million , determined as the excess of the Offering price of $23.00 per share over the exercise price of the warrant, less amounts previously expensed, with an offsetting increase to Additional paid-in capital . Further, we reclassified Warrant and common stock liabilities related to the put right of $6.9 million to Additional paid-in capital . We recognized expense of $2.9 million in 2013.

116


In November 2010, in conjunction with signing a marketing and distribution services agreement with a third retail distribution partner, we entered into a warrant agreement whereby we would issue the distribution partner a warrant to purchase up to 1.1 million shares of our common stock at $16.30 per share upon the achievement of certain performance milestones. The partner achieved such milestones in December 2010, and we subsequently issued the warrant. The warrant was vested as to 181,500 shares upon issuance, as to 288,494 shares in December 2013 and as to 383,748 shares in January 2015 as the result of the achievement of certain milestones. The warrant became exercisable on April 1, 2014 . We concluded that a performance commitment date was not achieved until the warrant became exercisable on April 1, 2014, due to the underlying performance requirements associated with the marketing and distribution services agreement. Consequently, we remeasured the fair value of the warrant at each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and amortized it to Partner distribution expense , with a corresponding increase to Additional paid-in capital until performance was completed. We recognized expense of $1.3 million and $2.4 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively.
In April 2015, in conjunction with extending our marketing and distribution services agreement, we increased the shares issuable under the warrant from 383,748 to 550,000 at an exercise price of $16.30 per share. We capitalized the fair value of the incremental 166,252 shares issuable of $3.1 million as an intangible asset with an offset to Additional paid-in capital and amortize the intangible asset over the term of the extended marketing and distribution services agreement. In April 2015, the retail distribution partner net exercised the warrant, resulting in the issuance of 301,662 shares our common stock.
In April 2013, in conjunction with extending marketing and distribution services agreements with a fourth retail distribution partner, we issued a fully vested warrant to purchase 750,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $20.00 per share with no service or performance conditions. As a result of the Offering, these warrants became exercisable on October 16, 2013, which was 181 days after our Offering. We measured the fair value of the warrants using a Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the date of the Offering as $7.3 million , recorded the full value of the warrant in Additional paid-in capital with an offset to Intangible assets and amortize the asset over the term of the related marketing and distribution services agreements of approximately five years to Partner distribution expense . In November 2014, the partner net exercised the warrant, resulting in the issuance of 315,972 shares of our common stock.
Total Distribution Partner Stock-Based Compensation
The following table presents the components of distribution partner stock-based compensation expense included in Partner distribution expense (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Mark-to-market expense
$

 
$
1,312

 
$
8,598

Amortization of intangible assets
4,695

 
4,544

 
3,376

Total distribution partner stock-based compensation expense
$
4,695

 
$
5,856

 
$
11,974



117


10 . Income Taxes
We are party to various tax sharing agreements with Safeway, which are important to understanding our income taxes. See Note 1—Income Taxes for additional information.
The components of income before income tax expense for 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Domestic
$
72,298

 
$
68,661

 
$
67,368

Foreign
307

 
4,254

 
16,180

Income before income tax expense
$
72,605

 
$
72,915

 
$
83,548

The components of income tax expense for the years ended 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Current:
 

 
 

 
 

Federal
$
(6,403
)
 
$
32,944

 
$
20,669

State
(942
)
 
4,374

 
4,068

Foreign
4,331

 
1,997

 
6,178

Total current
(3,014
)
 
39,315

 
30,915

Deferred:
 

 
 

 
 

Federal
28,650

 
(10,080
)
 
(360
)
State
6,003

 
(372
)
 
(275
)
Foreign
(4,843
)
 
(1,373
)
 
(418
)
Total deferred
29,810

 
(11,825
)
 
(1,053
)
Income tax expense
$
26,796

 
$
27,490

 
$
29,862


A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to our income taxes for 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate
$
25,412

 
35.0
 %
 
$
25,520

 
35.0
 %
 
$
29,241

 
35.0
 %
State income taxes net of federal benefit
3,469

 
4.8
 %
 
2,965

 
4.0
 %
 
2,787

 
3.3
 %
Foreign rate differential
(773
)
 
(1.1
)%
 
(865
)
 
(1.1
)%
 
96

 
0.1
 %
Mark to market on redeemable common stock

 
 %
 
88

 
0.1
 %
 
1,536

 
1.8
 %
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(2,978
)
 
(4.1
)%
 
(1,479
)
 
(2.0
)%
 
(6,097
)
 
(7.3
)%
Compensation subject to certain limits
1,180

 
1.6
 %
 
737

 
1.0
 %
 
2,143

 
2.6
 %
Other
486

 
0.7
 %
 
524

 
0.7
 %
 
156

 
0.2
 %
Total income tax expense/effective tax rate
$
26,796

 
36.9
 %
 
$
27,490

 
37.7
 %
 
$
29,862

 
35.7
 %
 

118


The components of our deferred tax assets (liabilities) at year-end 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
$
239,555

 
$

Net operating loss carryforwards
42,290

 
33,128

Accrued expenses
8,705

 
8,736

Non-deductible reserves
9,509

 
6,617

Deferred revenue
11,031

 
11,739

Stock-based compensation
12,815

 
11,156

Other
3,689

 
931

Deferred tax assets
327,594

 
72,307

Valuation allowance
(3,712
)
 
(1,633
)
Total deferred tax assets
323,882

 
70,674

Deferred tax liabilities:
 

 
 

Depreciation and amortization

 
(75,915
)
Prepaids
(2,976
)
 

Total deferred tax liabilities
(2,976
)
 
(75,915
)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$
320,906

 
$
(5,241
)
Balance sheet presentation:
 

 
 

Long-term deferred tax assets
339,558

 
3,502

Long-term deferred tax liabilities
(18,652
)
 
(8,743
)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$
320,906

 
$
(5,241
)
As a result of our Offering, certain compensation for certain executives became subject to certain IRS limitations. We were not able to avail ourselves to one-year transition rules related to stock-based awards granted before the Offering since we were a subsidiary of Safeway, an already publicly-traded company. As a result, we wrote-off deferred tax assets related to stock-based compensation for certain executives and may not realize a tax benefit depending upon the timing and the amount of the possible deduction.
At year-end 2015, we had net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $102.2 million , resulting from our acquisitions of Achievers in 2015, and of Parago, CardLab and Incentec in 2014, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2018 . The utilization of such NOL carryforwards are subject to limitations pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382.
We have California state NOL carryforwards of approximately $15.1 million , resulting from our acquisition of Achievers in 2015 and of Parago in 2014, which, if not utilized, begin to expire in 2028 . A full valuation allowance is recorded against the California state NOL carryforwards. These NOL carryforwards expire at various dates from 2028 to 2034 .
Additionally, we have NOL carryforwards in certain foreign jurisdictions of approximately $34.1 million , of which $8.4 million expire at various dates from 2016 to 2032 and the remaining balance carries forward indefinitely.
At year-end 2015 and 2014 , we maintained a valuation allowance with respect to certain of our deferred tax assets relating primarily to foreign financial losses and operating losses in certain states and various non-U.S. jurisdictions that we believe are not likely to be realized. The total change in valuation allowance for the year ended 2015 was a $2.1 million increase.
We operate under a tax holiday in El Salvador, which is currently effective indefinitely under qualified service operations. The impact of this tax holiday was immaterial for the years ended 2015 and 2014.
At year-end 2015 , certain undistributed earnings of our foreign operations totaling $21.5 million are considered permanently reinvested. No deferred tax liability has been recognized for the remittance of such earnings to the United States, since our intention is to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations for an indefinite period of time, or to repatriate such earnings only when tax efficient to do so. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability is not practicable; however, unrecognized foreign tax credits may be available to reduce some portion of the U.S. income tax liability.

119


The following table presents the aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefit (in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning balance
$
3,808

 
$
3,057

 
$
7,112

Increase for tax position from prior fiscal years and current year acquisitions
8,633

 

 
314

Decrease for tax position from prior fiscal years
(446
)
 
(38
)
 
(4,369
)
Increases for tax positions taken during current fiscal year
938

 
789

 

Lapses of statutes of limitations
(161
)
 

 

Foreign exchange rate difference
(92
)
 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits, ending balance
$
12,680

 
$
3,808

 
$
3,057

As of year-end 2015 and 2014 , the balance of unrecognized tax benefits included tax positions of $10.4 million and $2.7 million , respectively, which would reduce our effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods. We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Income tax expense (benefit) included interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits of $(0.1) million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively . Accrued interest and penalties totaled $1.2 million and $1.4 million at year-end 2015 and 2014, respectively .
We do not anticipate that unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change in the next 12 months.
Before the Spin-Off, we filed income tax returns as part of Safeway’s consolidated group with federal and certain state and local tax authorities within the United States and filed our own income tax returns with certain state and local tax authorities. After the Spin-Off, we file our own income tax returns with federal and certain state and local tax authorities within the United States. Both prior to and after the Spin-Off, our foreign subsidiaries operate and file income tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions. The IRS examination of Safeway’s federal income tax returns for 2006 is complete and with limited exceptions we are no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007, and are no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2006.
11 . Commitments and Contingencies
Lease commitments
Our principal executive offices are located in Pleasanton, California. Through 2015, we leased approximately 93,000 square feet under a sublease with Safeway. In February 2016, Safeway terminated its lease with the lessor and we entered into a lease agreement directly with the lessor to lease the entire 149,000 square foot building. The lease expires in 2027 with an option to extend the lease by five years . We also lease other office, data center and warehouse space within and outside the U.S. under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2025 . We have no obligations under capital leases. Rental expense under operating leases was $10.5 million , $8.9 million and $6.6 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Future minimum operating lease payments as of year-end 2015 and as of February 9, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
As of January 2, 2016
 
As of February 9, 2016
2016
$
11,141

 
$
11,217

2017
8,172

 
11,700

2018
6,552

 
11,746

2019
4,194

 
9,544

2020
3,271

 
8,781

Thereafter
7,064

 
45,994

Total minimum lease payments
$
40,394

 
$
98,982


120


Contingencies
From time to time, we enter into contracts containing provisions that require us to indemnify various parties against certain potential claims from third parties. Under contracts with certain issuing banks, we are responsible to the banks for any unrecovered overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts. Under contracts with certain content and distribution partners, we are responsible for potential losses resulting from certain claims from third parties. Because the indemnity amounts associated with these agreements are not explicitly stated, the maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have paid limited amounts pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We are subject to audits related to various indirect taxes, including, but not limited to, sales and use taxes, value-added tax, and goods and services tax, in various foreign and state jurisdictions. We evaluate our exposure related to these audits and potential audits, and, with the exception of the items note below under Legal Matters, we do not believe that it is probable that any audit would hold us liable for any material amounts due.
Legal Matters
There are various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business pending against us, including the matter described below, some of which seek damages and other relief which, if granted, may require future cash expenditures. Management does not believe that it is probable that the resolution of these matters would result in any liability that would materially affect our results of operations or financial condition.
On March 30, 2015, Greg Haney in his capacity as Seller Representative for CardLab, Inc. filed a lawsuit against us in the Delaware Chancery Court (CardLab, Inc. v. Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., Case No. 10851). The complaint generally alleges that we failed to disclose material information relating to a potential earn-out payment in connection with our acquisition of CardLab, Inc. in 2014. We believe that the suit is without merit and that the likelihood of loss is remote, and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against these claims. On June 8, 2015, we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 22, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint. We believe that the amended complaint does not impact our evaluation of the merits of this lawsuit. On July 7, 2015, we filed a motion to dismiss the case in its entirety. All briefing has been completed, the oral hearing was conducted on November 4, 2015. On February 26, 2016, the Court granted the motion to dismiss in part, dismissing two claims of the amended complaint. Our answer to the remaining claims is due March 11, 2016.
We transact business in non-U.S. markets and may be subject to disputes and tax audits by foreign tax authorities that may result in assessments or demands for tax collection or withholding related to non-residents card providers from time to time.  For example, in two instances, we are disputing the position taken by foreign tax authorities who have either provided a preliminary assessment or denied refunds. A failure to prevail in these disputes would result in us accruing liabilities of up to $12 million . We do not believe that it is probable that we will lose, but it is reasonably possible.
On October 19, 2009 , e2Interactive and Interactive Communications International, Inc. (collectively, InComm) filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin (the District Court), alleging that we infringed a recently issued patent (the Patent). InComm claimed the rights to “methods, systems and computer programs for processing a store-value card transaction request in a card data management system.” After receiving an adverse judgment on February 28, 2012, in the amount of $3.5 million plus interest (which rose to $3.7 million when the District Court awarded InComm costs), we prevailed on appeal. All subsequent appeal deadlines have passed regarding liability, such that the ruling in our favor is final, except as to the award of costs. Accordingly, we reversed our previously recorded reserve of $3.9 million (including interest) in 2014 to General and administrative expense.

121


12 . Segment Reporting and Enterprise-Wide Disclosures
Segments
Our reportable segments are US Retail, International Retail and Incentives & Rewards. Our US Retail segment consists of the various operating segments of our US retail products, third-party online distribution channel and secondary card market and derives revenues primarily from sales of prepaid products to consumers through these channels. Our International Retail segment consists of the various operating segments of our geographic regions and derives revenues primarily from sales of prepaid products to consumers at our international retail distribution partners. Our Incentives & Rewards segment consists of the various operating segments, which offer prepaid cards, other products and related services to business clients for their consumer incentive and employee reward programs.
In January 2015, we moved to align certain of our incentive businesses acquired in 2013 and 2014 and drive synergies by restructuring them into Blackhawk Engagement Solutions, which provides software, services and prepaid products to business clients for their loyalty, incentive and reward programs. As a result, we evaluated our internal reporting structure in consideration of the way management views the Company and its impact on segment reporting. Based on this assessment, we increased the number of reportable segments from two to three . The new Incentives & Rewards segment includes Blackhawk Engagement Solutions and other incentive businesses. We have retrospectively revised previously reported amounts in a manner consistent with this revised segment reporting.
Key metrics used by our Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) to assess segment performance include Total operating revenues , Total operating revenues, net of Partner distribution expense and segment profit. We do not assess performance based on assets and do not provide information on the assets of our reportable segments to our CODM. Accordingly, we do not present information regarding total assets for our segments.
Although our CODM reviews information regarding segment profit for our various operating segments, segment profit for operating segments within US Retail excludes certain sales, marketing and operations personnel costs used by that segment in generating revenues, whereas such costs are included in segment profit for operating segments within International Retail and Rewards & Incentives. Additionally, operating segments within US Retail and International Retail utilize shared costs for technology personnel and related depreciation and amortization of developed technology and related hardware, which we do not include in the determination of segment profit, but we do include such costs in the determination of segment profit for segments within Incentives & Rewards.

122


The following tables present the key metrics used by our CODM for the evaluation of segment performance, including certain significant noncash charges (consisting of certain depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and technology and distribution partner stock-based compensation expense) which have been deducted from the segment profit amounts shown below, and reconciliations of these amounts to our consolidated financial statements, (in thousands):
 
2015
 
US Retail
 
International Retail
 
Incentives & Rewards
 
Corporate and Unallocated
 
Consolidated
Total operating revenues
$
1,165,828

 
$
423,285

 
$
211,965

 
$

 
$
1,801,078

Partner distribution expense
577,661

 
279,435

 
16,947

 

 
874,043

Adjusted operating revenues
588,167

 
143,850

 
195,018

 

 
927,035

Other operating expenses
324,928

 
121,579

 
180,900

 
211,882

 
839,289

Segment profit (loss) / Operating income
$
263,239

 
$
22,271

 
$
14,118

 
$
(211,882
)
 
87,746

Other income (expense)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,141
)
Income before income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
72,605

Significant noncash charges
$
5,446

 
$
1,454

 
$
13,862

 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
US Retail
 
International Retail
 
Incentives & Rewards
 
Corporate and Unallocated
 
Consolidated
Total operating revenues
$
1,027,936

 
$
339,444

 
$
77,583

 
$

 
$
1,444,963

Partner distribution expense
526,752

 
226,867

 
8,626

 

 
762,245

Adjusted operating revenues
501,184

 
112,577

 
68,957

 

 
682,718

Other operating expenses
282,587

 
94,339

 
59,679

 
167,367

 
603,972

Segment profit (loss) / Operating income
$
218,597

 
$
18,238

 
$
9,278

 
$
(167,367
)
 
78,746

Other income (expense)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5,831
)
Income before income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
72,915

Significant noncash charges
$
5,431

 
$
2,110

 
$
3,812

 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
US Retail
 
International Retail
 
Incentives & Rewards
 
Corporate and Unallocated
 
Consolidated
Total operating revenues
$
920,247

 
$
211,756

 
$
6,085

 
$

 
$
1,138,088

Partner distribution expense
485,322

 
133,007

 
161

 

 
618,490

Adjusted operating revenues
434,925

 
78,749

 
5,924

 

 
519,598

Other operating expenses
240,809

 
67,642

 
4,627

 
123,213

 
436,291

Segment profit (loss) / Operating income
$
194,116

 
$
11,107

 
$
1,297

 
$
(123,213
)
 
83,307

Other income (expense)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
241

Income before income tax expense

 

 
 
 

 
$
83,548

Significant noncash charges
$
9,898

 
$
2,640

 
$
130

 
 
 
 
Products
We group our products as:
Retail— Revenues resulting from the sale of prepaid products to consumers at our retail distribution partners and online and the sale of telecom handsets to retail distribution partners for resale to consumers.
Incentives— Revenues resulting from the sale of prepaid products, software and services to our business clients.

123


Other— Revenues from our secondary card market and card production.
The following table summarizes operating revenues according to product for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Revenue
 
Percent of Total Revenue
 
Revenue
 
Percent of Total Revenue
 
Revenue
 
Percent of Total Revenue
Retail
$
1,453,129

 
80.7
%
 
$
1,263,235

 
87.4
%
 
$
1,054,702

 
92.7
%
Incentives
211,964

 
11.8
%
 
77,583

 
5.4
%
 
6,086

 
0.5
%
Other
135,985

 
7.5
%
 
104,145

 
7.2
%
 
77,300

 
6.8
%
Total
$
1,801,078

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,444,963

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,138,088

 
100.0
%
Geography
The following table presents revenue by geographic area generally based on the location of the card activation or value load for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Revenue
 
Percent of Total Revenue
 
Revenue
 
Percent of Total Revenue
 
Revenue
 
Percent of Total Revenue
United States
$
1,352,872

 
75.1
%
 
$
1,097,791

 
76.0
%
 
$
925,712

 
81.3
%
International
448,206

 
24.9
%
 
347,172

 
24.0
%
 
212,376

 
18.7
%
Total
$
1,801,078

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,444,963

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,138,088

 
100.0
%
The following table presents our long-lived Property, equipment and technology, net by geographic area based on the locations of the assets as of year-end 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
Percent of Total Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
Percent of Total Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
Percent of Total Long-Lived Assets
United States
136,646

 
85.7
%
 
$
125,331

 
96.4
%
 
$
77,389

 
97.1
%
International
22,711

 
14.3
%
 
4,677

 
3.6
%
 
2,274

 
2.9
%
Total
159,357

 
100.0
%
 
$
130,008

 
100.0
%
 
$
79,663

 
100.0
%
Major Customers and Significant Concentrations
Our distribution partners represent a significant concentration of risk for us as we are dependent on our distribution partners for the sale of prepaid cards to end consumers. Revenue generated from card activations and other product sales at our three largest distribution partners totaled 12% , 5% and 9% of our total operating revenues for 2015 ; 14% , 7% and 11% for 2014 ; and 15% , 11% and 13% for 2013 . Outstanding receivables from such distribution partners, consisting primarily of Settlement receivables , totaled $25.6 million , $14.4 million and $36.6 million at year-end 2015 , respectively, and $29.2 million , $13.1 million and $25.3 million at year-end 2014 , respectively.
We generate a significant portion of our total revenues from our relationships with the issuing banks of our Visa gift, PayPower GPR and open loop incentive cards, including program management, interchange and other fees paid by the issuing banks; purchase fees paid by consumers; and incentive card fees paid by business clients. These revenues generated by our relationship with one of our issuing banks totaled 15% , 12% and 10% of our total operating revenues for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Outstanding receivables from this issuing bank totaled $97.6 million and $81.5 million at year-end 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
One content provider accounted for 14% , 14% and 15% of our total operating revenues for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

124


13 . Earnings Per Share
We compute basic earnings per share (EPS) by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period and compute diluted EPS by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period and the impact of securities that if exercised, would have a dilutive effect on EPS.
We compute EPS under the two-class method, which is a method of computing EPS when an entity has both common stock and participating securities. We consider nonvested stock as a participating security if it contains rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stock. Under the two-class method, we exclude the income and distributions attributable to participating securities from the calculation of basic and diluted EPS and exclude the participating securities from the weighted average shares outstanding.
The following table provides reconciliations of net income and shares used in calculating Basic EPS to those used in calculating Diluted EPS (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Basic
 
Diluted
 
Basic
 
Diluted
 
Basic
 
Diluted
Net income attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
$
45,609

 
$
45,609

 
$
45,547

 
$
45,547

 
$
54,104

 
$
54,104

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
(151
)
 
(147
)
 
(232
)
 
(226
)
 
(707
)
 
(692
)
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$
45,458

 
$
45,462

 
$
45,315

 
$
45,321

 
$
53,397

 
$
53,412

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
54,294

 
54,294

 
52,531

 
52,531

 
51,164

 
51,164

Common share equivalents
 
 
2,019

 


 
1,778

 
 
 
1,238

Weighted-average shares outstanding


 
56,313

 


 
54,309

 
 
 
52,402

Earnings per share
$
0.84

 
$
0.81

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.83

 
$
1.04

 
$
1.02

The weighted-average common shares outstanding for diluted EPS excluded approximately 500,000 , 500,000 and 1,600,000 potential common stock outstanding for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively , because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. Potential common stock outstanding results in fewer common share equivalents as a result of the treasury stock method.

125


14 . Related-Party Transactions
Relationship with Safeway and Albertsons
Revenues and Expenses
As discussed in Note 1 , until April 14, 2014, Safeway was our Parent. Following the Spin-Off, several members of our Board remained members of Safeway’s board of directors, including one Board member who was Safeway’s CEO. Following Safeway's acquisition by AB Acquisition LLC in January 2015 (the Acquisition), Safeway’s CEO became the CEO of the combined entity (Albertsons/Safeway) and remained the CEO through April 2015. Accordingly, we consider Safeway as a related party through the Acquisition and consider Albertsons/Safeway as a related party from the Acquisition through April 2015. The following table presents such related party revenues and expenses for Safeway through the Acquisition and for Albertsons/Safeway from the Acquisition through April 2015. Although we are no longer a related party with Albertsons/Safeway, we continue to recognize revenues and expenses related to our agreements. Our distribution and other agreements with Albertsons/Safeway are on equivalent terms with our other partners.
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
OPERATING REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions and fees
$
72

 
$
710

 
$
2,419

Program, interchange, marketing and other fees
471

 
2,426

 
2,407

Product sales
1,323

 
4,031

 
4,728

Total operating revenues
1,866

 
7,167

 
9,554

OPERATING EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
Partner distribution expense
17,069

 
61,283

 
58,145

Processing and services
(288
)
 
(625
)
 
(2,965
)
Sales and marketing

 

 
136

Costs of products sold

 

 

General and administrative
607

 
1,856

 
2,735

Total operating expenses
17,388

 
62,514

 
58,051

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net

 

 
184

Interest expense

 
(50
)
 

Receivables and Payables
As of year-end 2014, Settlement receivables and Accounts receivable from Safeway totaled $16.8 million and $0.7 million , respectively, and Settlement payables and Accounts payable and accrued operating expenses to Safeway totaled $1.9 million and $0.8 million , respectively. Additionally, Notes payable to Safeway at year-end 2014 totaled $27.7 million .
Cash Management and Treasury Services Agreement and Guarantees
Through March 2014, we and Safeway were party to a Cash Management and Treasury Services Agreement (the CMATSA). Under the CMATSA, pursuant to unsecured promissory notes, Safeway borrowed available excess cash from us, and we borrowed from Safeway to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements.
Average daily borrowings by Safeway under the CMATSA were $42.9 million for 2013. Interest was calculated based on average overnight commercial paper rates. The average interest rates for 2013 were 0.5% . Interest income under the CMATSA for 2013 totaled $0.2 million . Safeway did not borrow any amounts under the CMATSA during 2014.
Interest expense under the CMATSA totaled $0.1 million in 2014 and was immaterial in 2013.
In March 2014, in conjunction with our Credit Agreement, Safeway and we terminated the CMATSA. In conjunction with such termination, on March 28, 2014, we fully repaid amounts due to Safeway, which totaled $103.1 million .

126


Distribution Commissions and Revenue
Safeway and Albertsons/Safeway is one of our significant retail distribution partners. Our partner distribution expense related to Safeway and Albertsons/Safeway as a related party totaled $17.1 million (through April 2015), $61.3 million and $58.1 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Safeway and Albertsons/Safeway reimburse us for certain costs which we record as a reduction of Processing and services expense.
We also earn revenue from Safeway and Albertsons/Safeway for the sale of telecom handsets and the management of Safeway's gift card program. Such revenues totaled $1.9 million (through April 2015), $7.2 million and $9.6 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively.
General Corporate Expenses and Facilities Rental
Safeway and Albertsons/Safeway provide certain corporate services to us, primarily related to facilities rent and tax services. Safeway and Albertsons/Safeway charges us for actual or estimated costs to provide these services. Such costs totaled $0.6 million (through April 2015), $1.9 million and $2.7 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which we include in General and administrative .
Management of all companies believes that the allocation methodology is reasonable and considers the charges to be a reasonable reflection of the cost of services provided. These charges may not, however, reflect the actual expense that we would have incurred as an independent company for the periods presented.
Tax Sharing Agreement
We and Safeway are party to various tax sharing agreements ( See Note 1 Income Taxes ). With the exception of payments and repayments for state Spin-Off taxes pursuant to notes payable, we classify payments between us and Safeway under our tax sharing agreements as income taxes within the changes of operating assets and liabilities in our consolidated statements of cash flows and disclose such payments as income taxes paid in the related supplemental disclosures of cash flow information. Payments reflected within our cash flows from operating activities to Safeway totaled $16.3 million for 2013.
Pursuant to our second Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement and in exchange for promissory notes issued by us, Safeway provides us funding for Spin-Off taxes that we directly remitted to certain state taxing authorities. See Note 10 Income Taxes for additional information.
Other related party transactions
With respect to certain of our other equity method investees, we recognized $0.3 million of revenue in 2015 which we report in Commissions and fees in our consolidated statements of income for our distribution of their products. Amounts were immaterial in prior years.
Certain members of our Board are also members of the board of directors of our distribution partners, content providers or business clients. The terms of these agreements are on equivalent terms with our other partners.

127


15 . Subsequent Events
Omni Prepaid
On January 5, 2016, we purchased the ownership interests of GiftCards.com, LLC, which sells digital and physical prepaid gift card solutions to consumers through a high-trafficked gift card U.S. website, and OmniCard, LLC, which sells customized prepaid incentive and reward solutions for business clients. The new sites and customers will expand our e-commerce businesses.
The purchase price was approximately $103.8 million in cash which we funded using a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under an existing credit facility, as well as payments for assumed debt and transaction liabilities of $13.9 million . We may realize future cash tax benefits resulting from amortization of a step-up in the tax basis of its assets. We are still gathering information for the purchase accounting for this acquisition.
NimbleCommerce.com
On February 3, 2016, we acquired NimbleCommerce.com, a digital commerce platform and network for promotions. NimbleCommerce.com also allows merchants and brands to manage their own prepaid offer and gift card programs, or resell through a network of retailer and publisher branded sites. Its services include an e-commerce platform, merchandising and promotions system, offer redemption system for merchants, syndication platform, mobile capabilities, email campaign management, analytics and reporting.
The purchase price was approximately $13.2 million , as well as payments for assumed debt and transaction liabilities of $4.1 million . We are still gathering information for the purchase accounting for this acquisition.
16 . Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Our fiscal quarters consist of three 12-week quarters and one 16-week or 17-week fiscal fourth quarter. Selected summarized quarterly financial information for 2015 and 2014 is as follows.
 
Q4 ‘15
 
Q3 ‘15
 
Q2 ‘15
 
Q1 ‘15
 
Q4 ‘14
 
Q3 ‘14
 
Q2 ‘14
 
Q1 ‘14
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
Operating revenues
$
756,434

 
$
352,665

 
$
372,248

 
$
319,731

 
$
658,877

 
$
269,027

 
$
283,944

 
$
233,115

Operating income (loss)
68,875

 
(2,250
)
 
10,206

 
10,915

 
72,355

 
1,663

 
8,941

 
(4,213
)
Net income (loss) attributable to Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
$
41,614

 
$
(3,615
)
 
$
2,904

 
$
4,706

 
$
42,717

 
$
555

 
$
5,116

 
$
(2,841
)
Earnings (Loss) per Share
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
$
0.75

 
$
(0.07
)
 
$
0.05

 
$
0.09

 
$
0.80

 
$
0.01

 
$
0.10

 
$
(0.06
)
Diluted
$
0.73

 
$
(0.07
)
 
$
0.05

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.77

 
$
0.01

 
$
0.09

 
$
(0.06
)


128


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of January 2, 2016 . The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of January 2, 2016 , our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the company’s financial reporting. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even any effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of any internal control may vary over time. Our management assessed the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016 . In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in  Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).  Based on our assessment using those criteria, our management concluded that, as of January 2, 2016 , our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Our management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016 did not include the internal controls of Achievers Corp. and Didix Gifting & Promotions BV, acquired on June 30, 2015 and September 14, 2015, respectively. The financial statements of these subsidiaries outside of our control environment constitute, in aggregate, less than 2% of our total assets and total operating revenues of our consolidated financial statements. Our independent registered public accounting firm audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Their audit reports appear on pages 79 and 80 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
In June 2015, we completed the acquisition of Achievers. We are in the process of integrating internal controls at Achievers into our control structure. We consider the ongoing integration of Achievers to represent a material change in our internal control over financial reporting. During 2015, we integrated Parago, which we had acquired in 2014, into our internal control structure. We consider the integration of Parago to represent material changes in our internal control over financial reporting. With the exception of these changes, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended January 2, 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

129

Table of Contents

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, believes that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and are effective at the reasonable assurance level. However, our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
Not applicable.

130

Table of Contents

PART III.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by this Item regarding our directors and executive officers is incorporated by reference to the sections of our proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after January 3, 2015 in connection with our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders (the Proxy Statement) entitled “Election of Class II Directors.”
Information required by this Item regarding our corporate governance, including our audit committee and code of business conduct and ethics, is incorporated by reference to the sections of the Proxy Statement entitled “Corporate Governance.”
Information required by this Item regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by this item regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation of Directors” and “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and its Committees” in our Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
Information required by this item regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections of the Proxy Statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance –Independence of the Board of Directors.”
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

131

Table of Contents

PART IV.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:
1. Financial Statements . Our consolidated financial statements and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included herein on the pages indicated:
2. Financial Statement Schedules . None. All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required under the instructions, or the requested information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits . A list of exhibits filed with this report or incorporated herein by reference is found in the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report.

132

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
 
/s/ Jerry Ulrich
Jerry Ulrich
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Duly Authorized Signatory)
Date:  March 2, 2016
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jerry Ulrich and Talbott Roche, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution for him or her, and in his or her name in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and either of them, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Talbott Roche
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
March 2, 2016
Talbott Roche
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jerry Ulrich
 
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer
 
March 2, 2016
Jerry Ulrich
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Joan B. Lockie
 
Chief Accounting Officer
 
March 2, 2016
Joan B. Lockie
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ William Y. Tauscher
 
Chairman of the Board and Head of International
 
March 2, 2016
William Y. Tauscher
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Anil D. Aggarwal
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Anil D. Aggarwal
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Richard H. Bard
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Richard H. Bard
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Steven A. Burd
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Steven A. Burd
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert L. Edwards
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Robert L. Edwards
 
 
 
 

133

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mohan Gyani
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Mohan Gyani
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Paul Hazen
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Paul Hazen
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lawrence F. Probst III
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Lawrence F. Probst III
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Arun Sarin
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Arun Sarin
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jane J. Thompson
 
Director
 
March 2, 2016
Jane J. Thompson
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


134

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit(s)
 
Filing Date
 
Filed Herewith
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September   24, 2014, by and among Parago, Inc., Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., BH Monarch Merger Sub, Inc. and TH Lee Putnam Ventures, L.P., solely in its capacity as the seller representative.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
2.1
 
September 25, 2014
 
 
2.2
 
First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., Parago, Inc., BH Monarch Merger Sub, Inc., and TH Lee Putnam Ventures, L.P., dated October 7, 2014.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
2.1
 
October 10, 2014
 
 
3.1
 
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
 
8-A 12B/A
 
001-35882
 
3.1
 
May 13, 2015
 
 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
3.1
 
April 25, 2013
 
 
4.1
 
Specimen Stock Certificate.
 
8-A 12B/A
 
001-35882
 
4.1
 
May 13, 2015
 
 
10.1
 
Credit Agreement dated as of March 28, 2014, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages thereto, including Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as both lender and as administrative agent, and the Company.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
April 1, 2014
 
 
10.2
 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2014, by and among Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., as borrower, the financial institutions signatory thereto, as lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
September 30, 2014
 
 
10.3
 
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated October 23, 2014, by and among the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and the other financial institutions party thereto as lenders.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
October 24, 2014
 
 
10.4
 
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 19, 2015, by and among the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and the other financial institutions party thereto as lenders.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
June 23, 2015
 
 
10.5
 
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December 18, 2015, by and among the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and the other financial institutions party thereto as lenders.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
December 23, 2015
 
 
10.6
 
Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 28, 2014, made by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.2
 
April 1, 2014
 
 
10.7
 
Collateral Agreement dated as of March 28, 2014, by and among the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.3
 
April 1, 2014
 
 
10.8
 
Lease Agreement by and between 6200 Stoneridge Mall Road Investors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as landlord and Blackhawk Network, In. an Arizona corporation, as tenant, effective as of December 1, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.9
 
Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2014, by and among Safeway Inc., Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. and certain affiliates.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
April 14, 2014
 
 

135

Table of Contents

10.10+
 
Second Amended and Restated 2006 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan, and Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated 2006 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.19
 
April 3, 2013
 
 
10.11+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Second Amended and Restated 2006 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.20
 
March 18, 2013
 
 
10.12+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Agreement for Amended and Restated 2006 Restricted Stock Plan.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.21
 
March 18, 2013
 
 
10.13+
 
Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plan, and Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plan.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.22
 
April 3, 2013
 
 
10.14+
 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice for Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plan.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.23
 
March 18, 2013
 
 
10.15+
 
Form of Stock Appreciation Right Grant Notice for Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plan.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.24
 
March 18, 2013
 
 
10.16+
 
2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
S-8
 
333-188455
 
10.4
 
May 8, 2013
 
 
10.17+
 
First Amendment to 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
May 22, 2015
 
 
10.18+
 
Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
May 1, 2015
 
 
10.19+
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.7
 
May 14, 2013
 
 
10.20+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.8
 
May 14, 2013
 
 
10.21+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.9
 
May 14, 2013
 
 
10.22+
 
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.10
 
May 14, 2013
 
 
10.23+
 
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.4
 
April 30, 2014
 
 
10.24+
 
Form of 2015 Performance Share Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.2
 
May 5, 2015
 
 
10.25+
 
2016 Performance Share Award Grant Notice and Form of 2016 Performance Share Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.2
 
February 25, 2016
 
 
10.26+
 
Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.
 
8-K
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
February 25, 2016
 
 
10.27+
 
Executive Change in Control Severance Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
July 22, 2014
 
 
10.28+
 
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan (RDD Version).
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.1
 
October 14, 2014
 
 
10.29+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan (RDD Version).
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.2
 
October 14, 2014
 
 
10.30+
 
Jerry Ulrich Employment Offer Letter, dated June 1, 2006.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.27
 
April 15, 2013
 
 
10.31
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. and each of its directors and officers.
 
S-1
 
333-187325
 
10.28
 
March 18, 2013
 
 
10.32†
 
Servicing Agreement, effective as of March 30, 2012, between Blackhawk Network, Inc. and MetaBank, dba Meta Payment Systems, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of November 5, 2012.
 
S-1/A
 
333-187325
 
10.29
 
March 27, 2013
 
 

136

Table of Contents

10.33†
 
Amendment No. 2 to Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2013, between Blackhawk Network, Inc. and MetaBank, dba Meta Payment Systems.
 
10-K
 
001-35882
 
10.37
 
March 17, 2014
 
 
10.34†
 
Amendment No. 3 to Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2014, between Blackhawk Network, Inc. and MetaBank, dba Meta Payment Systems.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.2
 
July 22, 2014
 
 
10.33†
 
First Addendum to Servicing Agreement, effective May 30, 2014, between Blackhawk Network, Inc. and MetaBank, dba Meta Payment Systems.
 
10-Q
 
001-35882
 
10.4
 
October 14, 2014
 
 
10.35†
 
Second Addendum to Servicing Agreement, effective October 1, 2015, between Blackhawk Network, Inc. and MetaBank, dba Meta Payment Systems.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
23.1
 
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.1
 
Certification Required Under Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.2
 
Certification Required Under Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.1*
 
Certification Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and 18 U.S.C. Section §1350.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X

 
+
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the SEC.
*
These certification attached as Exhibits 32.1 to this report is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of this report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

137


Exhibit 10.8













LEASE AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
6200 STONERIDGE MALL ROAD INVESTORS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
AS LANDLORD
and
BLACKHAWK NETWORK, INC.,
an Arizona corporation
AS TENANT
Dated effective as of December 1, 2015








TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Index of Defined Terms............................................................................................................................iv
Basic Lease Information...........................................................................................................................vi
1.
Demise and Condition Precedent....................................................................................................1
2.
Premises...........................................................................................................................................1
3.
Term.................................................................................................................................................3
4.
Rent..................................................................................................................................................3
5.
Utilities and Services.....................................................................................................................14
6.
Late Charge....................................................................................................................................20
7.
Security Deposit.............................................................................................................................20
8.
Possession......................................................................................................................................21
9.
Use of Premises; Compliance With Laws......................................................................................21
10.
Condition of Premises....................................................................................................................24
11.
Surrender........................................................................................................................................25
12.
Alterations and Additions..............................................................................................................26
13.
Maintenance to and Repairs of Premises.......................................................................................29
14.
Landlord’s Insurance......................................................................................................................31
15.
Tenant’s Insurance.........................................................................................................................31
16.
Indemnification..............................................................................................................................33
17.
Subrogation....................................................................................................................................34
18.
Signs...............................................................................................................................................34
19.
Free From Liens.............................................................................................................................36
20.
Entry By Landlord.........................................................................................................................36
21.
Destruction and Damage................................................................................................................36
22.
Condemnation................................................................................................................................39
23.
Assignment and Subletting............................................................................................................40
24.
Default............................................................................................................................................46
25.
Landlord’s Remedies.....................................................................................................................50
26.
Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations........................................................................51
27.
Attorneys’ Fees..............................................................................................................................52
28.
Taxes..............................................................................................................................................52
29.
Effect of Conveyance.....................................................................................................................53
30.
Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate.........................................................................................................53
31.
Subordination.................................................................................................................................53

i




32.
Environmental Covenants..............................................................................................................55
33.
Notices...........................................................................................................................................58
34.
Waiver............................................................................................................................................58
35.
Holding Over..................................................................................................................................58
36.
Successors and Assigns..................................................................................................................59
37.
Time...............................................................................................................................................59
38.
Brokers...........................................................................................................................................59
39.
Limitation of Liability....................................................................................................................59
40.
Financial Statements......................................................................................................................60
41.
Rules and Regulations....................................................................................................................60
42.
Mortgagee Protection.....................................................................................................................61
43.
Parking...........................................................................................................................................61
44.
Entire Agreement; No Oral Modification; Joint and Several Liability..........................................63
45.
Interest............................................................................................................................................63
46.
Governing Law; Construction........................................................................................................63
47.
Representations and Warranties of Tenant.....................................................................................64
48.
Representations and Warranties of Landlord.................................................................................65
49.
Name of Building...........................................................................................................................66
50.
Security..........................................................................................................................................66
51.
Governing Law; Waiver of Trial by Jury; Judicial Reference; Consent to Venue.........................66
52.
Recordation....................................................................................................................................68
53.
Right to Lease................................................................................................................................68
54.
Force Majeure................................................................................................................................68
55.
Quiet Enjoyment............................................................................................................................69
56.
Acceptance.....................................................................................................................................69
57.
No Setoff........................................................................................................................................69
58.
Non-Disclosure of Lease Terms.....................................................................................................69
59.
Option to Extend............................................................................................................................70
60.
Right of First Offer.........................................................................................................................74
61.
Option to Terminate.......................................................................................................................76
62.
Counterparts...................................................................................................................................78
63.
Miscellaneous................................................................................................................................78



ii




INDEX OF EXHIBITS
A-1
Diagram of the Premises
A-2
Site Plan
B
Tenant Improvements Work Letter
C
Rules and Regulations
D
Form of Estoppel Certificate
E
Tenant's Insurance Requirements for Vendors and Contractors


iii




Index of Defined Terms
6210 Building
73

 
First Offer Notice
73

Accessibility Laws
22

 
First Offer Space
73

Additional Rent
3

 
Force Majeure
68

Affiliate
45

 
Green Building Standards
55

Alteration
25

 
Hazardous Materials
54

Alterations
25

 
Holder
60

Annual Statement
10

 
Independent CPA
13

Anti-Terrorism Law
64

 
Interest Rate
62

Base Operating Expenses
7

 
Landlord
52

Base Rent
3

 
Landlord Insureds
31

Base Taxes
7

 
Landlord Parties
59

Base Year
7

 
Landlord's Agents
22

Base Year Statement
10

 
Laws
21

Basic Lease Information
1

 
Lease
1

Building
1

 
Mold Conditions
29

Building Systems
4

 
Mold Prevention Practices
29

Building's Sustainability Practices
55

 
Net Worth
45

Carbon Offset Costs
19

 
Normal Business Hours
14

Carbon Tax
19

 
Operating Expenses
3

Casualty Discovery Date
36

 
Option Notice
69

Casualty Election Notice
36

 
Outside Agreement Date
70

Chronic Delinquency
47

 
Parking Areas
2

Chronic Overuse
47

 
Permitted Electrical Usage
14

Commencement Date
3

 
Permitted Transfer
45

Common Areas
2

 
Permitted Transfer Costs
41

Comparison Leases
70

 
Premises
1

Computation Year
7

 
Prevailing Market Rate
70

Condemnation
38

 
Private Restrictions
21

Construction Rules and Regulations
26

 
Prohibited Person
64

control
45

 
Project
1

Default
46

 
Proportionate Share
10

Dish
23

 
Refusal Notice
48

Early Termination Date
75

 
Related Corporation
45

Early Termination Notice
75

 
Rent
12

Election Date
74

 
Report Date
13

Electric Service Provider
15

 
Right of First Offer
73

Environmental Laws
54

 
Rules and Regulations
60

Excused Rent
14

 
Safeway
1

Executive Order No. 13224
64

 
Safeway Lease
1

Expense Adjustment Deadline
7

 
Security Deposit
20

Expense Claim
13

 
Signage Criteria
34

Expenses
3

 
Specialty Alterations
25

Expiration Date
3

 
Sublease
1

Extension Option
69

 
substantially all of Tenant's assets
45

Extension Term
69

 
Successor Landlord
53





iv




Superior Mortgage(s)
53

 
Termination Fee
75

Superior Mortgagee
53

 
Termination Option
75

Superior Rights
73

 
Transfer Premium
41

Taxes
6

 
USA Patriot Act
64

Tenant's Agents
21

 
Utilities
6

Tenant's CPA
13

 
Utility
6

Tenant's Property
31

 
Utility Expenses
6

Tenant's Election Notice
74

 
Visitors
62

Term
3

 
Wi-Fi Network
28

Termination and Turn-Over Agreement
1

 
 
 




v




LEASE AGREEMENT
BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
Lease Date:
effective as of December 1, 2015
Landlord:
6200 STONERIDGE MALL ROAD INVESTORS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
Landlord’s Address:
c/o UBS Realty Investors LLC
455 Market Street, Suite 1000
San Francisco, California 94105
Attention: Asset Manager,
Pleasanton Corporate Commons
 
All notices sent to Landlord under this Lease shall be sent to the above address, with simultaneous copies to:
UBS Realty Investors LLC
Ten State House Square, 15th Floor
Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3604
Attention: General Counsel
and
Hines
6200 Stoneridge Mall Road, Suite 130
Pleasanton, California 94588
Attention: Property Manager
Tenant:
BLACKHAWK NETWORK, INC.,
an Arizona corporation
Tenant’s Address:
6220 Stoneridge Mall Road
Pleasanton, California 94588
Attention: Facilities
 
All notices sent to Tenant under this Lease shall be sent to the above address, with simultaneous copies to:
Tenant at the Premises
Attention: General Counsel
and
Donahue Fitzgerald LLP
1646 N. California Boulevard, Suite 250
Walnut Creek, CA 94596
Attention: Douglas A. Crosby, Esq.
Premises Square Footage:
Approximately 148,902 rentable square feet
Premises Address:
6220 Stoneridge Mall Road
Pleasanton, California 94588
Project:
Pleasanton Corporate Commons: 6200, 6210, 6220 and 6230 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California, consisting of approximately Five Hundred Ninety-Five Thousand Six Hundred Eight (595,608) rentable square feet of building space among four (4) office buildings, together with the land on which such buildings are situated and all Common Areas (as hereinafter defined).
Building:
6220 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California 94588

vi




Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Project:
25%, subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 4(c)
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Building:
100%
Length of Term:
One Hundred Thirty-Seven (137) months
Commencement Date:
December 1, 2015
Expiration Date:
April 30, 2027
Base Rent:
Period
Monthly Base Rent
 
 
December 1, 2015 – April 30, 2016
$268,023.60*
 
 
May 1, 2016 – April 30, 2017
$282,913.80
 
 
May 1, 2017 – April 30, 2018
$424,370.70
 
 
May 1, 2018 – April 30, 2019
$437,101.82
 
 
May 1, 2019 – April 30, 2020
$450,214.88
 
 
May 1, 2020 – April 30, 2021
$463,721.32
 
 
May 1, 2021 – April 30, 2022
$477,632.96
 
 
May 1, 2022 – April 30, 2023
$491,961.95
 
 
May 1, 2023 – April 30, 2024
$506,720.81
 
 
May 1, 2024 – April 30, 2025
$521,922.43
 
 
May 1, 2025 – April 30, 2026
$537,580.12
 
 
May 1, 2026 – April 30, 2027
$553,707.51
 
Prepaid Base Rent:
Two Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Six and 74/100 Dollars ($278,446.74)
Base Year:
the calendar year 2010 for the period through April 30, 2017
the calendar year 2017 from and after May 1, 2017
Security Deposit:
Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00)
Permitted Use:
General office and administration, and uses ancillary thereto that are consistent with the standards of a “Class A” office building.
Parking Spaces:
Five Hundred Six (506) parking spaces, with certain designated spaces as provided in Paragraph 43(a) below. All such parking shall be rent free, other than any charges referenced in Paragraph 43(d) below.
Broker(s):
Colliers International (Landlord’s Broker)
Jones Lang LaSalle (Tenant’s Broker)


vii




LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant as of the Lease Date. The defined terms used in this Lease Agreement which are defined in the Basic Lease Information attached to this Lease Agreement (“ Basic Lease Information ”) shall have the respective meanings and definitions given them in the Basic Lease Information. The Basic Lease Information, the exhibits, the addendum or addenda described in the Index of Exhibits, and this Lease Agreement are and shall be construed as a single instrument and are referred to herein as this “ Lease ”. All such exhibits, addendum or addenda attached to this Lease are herein incorporated by reference, and capitalized terms used in such exhibits, addendum or addenda but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Lease.
1.
DEMISE AND CONDITION PRECEDENT
(a)    In consideration for the rents and all other charges and payments payable by Tenant, and for the agreements, terms and conditions to be performed by Tenant in this Lease, LANDLORD DOES HEREBY LEASE TO TENANT, AND TENANT DOES HEREBY HIRE AND TAKE FROM LANDLORD, the Premises described below (the “ Premises ”), upon the agreements, terms and conditions of this Lease for the Term hereinafter stated.
(b)    The parties hereby acknowledge that a portion of the Premises are currently occupied by Tenant pursuant to that certain Sublease Agreement dated July 29, 2010 by and between Safeway Inc. (“ Safeway ”), as sublandlord, and Tenant, as subtenant (as amended, the “ Sublease ”). The Sublease is expressly subject and subordinate to that certain Amended and Restated Office Building Lease effective March 16, 2000 (as amended, the “ Safeway Lease ”), between Landlord (as successor in interest to California Corporate Properties C, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company) and Safeway (as successor in interest to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.). Substantially concurrently herewith, Landlord, Tenant and Safeway anticipate entering into an agreement providing for the early termination of the Safeway Lease, to be effective as of the day prior to the Commencement Date, and also providing for the conditions under which Safeway will vacate and surrender portions of the Premises to Tenant (the “ Termination and Turn-Over Agreement ”, and the parties acknowledge that concurrently with the termination of the Safeway Lease, the Sublease shall also terminate, but that Tenant’s occupancy rights in the Premises shall be uninterrupted between the termination of the Sublease and the commencement of this Lease. The effectiveness of this Lease is expressly contingent upon the full execution and delivery of the Termination and Turn-Over Agreement.
2.
PREMISES
The Premises demised by this Lease are located in that certain building (the “ Building ”) specified in the Basic Lease Information, which Building is located in that certain real estate development (the “ Project ”) specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises and the Project have the address and contain the square footage specified in the Basic Lease Information; provided that any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating any of the economic terms hereof, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and, except as expressly set forth in Paragraphs 4(d)(iii) below, no economic terms based thereon shall be subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less. The general outline of the Premises is depicted on Exhibit A , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Premises does not include: (a) any exterior walls or exterior windows, glass or glazing; (b) the roof (structure or membrane) and Building foundation; (c) electrical rooms not specifically designated for Tenant's use; (d) janitor's closets; (e) Building Systems, elevators or stair wells; provided, however that all or portions of such areas may have been included in the determination of rentable square footage of the Premises. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right (in common with the other tenants of the Project, Landlord and any other person granted use by Landlord) to use the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined), except that with respect to the Project’s parking areas (the “ Parking Areas ”), Tenant shall have only the rights set forth in the Basic Lease Information and in Paragraph 43 below. For purposes of this Lease, “ Common Areas ” means all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project that are, from time to time, provided and designated by Landlord for the non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, visitors, clients, customers and invitees.

1




Landlord has the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time, to: (a) make changes to the Common Areas, the Building and/or the Project, including, but not limited to, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces (but in no event materially reducing the number thereof from what is shown on Exhibit A-2 hereto), parking areas, ingress, egress, direction of driveways, entrances, hallways, corridors, lobby areas and walkways; (b) close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas or remove existing buildings or improvements therefrom; (d) use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project or any portion thereof, and (e) do and perform any other acts, alter or expand, or make any other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas, the Building and/or the Project as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to install, use, maintain, repair, relocate and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, meters, and equipment for service to the Premises or to other parts of the Building which are above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Building which are located within the Premises or elsewhere in the Building. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts while conducting any of the foregoing activities to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Parking Areas, but Landlord shall not be subject to liability nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or abatement or diminution of “Rent” (as defined below) as a result of such activities, alterations or changes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord makes any alterations to the Common Areas pursuant to its rights under this Paragraph 2, Landlord agrees that such alterations shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises, or materially reduce the number of unreserved parking spaces located within the Parking Areas.
No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Noise, dust or vibration or other incidents to construction of improvements on lands adjacent to the Building, whether or not owned by Landlord, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord. Subject to the terms of Paragraph 50 below, Landlord shall have the absolute right at all times, including an emergency situation, to limit, restrict, or prevent access to the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project in response to an actual, suspected, perceived, or publicly or privately announced health or security threat.
3.
TERM
The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on December 1, 2015 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall terminate on April 30, 2027 (the “ Expiration Date ”).
4.
RENT
(a)     Base Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on the first day of each month of the Term, without further notice or demand and without abatement, offset, rebate, credit or deduction for any reason, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, the monthly installments of rent specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Base Rent ”). Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Security Deposit and Prepaid Base Rent, specified in the Basic Lease Information to be applied toward Base Rent for the first full calendar month for which Base Rent is due.
(b)     Additional Rent . As used in this Lease, the term “ Additional Rent ” means all sums of money, other than Base Rent, that shall become due from and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, and “ Expenses ” means the total of Operating Expenses and Taxes.
(i)    During the Term, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, in accordance with this Paragraph 4, (A) Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the total dollar increase, if any, in Operating Expenses (as defined below) attributable to each Computation Year (as defined below) over Base Operating Expenses (as defined below), and (B) Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the total dollar increase, if any, in Taxes (as defined below) attributable to each Computation Year over Base Taxes (as defined below). If during

2




any Computation Year, Operating Expenses or Taxes decrease below the amount of Base Operating Expenses, or Base Taxes, respectively, Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the applicable passthrough for such Computation Year shall be $0, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any decrease in Base Rent or credit against amounts due hereunder.
(ii)    As used in this Lease, the following terms shall have the meanings specified:
(A)    “ Operating Expenses ” means the total costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, maintenance, management and repair of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including, but not limited to, all the following items:
(1)     Common Area Operating Expenses . All costs to operate, maintain, repair, replace, supervise, insure and administer the Common Areas, including any Parking Areas and all costs of resurfacing and restriping Parking Areas, owned or controlled by Landlord for the use of tenants, supplies, materials, labor and equipment used in or related to the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas (including, signs and directories for the Building and/or the Project), landscaping (including maintenance contracts and fees to landscaping consultants), amenities, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, walkways, driveways, curbs, lighting systems and security services, if any, provided by Landlord for the Common Areas, and any charges, assessments, costs or fees levied by any association or entity of which the Project or any part thereof is a member or to which the Project or any part thereof is subject.
(2)     Parking Charges; Public Transportation Expenses . Any parking charges or other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from statutes or regulations, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any governmental authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Building or the Project, and the cost of maintaining any public transit system, vanpool, transportation management program, or other public or semi-public transportation requirements imposed in connection with Landlord’s ownership and operation of the Building and/or the Project.
(3)     Maintenance and Repair Costs . All costs to maintain, repair, and replace the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof and the personal property used in conjunction therewith (including insurance deductibles) and including, but not limited to: (a) all costs paid under maintenance, management and service agreements such as contracts for janitorial, security and refuse removal; (b) all costs to maintain, repair and replace the roof coverings of the Building or the Project or any part thereof; (c) all costs to monitor, maintain, repair and replace the heating, ventilation, air conditioning, plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire protection, escalator, elevator, life safety and security systems and other mechanical, electrical and communications systems and equipment serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”); (d) the cost of all cleaning and janitorial services and supplies, the cost of window glass replacement and repair; (e) the cost of maintenance, depreciation and replacement of machinery, tools and equipment (if owned by Landlord) and for rental paid for such machinery, tools and equipment (if rented) used in the operation or maintenance of the Building; (f) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, Landlord reasonably determines are necessary and reasonably expected to enhance and improve security at the Project; (g) costs of energy audits and commissioning the Building for purposes of improving energy efficiency; and (h) costs of applying for, obtaining, maintaining, managing, and reporting associated with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable “ Green Building Standards ”, if any (defined below).
(4)     Life Safety and Security Costs . All costs to install, maintain, monitor, repair and replace all life safety systems, including, but not limited to: (a) all fire alarm systems, serving the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project or any part thereof (including all maintenance contracts and fees payable to life safety consultants) whether such systems are or shall be required by Landlord’s insurance carriers, Laws (as hereinafter defined) or otherwise; and (b) all costs of security and security systems at the Project, including, but not limited to, (i) wages and salaries (including management fees) of all employees engaged in the security of the Project, (ii) all supplies, materials, equipment, and devices used in the security of the Project, and any upgrades thereto, and (iii) all service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors

3




for Project security, including, but not limited to, alarm service personnel, security guards, watchmen, and any other security personnel.
(5)     Management and Administration . All costs for management and administration of the Building, and/or the Project or any part thereof, including commercially reasonable fees and costs for property management services (not to exceed three percent (3%) of the Project’s gross receipts), accounting, auditing, sustainability measuring, monitoring and reporting, billing, postage, salaries and benefits for all employees and contractors engaged in the management, operation, maintenance, repair and protection of the Building and the Project, whether located at the Project or off-site up to the level of a Building or Project Manager, payroll taxes and legal and accounting costs, fees for licenses and permits related to the ownership and operation of the Project, and market office rent for the Building and/or Project management office or the rental value of such office if it is located within the Building and/or the Project; provided such office is reasonably sized for the size of the Project.
(6)     Capital Improvements . Amounts paid for capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Building or the Project (a) which are reasonably intended and expected to affect in a positive manner economies in the operation or maintenance of the Building or the Project, or any portion thereof, (b) that are required to comply with present or anticipated conservation programs, (c) which are replacements or modifications of structural or nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, (d) which are required under any Laws in effect or as interpreted after the Commencement Date or insurance requirements, (e) which Landlord determines, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary and reasonably expected to promote the health or safety of occupants of the Building or the Project, including improvements to enhance and improve security at the Building or the Project, (f) which Landlord determines, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary and reasonably expected to improve the Building’s or the Project’s energy and water efficiency, including, but not limited to, bringing the Building or the Project into compliance with current energy and water efficiency standards and codes, (g) which Landlord determines, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary to improve the Building’s indoor air quality, or (h) which Landlord determines, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary to comply with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, no other capital costs shall be included in Operating Expenses, and to the extent capital costs are includable in Operating Expenses in accordance with this Paragraph 4(b)(ii)(A)(6), such costs shall be amortized over the useful life of the subject capital item as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting principles, consistently applied.
(7)     Compliance with Laws . All non-capital costs to comply with the requirements of any Laws.
(8)     Environmental . All non-capital costs to comply with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any.
(9)     Alternative Transportation . Any and all costs of implementation of Landlord’s alternative transportation programs, or compliance with governmental requirements for alternative transportation, if any.
(10)     Insurance Expenses. The total costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with obtaining insurance on the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof or interest therein, including, but not limited to, premiums for “Causes of Loss – Special Form” or “All Risk” property insurance, commercial general liability insurance, rent loss or abatement insurance, earthquake insurance, flood or surface water coverage, and other insurance as Landlord deems necessary in its sole discretion, and any deductibles paid under policies of any such insurance. Without limiting the generality of the above, such Insurance Expenses may include the cost of “green building” endorsements to its property insurance policies to ensure that the property insurance proceeds are sufficient to restore the Building to the condition that may be required to meet the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. The foregoing shall

4




not be deemed an agreement by Landlord to carry any particular insurance relating to the Premises, the Building, or the Project.
(B)    “ Utility Expenses ” means the cost of all electricity, water, gas, sewers, oil and other utilities (individually, “ Utility ” and collectively, “ Utilities ”), including any surcharges and including the cost to purchase or supply green or renewable energy or renewable energy credits for the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof that are not separately metered to Tenant or any other tenant, and any amounts, taxes, charges, surcharges, assessments or impositions levied, assessed or imposed upon the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, or upon Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, as a result of any rationing of Utility services or restriction on Utility use affecting the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as provided in Paragraph 5 below. In addition, if submetering of spaces shall be required by applicable Laws, Utility Expenses shall include the cost of purchasing, installing, monitoring, repairing and replacing such submeters.
(C)    “ Taxes ” means all real estate taxes and assessments, which shall include any form of tax, assessment (including any special or general assessments and any assessments or charges for Utilities or similar purposes included in any tax bill for the Building or the Project or any part thereof, including, but not limited to, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees and/or any similar fees or charges), fee, license fee, business license fee, levy, penalty, sales tax, rent tax, occupancy tax, carbon tax, payroll tax or other tax (other than net income, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer or franchise taxes), imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or any improvement or other district or division thereof, whether such tax is determined by the area of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, or the Rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant or by other tenants, including, but not limited to, (i) any gross income, gross receipts or excise tax levied by any of the foregoing authorities with respect to receipt of Rent and/or other sums due under this Lease; (ii) upon any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, (iii) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project; (iv) levied or assessed in lieu of, in substitution for, or in addition to, existing or additional taxes against the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties; or surcharged against the Parking Areas. “Taxes” shall also include legal and consultants’ fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Taxes, Landlord specifically reserving the right, but not the obligation, to contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount or validity of any Taxes. Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June, 1978 election and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such purposes as fire protection, street, sidewalk, road, utility construction and maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services which may formerly have been provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of the parties that all new and increased Taxes, regardless of the cause, shall be included within the definition of real property taxes for purposes of this Lease.
(D)     “ Base Year ” means the calendar year specified in the Basic Lease Information.
(E)    “ Base Operating Expenses ” means the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year; provided, however, that Landlord hereby agrees that in the event Landlord elects to maintain earthquake or terrorism insurance coverage for the Building during any Comparison Year, and Landlord did not maintain earthquake or terrorism insurance coverage for the Building during the Base Year, then the cost of such new or added coverage shall be added to the Base Operating Expenses (but at the rate which would have been in effect during the Base Year or the rate in effect during such subsequent calendar year, whichever is lower) for the Comparison Year(s) in which such earthquake or terrorism insurance coverage is actually maintained.
(F)    “ Base Taxes ” means the amount of Taxes for the Base Year.
(G)    “ Computation Year ” means each twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year during the Term following the Base Year.

5




(H)     “ Expense Adjustment Deadline ” means December 31 of the calendar year following the year in which this Lease expires or terminates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Expenses to Landlord which are first billed by Landlord after the Expense Adjustment Deadline; provided, however, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to relieve Tenant from its liability to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Expenses under this Lease which were billed by Landlord prior to the Expense Adjustment Deadline. Similarly, Landlord shall have no obligation to return, rebate or credit to Tenant any refund, rebate, or return of Expenses credited to or received by Landlord after the Expense Adjustment Deadline.
(c)     Exclusions from Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 4(b) above, Operating Expenses” shall not include the following:
(i)    Any costs or expenses for which Landlord is reimbursed, whether by an insurer, indemnitor, tenant, condemnor, or otherwise (other than by tenants as operating expenses);
(ii)    Overhead and administrative costs of Landlord not directly incurred in the operation and maintenance of the Premises, the Building or the Project;
(iii)    Depreciation or amortization of the Premises, the Building, the Project or the contents or components thereof, except as specifically permitted under Paragraph (b)(ii)(A)(6) above;
(iv)    Expenses for the preparation of leasable space which Landlord performs for any tenant or prospective tenant of the Project;
(v)    Expenses for repairs or other work caused by insured casualty, including fire, windstorm, or any other casualty, except to the extent of Landlord’s commercially reasonable insurance deductible(s);
(vi)    Expenses incurred in leasing or obtaining new tenants or retaining existing tenants in the Project, including leasing commissions, legal expenses, advertising, entertaining or promotion including disputes with tenants and/or prospective tenants;
(vii)    Interest, amortization or other costs, including legal fees, associated with any mortgage, loan or refinancing of the Project or any Common Areas, transfer or recordation of taxes and other charges in connection with the transfer of ownership in the Premises, the Building or the Project, land trust fees, and rental due under any ground lease related to the Project or any portion thereof;
(viii)    Expenses incurred for any necessary replacement of any item to the extent that it is covered under warranty;
(ix)    The cost of any item or service which Tenant separately reimburses Landlord or pays to third parties, or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants of the Project, other than Tenant, whether or not Landlord is reimbursed by such other tenant(s). This category shall include the actual cost of any special electrical, heating, ventilation or air conditioning required by any tenant that exceeds normal building standards or is required during times in excess of the standard business hours stated in this Lease;
(x)    Accounting and legal fees relating to any specific lease or tenant, or to the enforcement of the terms of any lease;
(xi)    Any interest or penalty incurred due to the late payment of any operating expense and/or real estate tax;

6




(xii)    The cost of any penalty or fine incurred for noncompliance with any Laws applicable to the Project (provided, however, that the cost of correcting such violation, as opposed to penalties assessed in excess of such corrective costs and which would not be incurred but for such violation, may be included within Operating Expenses, subject to the limitations otherwise set forth herein), and any cost to test, survey, cleanup, contain, abate or remove any Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined), including asbestos containing materials from the Building, the Project or any Common Areas or to remedy any breach or violation of any Environmental Law (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that costs incurred in the cleanup or remediation of de minimis amounts of Hazardous Materials (other than asbestos) customarily used in office buildings or used to operate motor vehicles and customarily found in parking facilities shall be included as Operating Expenses;
(xiii)    Any personal property taxes of Landlord for equipment or items not used directly in the operation or maintenance of the Premises, the Building or the Project;
(xiv)    Any costs or expenses for the acquisition or leasing of sculpture, paintings, or other works of fine art;
(xv)    All bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserve for bad debt or rent loss;
(xvi)    Payroll and payroll related expenses for any employees in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;
(xvii)    Wages, salaries, employee benefits, payroll taxes and/or other labor costs for Landlord employees above the level of a Building Manager or Project Manager;
(xviii)    Costs, fines, interest, penalties, liquidated damages and other expenses incurred by Landlord due to (a) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents and contractors, (b) late payment on any obligation, (c) failure to comply with any laws, rules, regulations or orders of any governmental authority, (d) failure to comply with any contractual requirements relating to any services, materials, equipment, or other apparatus used in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair, or management of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or (e) default under other leases or other contractual requirements with respect to other tenants in the Project;
(xix)    Advertising, promotion and marketing expenses;
(xx)    Costs or fees related to the defense of Landlord’s title to the Project;
(xxi)    Payments in respect of overhead or profit to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord, or to any party as a result of a non-competitive selection process, for management or other services in or to the Project, or for supplies or other materials to the extent that the costs of such services, supplies, or materials exceed the costs that would have been paid had the services, supplies, or materials exceeded the costs had the services, supplies, or materials been provided by parties unaffiliated with the Landlord on a competitive basis; and
(xxii)    Any capital costs except as specifically permitted under Paragraph (b)(ii)(A)(6) above.
(d)     Payment of Additional Rent .
(i)    Prior to the commencement of each Computation Year or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the total amounts that will be payable by Tenant under Paragraph 4(b) for the ensuing Computation Year (which reasonable estimate and all other statements related to Expenses to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder shall be in writing and in reasonable detail), and Tenant shall pay such estimated Additional Rent on a monthly basis, in advance, on the first day of each month. Tenant

7




shall continue to make said monthly payments until notified by Landlord of a change therein. If at any time or times Landlord reasonably determines that the amounts payable under Paragraph 4(b) for the current Computation Year will vary from Landlord’s estimate given to Tenant, Landlord, by notice to Tenant, may reasonably revise the estimate for such Computation Year provided that Landlord may not so revise its estimate more than one time per Computation Year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such Computation Year shall be based upon such revised estimate. By April 1 following the Base Year, Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant a reasonably detailed written statement (a “ Base Year Statement ”) showing Expenses for the Base Year. By April 1 of each calendar year following the initial Computation Year, Landlord shall endeavor to provide to Tenant a statement (an “ Annual Statement ”) showing the actual Additional Rent due to Landlord under Paragraph 4(b) for the prior Computation Year. If the total of the monthly payments of Additional Rent that Tenant has made for the prior Computation Year under Paragraph 4(b) is less than the actual Additional Rent chargeable to Tenant for such prior Computation Year, then Tenant shall pay the difference in a lump sum within ten (10) business days after receipt of such Annual Statement from Landlord. Any overpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent under Paragraph 4(b) for the prior Computation Year shall, at Landlord’s option, be credited against past due or current amounts owed by Tenant or returned to Tenant in a lump sum payment within ten (10) business days after delivery of such Annual Statement, unless such overpayment relates to the last Computation Year of this Lease in which event Landlord shall make such lump sum payment within ten (10) business days after the delivery of such Annual Statement, provided Tenant is not otherwise in Default hereunder.
(ii)    Landlord’s then-current annual operating and capital budgets for the Building and the Project or the pertinent part thereof shall be used for calculating Tenant’s monthly payment of estimated Additional Rent for the current year, subject to adjustment as provided above. Even though this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, with respect to the year in which this Lease expires or terminates, subject to the provisions of Paragraph (b)(ii)(H), Tenant shall remain liable for payment of any amount due to Landlord in excess of the estimated Additional Rent previously paid by Tenant, and, conversely, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant any overpayment of Additional Rent. Failure of Landlord to submit statements as called for herein shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent as herein provided.
(iii)    Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may allocate Operating Expenses or Taxes among office, retail or other portions or occupants of the Project. With respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Building, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building. With respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Project as a whole or to only a portion of the Project, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be, with respect to Operating Expenses or Taxes which Landlord allocates to the Project as a whole, the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Project and, with respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to only a portion of the Project, a percentage calculated by Landlord from time to time in its reasonable discretion and furnished to Tenant in writing, in either case as reasonably adjusted by Landlord from time to time for a remeasurement of or changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project, whether such changes in size are due to an addition to or a sale or conveyance of a portion of the Project or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may equitably adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) for all or part of any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Building and/or the Project or that varies with the occupancy of the Building and/or the Project. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of any Operating Expenses based upon Tenant’s use of Utilities or similar services as reasonably estimated and determined by Landlord based upon factors such as size of the Premises and intensity of use of such Utilities by Tenant, so that Tenant shall pay the portion of such charges reasonably consistent with Tenant’s use of such Utilities and similar services. If Tenant disputes any such estimate or determination of such Utilities, then Tenant shall either pay the estimated amount or, with the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, cause the Premises to be separately metered at Tenant’s sole expense (unless such meter shows that Tenant was not using excess Utilities or causing excess Utility expenses to be incurred, in which event Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of such meter).
(iv)    If the average occupancy level of the Building or the Project for the Base Year and/or any subsequent Computation Year is not one hundred percent (100%) of full occupancy, then the Expenses for such year

8




shall be adjusted by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, to reflect the Expenses which would have been paid or incurred had the Building or the Project, as applicable, been one hundred percent (100%) occupied during such year.
(v)    Without limiting the foregoing terms of Paragraph 4(c), in connection with and following any physical changes or modifications to the Building and/or the Project, Landlord reserves the right to remeasure the Building and/or the Project in accordance with the commonly used or current or revised standards promulgated from time to time by the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) or other generally accepted measurement standards utilized by Landlord and to thereafter adjust the Proportionate Share(s) of Tenant and any other affected tenants of the Building and/or the Project. Following receipt of written notice from Landlord of such re-measurement, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Project and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building shall be adjusted in accordance with such revised measurements.
(vi)    Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if, after Landlord’s delivery of any Annual Statement, an increase or decrease in Taxes occurs for the applicable Computation Year or Base Year (whether by reason of reassessment, supplemental assessment, error, or otherwise), Taxes for such Computation Year or the Base Year (and in the case of an adjustment in the Base Year, the Taxes for subsequent Computation Years) shall be retroactively adjusted. If, as a result of such adjustment, Tenant has underpaid or overpaid Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment within ten (10) business days after receipt of an invoice therefor, or Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall credit the amount of such overpayment against past due or current amounts owed by Tenant or return the overpayment to Tenant in a lump sum payment, unless such overpayment relates to the last Computation Year of this Lease in which event Landlord shall return the overpayment to Tenant in a lump sum payment provided Tenant is not otherwise in Default hereunder.
(e)     General Payment Terms . The Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, any late charges assessed pursuant to Paragraph 6 below and any interest assessed pursuant to Paragraph 45 below, are referred to collectively as the “ Rent ”. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States of America and through a domestic branch of a United States financial institution, by check or electronic payment. Checks are to be made payable to “6200 Stoneridge Mall Road Investors LLC” and shall be mailed to: Department 33149, P.O. Box 39000, San Francisco, California 94139 3149, or to such other person or place as Landlord may, from time to time, designate to Tenant in writing. Wiring instructions for electronic payments will be provided separately. Rent for any fractional part of a calendar month at the commencement or termination of the Term shall be a prorated amount of the Rent for a full calendar month based upon a thirty (30) day month.
(f)     Partial Payment . No writing on any check, or statement in any letter or other document accompanying any payment of Rent from Tenant, and no acceptance by Landlord of less than the full amount of Rent owing, shall affect any accord and satisfaction. Any such partial payment shall be treated as a payment on account, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover any balance due or to pursue any other remedy permitted by this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Uniform Commercial Code Section 3311 (and any similar Law that would permit an accord and satisfaction contrary to the provisions of this Paragraph 4(f)). Tenant waives any right to specify the items against which any Rent paid is to be credited, and Landlord may apply such payments to any Rent due or past due under this Lease. No payment, receipt or acceptance of Rent following (i) any Default (as hereafter defined); (ii) the commencement of any action against Tenant based on such Default; (iii) termination of this Lease or the entry of judgment against Tenant for possession of the Premises; or (iv) the exercise of any other remedy by Landlord, shall cure the Default, reinstate this Lease, grant any relief from forfeiture, continue or extend the Term, or otherwise affect or constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to or the exercise of any remedy, including Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Premises; provided, however, the full payment of all amounts required to cure any monetary Default shall operate to cure said Default if paid within the time period provided in California Code of Civil Procedure §1161(2). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing constitutes actual notice to Tenant of the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §1161.1(c). In order to give effect to the foregoing provisions, Landlord may (but is not required to) return to Tenant, at any time within fifteen (15) days after receiving same, any payment of any monetary amounts received from Tenant, including, but not limited to, Rent (x) that was paid following any Default (irrespective of whether Landlord has commenced the exercise of any remedy), or (y) that is less than the amount due or owed. Each such returned payment (whether made by returning Tenant’s actual check, or by issuing a refund

9




in the event Tenant’s check was deposited whether or not Tenant actually deposits or accepts such refund) shall establish that such payment was not received or approved by Landlord.
(g)     Annual Statements Binding . Every Annual Statement given by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 4(c) shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant, unless within nine (9) months after receipt of the applicable Annual Statement, Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing, that it disputes the correctness thereof, specifying the particular respects in which the Annual Statement is claimed to be incorrect (an “ Expense Claim ”). Pending the determination of such dispute, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of such Annual Statement, pay Additional Rent in accordance with Landlord’s Annual Statement and such payment shall be without prejudice to Tenant’s position. Tenant shall have the right to dispute the correctness of the Base Year Statement within nine (9) months of Tenant’s receipt of the Base Year Statement by written notice to Landlord as set forth above, or at the time it first disputes the correctness of an Annual Statement.
(h)     Audit Rights . Provided that Tenant timely delivers an Expense Claim to Landlord, Tenant’s CPA (as hereinafter defined) shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord, at any time during regular business hours, to review and photocopy Landlord’s records pertaining to Expenses for the immediately preceding Computation Year and for the Base Year, as set forth above. The inspection of Landlord’s records must be completed within thirty (30) days after such records are made available to Tenant’s CPA, and the written determination of Tenant’s CPA must be delivered to Landlord within nine (9) months after Tenant’s receipt of the applicable Annual Statement. If Tenant fails to deliver the written determination of Tenant’s CPA within said nine (9) month period, Tenant shall forfeit any right to claim a refund, rebate, or return of Expenses set forth in the applicable Annual Statement. Any certified public accountant engaged by Tenant (“ Tenant’s CPA ”) to inspect Landlord’s records shall not be compensated on a contingency basis, in whole or in part, and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. If, following the date Landlord receives the written report of Tenant’s CPA (the “ Report Date ”), Landlord disputes the findings therein, and Landlord and Tenant are not able to resolve their differences within thirty (30) days following the Report Date, which the parties agree to attempt to do reasonably and in good faith, the dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration as follows: Landlord and Tenant shall each designate an independent certified public accountant, who shall in turn jointly select a third, independent certified public accountant (the “ Independent CPA ”). Within sixty (60) days after selection, the Independent CPA shall review the relevant records relating to Tenant’s Expense Claim and determine the proper amount payable by Tenant, which determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. If the Independent CPA determines that the amount of Expenses billed to Tenant was incorrect, the appropriate party shall pay to the other party the deficiency or overpayment, as applicable, within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Independent CPA’s decision, without interest. The fees and costs of the Independent CPA shall be paid by Tenant unless the Independent CPA determines that Tenant has overpaid Expenses for the applicable Computation Year, in the aggregate, by more than five percent (5%), in which case Landlord shall pay the fees and costs of the Independent CPA, up to a maximum amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00), and Tenant shall pay any remaining balance owing to the Independent CPA. Tenant shall keep all information obtained by Tenant in connection with its review of Landlord’s records confidential and shall use reasonable diligence to obtain the agreement of Tenant’s CPA and the Independent CPA to keep all such information confidential. Landlord may condition inspection of Landlord’s records by Tenant’s CPA or the Independent CPA upon receipt of an executed confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s sole right to inspect Landlord’s books and records and to contest the amount of Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Paragraph 4(h) , and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to Laws to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Expenses payable by Tenant.
(i)     Rent Abatement . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, provided that Tenant is not in Default, then (i) for the month of December, 2015 Tenant shall be excused from the obligation of paying both Base Rent and the Additional Rent otherwise owing payable pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) above, and (ii) for each the months of January and February, 2016, both Base Rent and the Additional Rent otherwise payable pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) above shall be reduced by 39.67% ( i.e. , 59,065/148,902) (such abated amounts, collectively, the “ Excused Rent ”). However, should Tenant Default such that Landlord properly exercises Landlord's remedies pursuant to Paragraph 25 below, then the Excused Rent shall no longer be excused and shall become an obligation of Tenant hereunder, and Landlord shall be entitled to seek recovery of the unamortized amount of the Excused Rent

10




(such amortization to be on a straight line basis over the initial Term without interest) as part of the damages to which Landlord is otherwise entitled as a result of such Default, pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
5.
UTILITIES AND SERVICES
(a)    Subject to applicable Laws and the provisions of this Paragraph 5 , Landlord shall furnish or make customary arrangements with utility and service providers to furnish to the Premises: (1) electricity for lighting and operation of low-power usage office machines existing in the Premises; (2) cold or tepid water to points of supply in the Premises, if any, and to the Building restrooms and kitchen areas, in volumes provided to typical office tenants in the Project; (3) elevator service; (4) heat and air conditioning from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays, excluding legal holidays (“ Normal Business Hours ”); and (5) janitorial services for the Premises on weekdays (excluding legal holidays) as determined reasonably necessary by Landlord. Subject to any stricter requirements under applicable Laws, (i) the connected electrical load of equipment in the Premises shall not exceed an average of two (2) watts per rentable square foot of the Premises, calculated during Normal Business Hours, on a monthly basis, (ii) the electricity furnished for general office equipment will be at a nominal 120 volts and no electrical circuit will require a current capacity exceeding 120 amperes, and (iii) the connected electrical load of Tenant’s lighting fixtures shall not exceed an average of one (1) watt per rentable square foot of the Premises, calculated during Normal Business Hours, on a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for Tenant’s lighting will be at a nominal 277 volts (“ Permitted Electrical Usage ”). If at any time during the Term, Tenant shall request a separate meter or Landlord shall reasonably determine that installation of a separate electrical meter for the Premises is necessary or desirable because Tenant’s electrical usage exceeds (the Permitted Electrical Usage), Tenant shall pay the cost of installing and maintaining such meter and the cost of Tenant’s electrical usage as measured by such meter, but only if such meter indicates that Tenant’s electrical usage actually exceeds the Permitted Usage, otherwise Landlord shall pay for the cost of installing and maintaining such meter. Landlord agrees that all Utility services to be provided by Landlord to the Building shall be provided in a first class manner and commensurate with the utility services being provided by the landlords of other Comparable Buildings (as hereinafter defined).
(b)    If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall furnish heat and air conditioning at times other than Normal Business Hours, and the cost of such services as reasonably established by Landlord from time to time shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent, payable concurrently with the next installment of Base Rent. As of the Lease Date, Landlord’s hourly charges for heat and air conditioning at times other than Normal Business Hours are Thirty-Three and 50/100 Dollars ($33.50) per half (1/2) floor. Any increases to the cost of such charges shall be based on actual increases to Landlord’s cost of providing such services at times other than Normal Business Hours.
(c)    Landlord reserves the right to change the electricity provider and to provide electricity (or supplemental electricity) from alternative energy sources, e.g. , solar panels, at any time and from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion (any such provider being referred to herein as the “ Electric Service Provider ”). Tenant shall obtain and accept electric service for the Premises only from and through Landlord, in the manner and to the extent expressly provided in this Lease, at all times during the Term of this Lease, and Tenant shall have no right (and hereby waives any right Tenant may otherwise have) (i) to contract with or otherwise obtain any electric service for or with respect to the Premises or Tenant’s operations therein from any provider of electric service other than the Electric Service Provider, or (ii) to enter into any separate or direct contract or other arrangement with the Electric Service Provider for the provision of electrical service to the Premises. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and the Electric Service Provider at all times to facilitate the delivery of electrical service to Tenant at the Premises and to the Building, including, but not limited to, allowing Landlord and the Electric Service Provider, and their respective agents and contractors, (i) to install, repair, replace, improve and remove any and all electric lines, feeders, risers, junction boxes, wiring, and other electrical equipment, machinery and facilities now or hereafter located within the Building or the Premises for the purpose of providing electrical service to or within the Premises or the Building, and (ii) reasonable access for the purpose of maintaining, repairing, replacing or upgrading such electrical service from time to time. Landlord shall endeavor to cause the Electric Service Provider minimize any interference with Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises and/or the Parking Areas in the exercise of it service and maintenance obligations. Tenant shall provide such information and specifications regarding Tenant’s use or projected use of electricity in the Premises as shall be required from time to time by Landlord or the Electric Service Provider to efficiently provide electrical service to the Premises or the Building. In no event shall Landlord be liable or

11




responsible for any loss, damage, expense or liability, including, but not limited to, loss of business or any consequential damages, arising from any failure or inadequacy of the electrical service being provided to the Premises or the Building, whether resulting from any change, failure, interference, disruption, or defect in the supply or character of the electrical service furnished to the Premises or the Building, or arising from the partial or total unavailability of electrical service to the Premises or the Building, from any cause whatsoever, or otherwise, nor shall any such failure, inadequacy, change, interference, disruption, defect or unavailability constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Rent or otherwise relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.
(d)    Tenant acknowledges that the Premises, the Building and/or the Project may become subject to the rationing of Utility services or restrictions on Utility use as required or offered by a utility company, governmental agency or other similar entity having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant’s tenancy and occupancy hereunder shall be subject to such rationing or restrictions as may be imposed upon Landlord, Tenant, the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, and Tenant shall in no event be excused or relieved from any covenant or obligation to be kept or performed by Tenant by reason of any such rationing or restrictions. Tenant shall comply with energy conservation programs implemented by Landlord by reason of rationing, restrictions or Laws.
(e)    Landlord shall not be liable for any loss (including, but not limited to, any injury or damage to or interference with Tenant’s business), cost, injury or damage to property caused by or resulting from any variation, interruption, or failure of Utilities due to any cause whatsoever, or from failure to make any repairs or perform any maintenance. No temporary interruption or failure of such services incident to the making of repairs, alterations, improvements, or due to accident, strike, or conditions or other events shall be deemed an eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage to the Premises or Tenant’s Property or for any loss of business or any damage or injury to any property therein or thereon occasioned by bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes (including, but not limited to, water, steam, and/or refrigerant lines), sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands, or other similar cause in, above, upon or about the Premises, the Building, or the Project.
(f)    Landlord makes no representation with respect to the adequacy or fitness of the air conditioning or ventilation equipment in the Building to maintain temperatures which may be required for, or because of, any equipment of Tenant, other than normal fractional horsepower office equipment, or occupancy of the Premises that exceeds a density greater than one (1) person per 250 rentable square feet of space in the Premises. In addition, Landlord shall have no liability for the failure to provide adequate heating, ventilation or air conditioning due to the arrangement of partitioning in the Premises or changes thereto, or the failure of Tenant to keep heating, ventilation and air conditioning vents in the Premises free of obstruction. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord. If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to install supplementary air conditioning units or other facilities in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, and the reasonable cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon billing by Landlord. Tenant shall not use water, heat or air conditioning in excess of that normally supplied by Landlord. Tenant’s consumption of electricity shall not exceed the Building’s capacity.
(g)    Tenant shall separately arrange with, and pay directly to, the applicable telecommunications and data companies or providers, as the case may be, for the furnishing, installation and maintenance of all Tenant’s telecommunications and data services in the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting from interruption of, or Tenant’s inability to receive such service, and any such inability shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease. No private telephone systems and/or other related computer or telecommunications equipment or lines may be installed or modified without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. If Landlord gives such consent, all equipment must be installed within the Premises (and not in any Building mechanical, electrical, telecommunications or similar room), and in accordance with such conditions as Landlord may reasonably impose. All telecommunications cabling and wiring

12




shall be installed, repaired, maintained, modified, terminated, and removed at Tenant’s expense by an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved in writing in advance by Landlord and in accordance with the Building’s riser management program then in effect, which program currently requires all vertical pulls to be completed by Landlord’s dedicated riser manger. All cabling and wiring shall be appropriately installed to prevent electromagnetic fields or radiation that interferes with other cabling or wiring and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall label all telephone, computer, or other data cabling at the time of installation. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s expense, for any and all of Tenant’s telephones, telecopiers, computers, telephone switching, telephone panels and related equipment. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the condition, security, or suitability for Tenant’s purposes of the cabling, wiring or equipment presently located within the Building. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against any and all claims, damages, liabilities, cost and expenses of every kind and nature, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by or asserted against Landlord arising out of or resulting from Tenant’s installation, use, repair, maintenance or removal of telecommunications cabling or wiring, including, but not limited to, the costs of repair. Unless Landlord notifies Tenant to the contrary at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of this Lease or within ten (10) after the earlier expiration of this Lease, prior to the expiration of the Term or promptly following any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all such cabling, wiring and equipment and shall restore the Premises and the Building to the same condition as before installation thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, Landlord hereby approves of the existing telephone systems and/or other related computer or telecommunications equipment or lines in the Premises as of the date of the Lease Date.
(h)    Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is subject to the requirements of California’s Nonresidential Building Energy Use Disclosure Program, as more particularly specified in California Public Resources Code Sections 25402.10 et seq. and regulations adopted pursuant thereto, which requires owners of all nonresidential buildings in California with a total gross floor area measuring 5,000 square feet or more to participate in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s ENERGY STAR® Portfolio Manager, a rating system for comparing the energy use of buildings; and to disclose specified benchmarking data and ratings for the most recent 12-month period in connection with any transaction by which the building is sold, financed or leased in its entirety. All such disclosures, whether made pursuant to the foregoing statutes, ordinances and regulations or other applicable Laws now existing or hereafter adopted, are collectively referred to herein as “ Required Energy Disclosures ”. Tenant hereby acknowledges prior receipt of the Data Verification Checklist, as defined in the Required Energy Disclosures (the " Energy Disclosure Information ") and agrees that Landlord has timely complied in full with Landlord's obligations under the Required Energy Disclosures. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the energy performance of the Building or the accuracy or completeness of the Energy Disclosure Information, (ii) the Energy Disclosure Information is for the current occupancy and use of the Building and that the energy performance of the Building may vary depending on future occupancy and/or use of the Building, and (iii) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any errors or omissions in any Energy Disclosure Information. If and to the extent not prohibited by applicable Law, Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have to receive the Energy Disclosure Information, including, without limitation, any right Tenant may have to terminate this Lease as a result of any failure of Landlord to disclose any such information. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, claims, damages and liabilities relating to or resulting from the Required Energy Disclosures, including, without limitation, any liabilities arising as a result of any failure of Landlord to disclose any Energy Disclosure Information to Tenant prior to the execution of this Lease or of any inaccuracy or incompleteness of any Energy Disclosure Information. Tenant's acknowledgment of the "AS-IS" condition of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be deemed to include the energy performance of the Building. Tenant acknowledges that future Required Energy Disclosures made during the Term of this Lease (and for at least one year thereafter) will be based, in part, on Tenant’s energy usage within the Building, records of which are required to be maintained, and transmitted to the ENERGY STAR® Portfolio Manager system, by electric and gas utilities companies. Tenant hereby authorizes (and agrees that Landlord shall have the authority to authorize) any electric or gas utility company providing service to the Building to disclose, from time to time, so much of the data collected and maintained by it regarding Tenant’s energy consumption data as may be necessary to cause the Building to participate in the ENERGY STAR® Portfolio Manager system and similar programs. Tenant further authorizes Landlord to disclose information concerning energy use by Tenant, either individually or in combination with the energy use of other tenants, as applicable, in connection with any Required Energy Disclosures (including

13




data relating to carbon dioxide emissions associated with the operation of the Building), whenever Landlord determines, in good faith, that such disclosure is reasonably necessary to comply with Laws applicable to the Building or Landlord’s ownership thereof. If (i) any utility is billed directly to Tenant or any subtenant or licensee of Tenant or (ii) Landlord is not responsible for reading any submetered or separately metered utility supplied to the Building, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after request by Landlord, provide consumption data in a form reasonably required by Landlord. Further, if Tenant utilizes separate service providers from those of Landlord, Tenant hereby consents to Landlord obtaining the consumption data directly from such service providers and, within ten (10) business days after written request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord and the service providers such written releases as the service providers may request evidencing Tenant’s consent to deliver the consumption data to Landlord. Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of the making of Required Energy Disclosures; provided, however, that to the extent disclosure to Tenant is required by applicable Laws, such disclosure may be satisfied by making Required Energy Disclosures available for review by Tenant in the Building management office. Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise relating to the making of any Required Energy Disclosures.
(i)    Tenant may not operate a “ Data Center ” in the Premises, which shall have the meaning set forth in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s ENERGY STAR® program and is a space specifically designed and equipped to meet the needs of high-density computing equipment, such as server racks, used for data storage and processing. A Data Center does not include any space within the Premises utilized as an “IT Room”, a “server closet” or for a computer training area, and it is expressly understood that Tenant shall be permitted to use the following equipment to facilitate and provide services to Tenant in the Premises, and not to store or process data: phone switch and supporting equipment; phone UPS cabinet with back-up batteries; main UPS supporting computer components in Tenant's computer room and for switches in each IDF on each floor of the Premises (E-power panels); equipment for computer system firewall – internet PC and internet Mac; layer 3 switch and F5 load balancer; components for wireless network system; router back gear; security and camera system (main connection to Verizon data line); and rack for switch and firewall configuration deployment.
(j)    Landlord has the right to install on-site power ( i.e. solar fuel cells or small wind), and Tenant will cooperate as necessary with such installations. To the extent such credits are allocated to the utility provider or other third party to offset the cost of such installations or the applicable utility provider as an inducement or requirement to providing such power, Tenant shall have no right to the benefit of any such renewable energy credits resulting from on-site renewable energy generation even if Tenant uses such energy.
(k)    If, at any time during the Term, any governmental authority imposes a Carbon Tax (defined below) or similar imposition on Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Building, or Landlord incurs any Carbon Offset Costs (defined below), Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such imposition or costs, as Additional Rent. As used in this Lease, “ Carbon Tax ” means the aggregate of all taxes, rates, duties, levies, fees, charges, and assessments whatsoever imposed, assessed, levied, confirmed, rated, or charged against or in respect of consumption at the Building of electricity, natural gas, propane, or any other fossil fuel used to produce energy, heat, light, or electricity for the Building or any part of it, or levied in lieu thereof and levied against Landlord or the Building by any local, state, or federal government or any agency thereof with jurisdiction. As used in this Lease, “ Carbon Offset Costs ” means the cost of purchasing tradable units, where the purchase of such tradable units is necessary to ensure compliance of the Building with any required target greenhouse gas emission level or energy consumption level as prescribed by applicable Laws.
(l)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, is made untenantable, inaccessible or unsuitable for the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business, as a result of an interruption in any of the Basic Services provided by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 5(a), then (i) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to restore the same as soon as is reasonably possible, (ii) if, despite such commercially reasonable good faith efforts by Landlord, such interruption persists for a period in excess of four (4) consecutive business days, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the fifth (5th) consecutive business day of such interruption and ending on the day the utility or service has been restored; provided, however, that in the event such interruption is not within the reasonable control of Landlord, then such abatement shall only apply to the

14




extent Landlord collects proceeds under the policy of rental-loss insurance the cost of which has been included in Operating Expenses and the proceeds from which are allocable to the Premises.
6.
LATE CHARGE
Late payment of Base Rent or other amounts due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. If any Base Rent or other sums due from Tenant are not received by Landlord or by Landlord’s designated agent within five (5) days after their due date, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount, plus any costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Base Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charges represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment and shall not be construed as a penalty. Landlord’s acceptance of such late charges shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount or estop Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord agrees that it shall not charge Tenant any late charge or interest on the first late payment of Rent in any calendar year during the Term, provided that Landlord receives such overdue payment within five (5) business days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice that such payment is overdue.
7.
SECURITY DEPOSIT
Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) specified in the Basic Lease Information as security for the full and faithful performance of each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease. Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security Deposit as may be reasonably necessary (a) to remedy any Default by Tenant under this Lease, (b) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, (c) to perform Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 11, if Tenant fails to do so, (d) to reimburse Landlord for the payment of any amount which Landlord may reasonably spend or be required to spend by reason of Tenant’s Default, and (e) to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s Default. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest thereon. If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, then within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor, Tenant shall deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full extent of the required amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a Default under this Lease. If Landlord transfers its interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the then remaining amount of the Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Security Deposit. Within sixty (60) days following the later of the expiration or termination of this Lease or Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant, or, at the option of Landlord, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, after first deducting any amounts owing to Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 7. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and the benefits of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law now in force or that become in force after the date of execution of this Lease, that provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant, or to clean the Premises.
8.
POSSESSION
Tenant acknowledges that as of the Lease Date, Tenant is in possession of portions of the first and third floors of the Premises and all of the fourth and fifth floors of the Premises and that possession of the entire Premises shall be deemed delivered as of the Commencement Date, notwithstanding that Safeway may not have vacated all portions of the Premises. Any continued occupancy of portions of the Premises by Safeway following the Commencement Date shall be pursuant to the terms the Termination and Turn Over Agreement and Paragraph 23(n) below.
 

15




9.
USE OF PREMISES; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.
(a)     Permitted Use . The use of the Premises by Tenant and Tenant’s assignees and subtenants and their respective agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, customers, clients, invitees and independent contractors (collectively, “ Tenant’s Agents ”) shall be solely for the Permitted Use specified in the Basic Lease Information and for no other use. Tenant shall not permit any waste or any objectionable or unpleasant odor, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibration to emanate from or near the Premises. The Premises shall not be used to create any nuisance or trespass, for any illegal purpose, for any purpose not permitted by Laws (as hereinafter defined), for any purpose that would invalidate the insurance or increase the premiums for Landlord’s insurance on the Premises, the Building or the Project or for any purpose or in any manner that would interfere with other tenants’ use or occupancy of the Project. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, any increases in premiums on Landlord’s insurance policies resulting from Tenant’s Permitted Use or any other use or action by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents which increases Landlord’s premiums or requires additional coverage by Landlord to insure the Premises. Tenant agrees not to overload the floor(s) of the Building. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner that will cause the Building or any part thereof not to conform with the Building’s Sustainability Practices or the certification of the Building issued pursuant to the applicable Green Building Standards, if any; provided, however, that in no event shall such practices or certification requirements have the effect of preventing Tenant from conducting its business at the Premises in a manner consistent with the Permitted Use. Landlord hereby acknowledges that to Landlord’s knowledge, as of the Lease Date the use and occupancy of the Premises by Safeway and Tenant do not violate the terms or requirements of this Paragraph 9(a).
(b)     Compliance with Governmental Regulations and Private Restrictions . Except as set forth in Paragraph 9(c) below, Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall, at Tenant’s expense, faithfully observe and comply with (i) all municipal, state and federal laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances, requirements, and orders (collectively, “ Laws ”), now in force or which may hereafter be in force pertaining to the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises, or Tenant’s use of the Building or the Project, including reasonably cooperating with Landlord to comply with such Laws, and including, but not limited to, making all modifications required within the Premises as a result of Tenant’s use thereof, whether or not presently foreseeable; (ii) all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project (“ Private Restrictions ”) now in force or which may hereafter be in force (but only to the extent not in conflict with Tenant’s express rights under this Lease); (iii) the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or similar body now or in the future constituted; (iv) the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 41 of this Lease); and (v) the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any, including reasonably cooperating with Landlord’s efforts to comply therewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent Landlord is required by the state, city or county in which the Building is located to maintain carpooling, trip reduction and public transit programs, Tenant shall cooperate in the implementation and use of these programs by and among Tenant’s employees. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any Laws or Private Restrictions, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.
(c)     Compliance with Accessibility Laws . The Premises, the Building and the Project are subject to, among other Laws, the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, a federal law codified at 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq. , including, but not limited to Title III thereof, and all regulations and guidelines related thereto, together with any and all similar laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and statutes now or hereafter enacted by local or state agencies having jurisdiction thereof, including without limitation, Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, the Unruh Civil Rights Act, California Civil Code Sections 51 through 51.3, as the same may be in effect on the date of this Lease and may be hereafter modified, amended or supplemented (collectively, the “ Accessibility Laws ”). Any “ Alterations ” (as defined in Paragraph 12(a)) to be constructed hereunder shall comply with the requirements of all Laws, including Accessibility Laws, and all costs incurred to comply therewith shall be a part of and included in the cost of the Alterations. Tenant shall be solely responsible for conducting its own independent investigation of this matter and for ensuring that the design of all Alterations strictly complies with all requirements of all Laws, including, but not limited to, Accessibility Laws. Subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4 above, if any barrier removal work or other work is required to cause the Common Areas, the structure of the Building or the Project or the Building Systems to comply with Laws, including Accessibility Laws, then such work shall be the

16




responsibility of Landlord; provided that if such work is required solely as a result of Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or any work or Alteration made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, then such work shall be performed by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 9(c), Tenant acknowledges that the Building or the Project may have certain non-compliant features which have been legally grandfathered, and that, unless required by governmental authority, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, upgrade or otherwise correct such non-compliance pursuant to this Paragraph 9(c) or any other provision of this Lease.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph 9, Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for fully and faithfully complying with all applicable requirements of Accessibility Laws. Within ten (10) business days after receipt, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing, and provide Landlord with copies of (as applicable), any notices alleging violation of Accessibility Laws relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project; any claims made or threatened orally or in writing regarding noncompliance with Accessibility Laws and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project; or any governmental or regulatory actions or investigations instituted or threatened regarding noncompliance with Accessibility Laws and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall and hereby agrees to protect, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, independent contractors or Landlord’s manager (collectively, “ Landlord’s Agents ”) harmless and indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against all liabilities, damages, claims, losses, penalties, judgments, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs of court and expenses necessary in the prosecution or defense of any litigation including the enforcement of this provision) arising from or in any way related to, directly or indirectly, Tenant’s or Tenant’s Agents’ violation or alleged violation of Accessibility Laws. The obligations of Tenant herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. To Landlord’s actual knowledge, the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), as defined in Section 55.52 of the California Civil Code. The foregoing statement is included in this Lease solely for the purpose of complying with California Civil Code Section 1938 and shall not in any manner affect Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective responsibilities for compliance with construction-related accessibility standards as provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with Laws including Accessibility Laws relating to the Project and to the Common Areas, in each case, that are outside the Premises. The cost of such compliance shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent permitted under Paragraph 4(b) above.
(d)     Roof Access . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the non-exclusive right (it being understood that Landlord may grant, extend or renew similar rights to others) to install, maintain, and from time to time replace a satellite dish and associated equipment (a “ Dish ”) on the roof of the Building, provided that prior to commencing any installation or maintenance, (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior approval of the proposed size, weight and location of the Dish and method for fastening the Dish to the roof, (ii) such installation and/or replacement shall comply strictly with all Laws and the conditions of any bond or warranty maintained by Landlord on the roof, (iii) Tenant shall use the Dish solely for its internal use, (iv) Tenant shall not grant any right to use of the Dish to any other party, and (v) Tenant shall obtain and maintain in effect, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, insurance for the Dish and any necessary federal, state, and municipal permits, licenses and approvals, and deliver copies thereof to Landlord. Landlord may supervise or perform any roof penetration related to the installation of a Dish, and charge the cost thereof to Tenant. All installation, construction and maintenance shall be performed in a neat, responsible, and workmanlike manner, using generally acceptable construction standards, consistent with such reasonable requirements imposed by Landlord. Tenant shall label each cable or wire placed by Tenant in the telecommunications pathways of the Building, with identification information as required by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Building caused by Tenant’s installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of the Dish. The Dish shall remain the property of Tenant, and Tenant may remove the Dish at its cost at any time during the Term. Tenant shall remove the Dish at Tenant’s cost and expense upon the expiration or termination of this Lease. The Dish, and any wires, cables or connections relating thereto, and the installation, maintenance and operation thereof shall in no way interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Building, or the operation of communications (including, but not limited to, other satellite dishes) or computer devices by Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project. If such interference shall occur, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice thereof and, provided Tenant has adequate access to the roof of the Building, Tenant shall correct the same within

17




twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of such notice. Landlord reserves the right to disconnect power to any Dish if Tenant fails to correct such interference within twenty-four (24) hours after such notice (provided Tenant was given adequate access to the roof of the Building in order to correct such interference). Landlord makes no warranty or representation that the Building or any portions thereof are suitable for the use of a Dish, it being assumed that Tenant has satisfied itself thereof. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind and nature, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by or asserted against Landlord arising out of Tenant’s installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of the Dish. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 9(d) shall survive any termination of this Lease. Landlord acknowledges that, to its actual knowledge, Tenant’s existing dish and use of the roof does not violate the foregoing provision, and Tenant shall continue to have the right to continue such access to and use of the roof at no additional Rent or charge hereunder throughout the Term. Landlord agrees that any other lessees, licensees or users of the rooftop of the Building for communications services who take possession of the same after the Lease Date shall be permitted to install only such equipment that is of the type and frequency which will not cause harmful interference which is measurable in accordance with then existing industry standards to Tenant’s Dish or any then existing rooftop equipment of Tenant. In the event any such after-installed equipment causes such interference, and after Tenant has notified Landlord in writing of such interference, Landlord will take all commercially reasonable steps as may be necessary to correct and eliminate the interference, including but not limited to, at Landlord’s option, causing the interfering party to power down such equipment and later power-up such equipment for intermittent testing; provided, however, if such interference with Tenant’s Dish or any then-existing rooftop equipment of Tenant persists for a period of thirty (30) days total, at Tenant’s request, Landlord shall promptly cause all interfering equipment to be powered down permanently and removed from the roof of the Building.
10.
CONDITION OF PREMISES
(a)    Tenant acknowledges that it is in possession of portions of the first and third floors of the Premises and all of the fourth and fifth floors of the Premises as of the Lease Date, and has had the opportunity to inspect the remainder of the Premises. Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord that neither Tenant nor any of its employees, agents, or contractors observed or has any knowledge of any mold, mildew, “ Mold Conditions ” (as hereinafter defined) or moisture within such portions of the Premises. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable for Tenant’s intended use and as being in good and sanitary operating order, condition and repair, AS IS, and without representation or warranty by Landlord or Landlord’s Agents as to the condition, use or occupancy which may be made thereof or the compliance of the Premises with applicable Laws, including Accessibility Laws except as may be specifically set forth in this Lease. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant. Nothing contained herein shall limit or effect any obligations of Safeway to Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Termination and Turn-Over Agreement, or otherwise.
(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall cause the electrical, plumbing, HVAC and roof systems servicing the Premises to be in good working condition on the Commencement Date. Any claims by Tenant under the preceding sentence shall be made in writing not later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the Commencement Date. In the event Tenant fails to deliver a written claim to Landlord on or before such thirtieth (30th) day, then Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Paragraph 10(b). Landlord’s obligations under this Paragraph 10(b) shall specifically exclude any obligation to repair any damage caused to the mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents.
11.
SURRENDER
On the last day of the Term, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord (a) in good condition and repair (damage by acts of God, fire, the elements and normal wear and tear excepted), with all interior walls repaired, all carpets vacuumed and all floors cleaned, and (b) otherwise in accordance with Paragraph 32(f) below. Normal wear and tear shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by proper maintenance by Tenant or Tenant otherwise performing all of its obligations under this Lease. In addition, on or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove the following items and repair any damage caused by such removal: (i) all of Tenant’s

18




Property (as defined in Paragraph 15(b) below) and Tenant’s signage from the Premises, the Building or the Project; and (ii) any Alterations or Tenant Improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant which constitute Specialty Alterations (as hereafter defined) and which have been designated by Landlord for removal. Tenant’s removal and disposal of items pursuant to this Paragraph 11 must comply with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. As used herein, the term “ Specialty Alterations ” means Alterations and/or Tenant Improvements which are not typical office installations, including, without limitation, equipment racks, classrooms, bathrooms (other than the base-building bathrooms), file rooms with reinforced flooring; libraries; workout/fitness rooms; shower rooms; locker rooms; kitchen facilities (other than coffee bars, kitchenettes, and employee lunch/break rooms that are standard in size for a single floor tenant); safes; and vaults. All Tenant Improvements and Alterations (except those Specialty Alterations which Landlord requires Tenant to remove in accordance with the terms of this Lease), shall remain in the Premises as the property of Landlord. Any of Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and disposition of such property; provided that Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all costs incurred in storing and disposing of such abandoned property of Tenant. Any Tenant’s Property remaining in the Premises after the end of the Term shall become the personal property of Landlord. Tenant hereby relinquishes all right, title and interest in such Tenant’s Property and agrees that Landlord may dispose of such Tenant’s Property as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1980 et seq. and 1993 et seq. governing the disposal of lost or abandoned property and releases Landlord, its employees and agents from any and all claims, damages, liabilities and actions of every kind and nature whatsoever, whether now known or unknown, arising out of or relating to disposal of Tenant’s Property remaining in the Premises after the end of the Term. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Tenant have any obligation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease to remove or restore any improvements (including Specialty Alterations) that existed on the Commencement Date.
12.
ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS
(a)    Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any alteration, addition or improvement (individually, an “ Alteration ” and collectively, the “ Alterations ”) to the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned (except as set forth herein) or delayed; provided, however, that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration that conflicts with the Construction Rules and Regulations (as hereinafter defined) or affects the structural portions of the Building or the Project, or affects the Building Systems or any portion thereof. “ Construction Rules and Regulations ” means Landlord’s standard rules and regulations relating to construction and alterations, as updated and revised from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to make Alterations to the Premises with prior written notice to, but without the consent of, Landlord, provided that such Alterations do not require a permit from the local government authority with jurisdiction thereof and (i) do not affect the structural portions of the Building or the Project or the Building Systems, (ii) are “generic” office improvements, (iii) cannot be seen from the exterior of the Building, (iv) consist of improvements and finishes that are similar to, and of equal or higher quality than, the improvements and finishes existing in the Premises as of the Commencement Date, and (v) are otherwise performed in full compliance with the terms of Paragraphs 12(b) through ‎12(k) below.
(b)    Any Alteration to the Premises shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in compliance with (i) all applicable Laws and all reasonable requirements requested by Landlord, including, but not limited to, the requirements of any insurer providing coverage for the Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof and (ii) the requirements of the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. All Alterations shall be completed in accordance with plans and specifications reasonably approved in writing by Landlord, and shall be constructed and installed in a good and workmanlike manner by a contractor reasonably approved in writing by Landlord. In connection with any Alteration, Tenant shall deliver plans and specifications therefor to Landlord. No review by Landlord of such plans and specifications shall be deemed to create any liability of any kind on the part of Landlord or to constitute a representation on the part of Landlord or any professional consulted by Landlord in connection with such review and approval, that such plans and specifications are correct or accurate, or comply with applicable Laws. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, is responsible for performing all accessibility and other work required to be performed in connection with the

19




Alterations, including, but not limited to, any “path of travel” or other work outside the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord may elect upon written notice to Tenant, to perform any such work in the Common Areas or elsewhere outside of the Premises, at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord elects to perform such work outside the Premises, then prior to the commencement of such Alterations by Tenant, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the cost of performing such work, including the cost of Landlord’s construction manager. Before Alterations may begin, valid building permits and any other required permits or licenses must be furnished to Landlord, and, once the Alterations begin, Tenant will diligently and continuously pursue their completion. Landlord shall have the right (but not an obligation) to monitor construction of the Alterations, and to require corrections of faulty construction or any material deviation from the plans for such Alterations as approved, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its costs (including, but not limited to, the costs of any construction manager retained by Landlord) in reviewing plans and documents and in monitoring construction; provided, however, that no such inspection shall be deemed to create any liability on the part of Landlord, or constitute a representation by Landlord or any person hired to perform such inspection that the work so inspected conforms with such plans or complies with any applicable Laws, and no such inspection shall give rise to a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, Landlord’s continuing right at any time or from time to time to require the correction of any faulty work or any material deviation from such plans. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, the total supervision fees payable to Landlord or its construction manager for its review of any plans and specifications for and/or the monitoring of the construction of Alterations shall not exceed four percent (4%) of the “hard” costs of such Alterations up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), and shall not exceed two percent (2%) of such “hard” costs in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).
(c)    Tenant (or Tenant’s general contractor) shall maintain during the course of construction, at its sole cost and expense, builders’ risk insurance for the amount of the completed value of the Alterations on an all-risk non-reporting form covering all improvements under construction, including building materials, and other insurance in amounts and against such risks as Landlord shall reasonably require in connection with the Alterations. In addition, Tenant shall ensure that its contractors procure and maintain in full force and effect during the course of construction a Commercial General Liability, and if necessary, an Umbrella Liability policy of insurance naming Tenant and Landlord Insureds as additional insureds. The minimum limit of coverage of such policy shall be not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence and not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per project aggregate, and the commercial general liability policy shall contain a separation of insureds endorsement. Such insurance shall further insure Landlord and Tenant against liability for property damage of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00). Products and Completed Operations insurance shall continue for a period at least equal to the statute of limitations.
(d)    All Alterations, including, but not limited to, heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning, fixed partitioning, drapery, wall covering and paneling, built-in cabinet work and carpeting installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral part of the Premises or the Building, shall at once be and become the property of Landlord, and shall not be deemed trade fixtures or Tenant’s Property. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove any or all Specialty Alterations upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with Paragraph 11; provided, however, that if Tenant requests in writing, at the time it requests Landlord’s consent to the proposed Alterations or Tenant Improvements, that Landlord identify any elements thereof which Landlord considers Specialty Alterations, then unless Landlord identifies any such elements as Specialty Alterations, Tenant shall not be required to remove the proposed Alterations or Tenant Improvements. If Landlord identifies any Alterations or Tenant Improvements as Specialty Alterations, then Landlord may in its reasonable discretion require Tenant to pay, prior to the commencement of construction of such Specialty Alterations, an amount reasonably determined by Landlord as necessary to cover the costs of demolishing such Specialty Alterations and/or the cost of returning the Premises and the Building to its condition prior to the construction of such Specialty Alterations.
(e)    Before installing any equipment or lights which generate an undue amount of heat in the Premises, or if Tenant plans to use any high-power usage equipment in the Premises, Tenant shall obtain the written permission of Landlord. Landlord may refuse to grant such permission unless Tenant agrees to pay the costs to Landlord for installation of supplementary air conditioning capacity or electrical systems necessitated by such equipment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant’s existing supplementary air conditioning systems and/or

20




electrical systems installed in the portion of the Building occupied by Tenant as of the Lease Date are hereby approved by Landlord.
(f)    Tenant shall not make any Alterations, notwithstanding consent from Landlord to do so, until Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the date Tenant desires to commence such Alterations and Landlord has approved such date in writing or Landlord has been deemed to have approved such date hereunder by failing to disapprove of such date in writing within five (5) business days of its receipt of such notice from Tenant, in order that Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers for payment for such Alterations. Tenant will at all times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of the Alterations.
(g)    Tenant shall not, at any time prior to or during the Term, directly or indirectly employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, mechanic or laborer in the Premises, whether in connection with any Alteration or otherwise, if it is reasonably foreseeable that such employment will materially interfere or cause any material conflict with other contractors, mechanics, or laborers engaged in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Project by Landlord, Tenant or others. In the event of any such interference or conflict, Tenant, upon the written demand of Landlord, shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Project immediately.
(h)    Tenant shall not use or employ materials that are susceptible to the growth of mold, particularly in areas where moisture accumulation is common.
(i)    All trash which may accumulate in connection with Tenant’s construction activities shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense from the Premises and the Building.
(j)    Promptly following completion of any Alteration requiring plans for the issuance of permits, Tenant shall (1) furnish to Landlord “as-built” plans therefor, (2) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Alameda County, and (3) deliver to Landlord evidence of full payment and unconditional final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials.
(k)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Tenant desires to install wireless intranet, Internet and communications network (“ Wi-Fi Network ”) in the Premises for use by Tenant and its employees, then the same shall be subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 12(k) (in addition to the other provisions of this Paragraph 12). Tenant shall install, maintain and operate the Wi-Fi Network so as not to cause any interference with other tenants in the Project or the normal operations of the Building and the Project, including, but not limited to, interference with other communications equipment. Should any interference occur, Tenant shall take all necessary steps as soon as reasonably possible, and in no event later than three (3) business days following such occurrence, to correct such interference. If such interference continues after such three (3) business day period, Tenant shall immediately cease operating such Wi-Fi Network until such interference is corrected or remedied to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant telecommunication rights to other tenants and occupants of the Project and to telecommunication service providers, and in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any interference of the same with such Wi-Fi Network. Landlord makes no representation that the Wi-Fi Network will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance. Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Wi-Fi Network, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any Laws in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Wi-Fi Network and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Wi-Fi Network, and (iv) be responsible for any modifications, additions or repairs to the Building or the Project, including, but not limited to, Building Systems or Project systems or infrastructure which are required by reason of the installation, maintenance, repairs, operation or removal of Tenant’s Wi-Fi Network. Should Landlord be required to retain professionals to research any interference issues that may arise and confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 12(k), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s retention of such professionals, the research of such interference issues, and confirmation of Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Paragraph 12(k) within ten (10) days after the date Landlord submits to Tenant an invoice for

21




such costs. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Wi-Fi Network from the Premises and restore the Premises and the Building to the same condition as before installation thereof. Landlord acknowledges that to its actual knowledge, Tenant’s Wi-Fi Network in operation in the portion of the Building occupied by Tenant as of the Lease Date is in compliance with the terms of this Paragraph 12(k).
13.
MAINTENANCE TO AND REPAIRS OF PREMISES
(a)     Maintenance by Tenant . Throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, subject to Paragraphs 5(a), 13(b), 21 and 22 hereof, (1) keep and maintain in good order and condition the Premises and Tenant’s Property, (2) keep and maintain in good order and condition, repair and replace all of Tenant’s security systems in or about or serving the Premises, and (3) maintain and replace all specialty lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts. Tenant shall not do or allow Tenant’s Agents to do anything to cause any damage, deterioration or unsightliness to the Premises, the Building or the Project. All maintenance and repairs, including, but not limited to, janitorial and cleaning services, pest control and waste management and recycling performed by or on behalf of Tenant must comply with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall: (i) adopt and enforce good housekeeping practices, ventilation and vigilant moisture control within the Premises (particularly in kitchen areas, janitorial closets, bathrooms, in and around water fountains and other plumbing facilities and fixtures, break rooms, in and around outside walls, and in and around heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and associated drains) for the prevention of moisture or mold (such measures, collectively, “ Mold Prevention Practices ”), and (ii) regularly monitor the Premises for the presence of mold and conditions reasonably expected to give rise to or be attributed to mold or fungus, including observed or suspected instances of water damage, condensation, seepage, leaks or other water collection or penetration (from any source, internal or external), mold growth, mildew, repeated complaints of respiratory ailments or eye irritation by Tenant’s employees or any other occupants of the Premises, or any notice from a governmental agency of complaints regarding the indoor air quality at the Premises (collectively, the “ Mold Conditions ”). Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing if it observes, suspects, or has reason to believe mold or Mold Conditions exist in, at, or about the Premises or a surrounding area. In the event of suspected mold or Mold Conditions in, at, or about the Premises and surrounding areas, Landlord may cause an inspection of the Premises to be conducted, during such time as Landlord may designate, to determine if mold or Mold Conditions are present in, at, or about the Premises. Any such inspections shall be subject to Paragraph 20 below.
(b)     Maintenance by Landlord . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13(a), 21 and 22, and further subject to Tenant’s obligation under Paragraph 4 to reimburse Landlord, in the form of Additional Rent, for Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the cost and expense of the following items, Landlord shall repair and maintain the following to a level that is at least commensurate with such maintenance performed at Comparable Buildings: the roof coverings (provided that Tenant installs no additional air conditioning or other equipment on the roof that damages the roof coverings, in which event Tenant shall pay all costs resulting from the presence of such additional equipment); the Building Systems serving the Premises (excluding any specialty systems installed by or for Tenant) and the Building; the Parking Areas and pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the Common Areas. Subject to the Paragraphs 13(a), 21 and 22, Landlord, at its own cost and expense, shall repair and maintain the following: the structural portions of the roof (specifically excluding the roof coverings), the foundation, the footings, the floor slab, and the load bearing walls and exterior walls of the Building (excluding any glass, routine maintenance, painting, sealing, patching and waterproofing of such walls). Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 13 to the contrary, and subject to advance written notice to Tenant prior to Tenant commencing such repair, Landlord shall have the right to either repair or to require Tenant to repair any damage to any portion of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project caused by or created due to any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents and to restore the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as applicable, to the condition existing prior to the occurrence of such damage; provided, however, that in the event Landlord elects to perform such repair and restoration work, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) business days after demand for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective condition known to it which Landlord is required to repair under the terms hereof. Landlord’s obligation hereunder to perform any repairs Landlord is obligated to perform hereunder is subject to the condition precedent that Landlord shall have received written notice of the need for such repairs from Tenant and a reasonable time to perform such repair.

22




(c)     California Waivers . Tenant hereby expressly waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or to terminate this Lease, as provided for in California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942, and 1932(l), respectively, and any similar or successor statute or law in effect or any amendment thereof during the Term. The foregoing shall not limit Tenant’s rights as set forth in Paragraph 24(c) below
14.
LANDLORD’S INSURANCE
Landlord shall purchase and keep in force a special causes of loss (all risk) property insurance policy covering the Building and the Project. Landlord may also purchase and maintain such additional insurance coverage as Landlord may from time to time deem prudent, or as may be required by Landlord’s lender, including commercial general liability insurance and insurance coverage against the risks of earthquake, flood damage, terrorism or other perils, and rental loss coverage. All insurance carried by Landlord shall be in such amounts, issued by such companies, and on such terms and conditions as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine, and the premiums for all insurance maintained by Landlord from time to time shall be included in Insurance Expenses. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any and all reasonable requirements pertaining to the Premises, the Building and the Project of any insurer necessary for the maintenance of reasonable property and commercial general liability insurance, covering the Building and the Project.
15.
TENANT’S INSURANCE
(a)     Commercial General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, secure and keep in force a Commercial General Liability insurance policy covering the Premises, insuring Tenant, and naming Landlord and Landlord’s advisors, property managers and lenders as additional insureds (collectively, including Landlord, “ Landlord Insureds ”) against any liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Building. The minimum combined limit of coverage of such policies shall be in the amount of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence and annual aggregate. The Commercial General Liability policy shall include contractual liability coverage (which shall include coverage for Tenant’s indemnification obligations in this Lease), and shall contain a separation of insureds clause. Such insurance shall further insure Landlord and Tenant against liability for property damage of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00). If the required coverage is maintained by an Excess/Umbrella Liability policy, the insurance shall be excess over and no less broad than all coverages described herein. The limit of any insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. No policy maintained by Tenant under this Paragraph 15(a) shall contain a deductible greater than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). Such policies of insurance shall be issued as primary policies and not contributing with or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 04 13 (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage) and endorsed with an ISO CG 20 11 Additional Insured Endorsement (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage) including Landlord Insureds as additional insureds, and a Waiver of Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others Endorsement to provide a waiver of subrogation as to Landlord Insureds.
(b)     Personal Property Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect on all of its personal property, furniture, furnishings, trade or business fixtures, cabling and equipment (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”) on the Premises, special causes of loss (all risk) property insurance in an amount equal to 100% of the full replacement cost thereof and including coverage for sprinkler leakage. The policy shall be issued on ISO form CP 1030 (or substitute form providing equivalent coverage) and shall not contain a deductible greater than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). During the Term of this Lease, the proceeds from any such insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall have no interest in the insurance upon Tenant’s Property and will sign all documents reasonably necessary in connection with the settlement of any claim or loss by Tenant respecting Tenant’s Property. Landlord will not carry insurance on Tenant’s Property.
(c)     Automobile Liability . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain Automobile Liability insurance including coverage on owned, hired, and non-owned automobiles and other vehicles, if used in connection with the performance of the work, with Bodily Injury and Property Damage limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident.

23




(d)     Workers’ Compensation Insurance; Employers’ Liability Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect Workers’ Compensation insurance with not less than the minimum limits required by law, and Employers’ Liability insurance with a minimum limit of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per accident, and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per each employee by disease and One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) policy limit by disease, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident and disease. This insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation as to Landlord and Landlord Insureds.
(e)     Business Interruption Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect Business Income and Extra Expense insurance, including all Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease.
(f)     General Requirements; Evidence of Coverage . All insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall be issued by an insurance company qualified to do business in the State of California for the issuance of such type of coverage and shall have an AM Best Financial Strength Rating of A− or better and an AM Best Financial Size Rating of XIII or better. Prior to Landlord granting access to the Premises to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance for all insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days prior to expiration of each policy, furnish Landlord with certificates of renewal thereof. Tenant shall expressly provide that such policies shall not be cancelable or otherwise subject to modification, except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and the other parties named as additional insureds as required in this Lease (except for cancellation for nonpayment of premium, in which event cancellation shall not take effect until at least ten (10) days’ notice has been given to Landlord). Following the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Lease Date, Landlord may from time to time require reasonable increases in the types and/or limits of insurance to be carried by Tenant if Landlord believes that additional coverage is necessary or desirable and such limits are generally consistent with such coverages then required by landlords of comparable space in Comparable Buildings. If Tenant does not comply with the requirements of this Paragraph 15, Landlord may, at its option and at Tenant’s expense, but only after notifying Tenant in writing at least ten (10) business days in advance, purchase such insurance coverage to protect Landlord Insureds. The cost of such insurance shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) business days after demand.
(g)     Contractor’s and Vendor’s Insurance . In addition to the insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will require Tenant’s vendors and contractors entering the Building to carry such insurance as Landlord shall reasonably determine to be necessary, and, promptly following receipt of a written request therefor, Tenant shall cause satisfactory evidence of such insurance to be provided to Landlord by such vendors and contractors. For the sake of clarity, it is understood that guests and visitors of Tenant will not be considered vendors or contractors of Tenant for purposes of this Paragraph 15(g). As of the Lease Date, Tenant's current vendor and contractor insurance requirements as indicated on Exhibit E attached hereto are acknowledged to be acceptable to Landlord. In addition, in the event that Tenant reasonably determines that a vendor (but not contractor) Tenant has hired to provide products or perform services at the Premises is unable to satisfy the insurance requirements for a vendor as indicated in Exhibit E hereto (an example being a yoga instructor), then Tenant may elect to waive the insurance requirements for such vendor provided Tenant so notifies Landlord at least five (5) business days before such vendor commences the delivery of any products or performance of any services on the Premises; provided, however Tenant acknowledges that such vendor shall be one of Tenant’s Agents for purposes of Tenant’s indemnity obligations set forth herein.
16.
INDEMNIFICATION
(a)     Of Landlord . Subject to the terms of Paragraph 17, Tenant shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents against and from any and all claims, suits, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements) arising from (i) the use of the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or from any activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, and (ii) any act, neglect, fault, willful misconduct or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or from any breach or default in the terms of this Lease by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, and (iii) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter in items (i) or (ii); however, the foregoing indemnity shall not be applicable to the extent any claims arising by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. If any

24




action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for, waives its entire claim of recovery for and assumes all risk of (A) damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project from any cause whatsoever (except to the extent such matters are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents or by the failure of Landlord to observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease, if such failure has persisted for an unreasonable period of time after written notice of such failure), or (B) loss resulting from business interruption or loss of income at the Premises. The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 16(a) shall survive any termination of this Lease.
(b)     Of Tenant . Subject to the terms of Paragraph 17, Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s Agents against and from any and all claims, suits, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees) arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. If any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Tenant, Landlord shall defend the same at Landlord’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. The obligations of Landlord under this Paragraph 16(b) shall survive any termination of this Lease.
(c)     No Impairment of Insurance . The foregoing indemnities shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under any policies required to be carried by either party pursuant to this Lease, to the extent that such policies cover the peril or occurrence that results in the claim that is subject to the foregoing indemnity.
17.
SUBROGATION
Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any claim against the other party and the other party’s Agent(s) for any loss or damage to any of their property located on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project that is caused by or results from perils covered by property insurance carried by the respective parties, to the extent of the proceeds of such insurance actually received with respect to such loss or damage, whether or not due to the negligence of the other party or its Agents. Because the foregoing waivers will preclude the assignment of any claim by way of subrogation to an insurance company or any other person, each party shall immediately notify its insurer, in writing, of the terms of these mutual waivers and have its insurance policies endorsed to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverage because of these waivers. Nothing in this Paragraph 17 or anywhere else in this Lease shall relieve a party of liability to the other for failure to carry insurance required by this Lease.
18.
SIGNS
(a)     Monument Signage; Eyebrow Signage . Subject to Paragraph 18(c) below including approval from the City of Pleasanton, Tenant shall have (i) the exclusive right to have its name listed on the monument sign for the Building that is located at the entrance to the Project from Embarcadero Court, in the location indicated as “Monument Sign #1” on Exhibit A-2 hereto, and (ii) the right to relocate, at Tenant’s expense, and exclusively use the monument sign located at the Building, which monument sign is currently located it the location indicated as “Monument Sign #2 (Current)” on Exhibit A-2 hereto, and which may be relocated to the location that is indicated as “Monument Sign #2 (Relocated)” on Exhibit A-2 . Landlord will maintain and repair such monument signs, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any such maintenance and repair as Additional Rent. Subject to Paragraph 18(c) below including approval from the City of Pleasanton, Tenant shall be permitted, at Tenant’s expense, to relocate the eyebrow signage currently installed near the main entrance to the Premises on the east side of the Building to a location near the main entrance to the Premises that Tenant will be relocating to the west side of the Building.
(b)     Parapet Signage . Subject to Paragraph 18(c) below including approval from the City of Pleasanton, Tenant shall be entitled to two (2) tenant identification parapet signs (the " Parapet Signs "). Landlord has approved the two (2) Parapet Signs located on the exterior of the Building as of the Lease Date. Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, maintain the Parapet Signage in good condition and repair. Maintenance shall include, without

25




limitation, cleaning and, if the Parapet Signage is illuminated, relamping at reasonable intervals. Tenant shall be responsible for any electrical energy used in connection with the Parapet Signs.
(c)     General Requirements . Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed in, upon, or about the Premises, the Building or the Project any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, advertisements or notices, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises without obtaining Landlord's prior written consent or without complying with Landlord's signage criteria, as the same may be reasonably modified by Landlord from time to time (the “ Signage Criteria ”) and without complying with all applicable Laws (including, without limitation, obtaining any required consent of the City of Pleasanton or any other public authorities having jurisdiction) and Private Restrictions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant must obtain Landlord's written consent as to the design, size and color of Tenant's signage and the manner in which it is attached to the Project prior to its fabrication and installation. To obtain Landlord's consent, Tenant shall submit design drawings to Landlord showing the type and sizes of all lettering; the colors, finishes and types of materials used; and (if applicable and Landlord consents in its sole discretion) any provisions for illumination. Landlord reserves the right to withhold consent to any sign that, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, is offensive, political or otherwise not harmonious with Class-A office buildings. Upon the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease or at such other time that any of Tenant's signage rights are terminated pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 18, Tenant shall remove any such signage and repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project caused thereby (including, if necessary, the replacement of any precast concrete panels), all at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If any signs are not timely removed, or necessary repairs are not made, as provided above, then Landlord shall have the right to remove and dispose of such sign(s) and repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project at Tenant's sole cost and expense. In addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord, if Tenant erects or installs any sign in violation of this Paragraph 18, and Tenant fails to remove same within three (3) business days after receipt of notice from Landlord or erects or installs a similar sign in the future, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant a signage fee equal to $100.00 per day for each day thereafter that such sign is not removed or a similar sign is installed or erected in the future in violation of this Paragraph 18. Landlord’s election to charge such fee shall not be deemed to be consent by Landlord to such sign and Tenant shall remain obligated to remove such sign in accordance with Landlord’s notice. At Landlord's option, Tenant's right to use of the Monument Signage and/or rights to Parapet Signs may be revoked and terminated upon occurrence of any of the following events: (a) Tenant is in Default and, as a result, Landlord is enforcing its rights under this Lease to remove Tenant from the Premises and/or to terminate this Lease; (b) Tenant and/or any assignee that is an Affiliate (as defined below) leases less than the entirety of the Premises; or (c) Tenant subleases in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Premises or assigns this Lease (other than to a Permitted Corporation or an Affiliate, respectively). Unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing in its sole discretion, the rights provided in this Paragraph 18 shall be non-transferable, except to an assignee that is an Affiliate.
19.
FREE FROM LIENS
Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) business days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right but not the obligation, to cause same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees) shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant within ten (10) business days after demand. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law or that Landlord shall deem proper for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Building and the Project, from mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens. Tenant shall give to Landlord at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice of commencement of any repair or construction on the Premises that could possibly result in the filing of a mechanics or materialmen’s lien.


26




20.
ENTRY BY LANDLORD
Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlord’s Agents to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice (except to provide regular services or in the case of an emergency, in which circumstances no notice shall be required), and subject to Tenant’s reasonable security arrangements, to inspect the same, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders, or, during the last six (6) months of the Term, prospective tenants and post ordinary “for lease” signs, to post notices of non-responsibility and ordinary “for sale” signs, to provide services, alter, improve, maintain and repair the Premises or the Building as required or permitted of Landlord under the terms hereof, or for any other business purpose, without any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned. No such entry shall be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant from the Premises. Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure in the case of an emergency and when Landlord otherwise deems such closure necessary. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts not to disturb Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building and/or the Parking Areas in the exercise of its rights under this Paragraph 20.
21.
DESTRUCTION AND DAMAGE
(a)    Tenant shall give Landlord immediate notice of any damage to the Premises and/or the Building. If the Premises are damaged by fire or other perils covered by insurance carried by Landlord, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option:
(i)    In the event of total destruction of the Premises (which shall mean destruction or damage in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof), elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the “ Casualty Election Notice ”) of its election within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord obtains actual knowledge of such destruction (the “ Casualty Discovery Date ”), which Casualty Election Notice shall also include Landlord’s reasonable categorization of such damage for purposes of this Paragraph 21 and Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time period necessary to fully repair the damage and restore the Premises as required by this Paragraph 21. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, such Casualty Election Notice shall specify a termination date, which shall be no fewer than thirty (30) days or more than sixty (60) days after the date of such Casualty Election Notice.
(ii)    In the event of a partial destruction (which shall mean destruction or damage to an extent not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises of the full insurable value thereof) for which Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost to repair and restore such partial destruction, and, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the damage to the Premises can be substantially repaired or restored to the condition existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Casualty Discovery Date (when such repairs are made without payment of overtime or other premiums), Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair and restoration, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If in Landlord’s reasonable judgment such repair and restoration requires longer than said one hundred eighty (180) day period, or, if the insurance proceeds to be received by Landlord are not sufficient to fully cover the cost of such repair and restoration, Landlord may elect either to repair and restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or not to repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its election within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, such notice shall specify a termination date, which shall be no fewer than thirty (30) days or more than sixty (60) days after the date of the Casualty Election Notice.
(b)    If the Premises are damaged by any peril not fully covered by insurance proceeds to be received by Landlord, Landlord may elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or not to repair or

27




restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its election within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, such notice shall specify a termination date, which shall be no fewer than thirty (30) days or more than sixty (60) days after the date of the Casualty Election Notice.
(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 21, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, exercisable by notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, in each of the following instances:
(i)    If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value of the Building is destroyed, or if more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value of the Project is damaged or destroyed, whether or not the Premises are damaged.
(ii)    In Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repair and restoration of damage to portions of the Building or the Project necessary for Tenant’s access to or use and occupancy of the Premises cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days from the Casualty Discovery Date (when such repairs are made without payment of overtime or other premiums), whether or not the Premises are damaged.
(iii)    If the Building or the Project or any portion thereof necessary for Tenant’s access to or use and occupancy of the Premises is damaged or destroyed and the insurance proceeds therefor are not sufficient to cover the costs of repair and restoration, whether or not the Premises are damaged.
(iv)    If the Premises, the Building or the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed during the last twelve (12) months of the Term.
(v)    Any “ Superior Mortgagee ” shall require that insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire debt under any “ Superior Mortgage ” (as such capitalized terms are defined in Paragraph 31 below).
(d)    In the event of repair and restoration as herein provided, the monthly installments of Rent shall be abated proportionately in the ratio which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair or restoration; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to such abatement to the extent that such damage or destruction resulted solely from the acts or inaction of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any damage to or destruction of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the repair or restoration thereof, including, but not limited to, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair or restoration.
(e)    If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore the Premises as provided above, Landlord shall be obligated to repair or restore only the Tenant Improvements, if any, constructed by Landlord or Tenant in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter or Alterations approved by Landlord, substantially to their condition existing immediately prior to the occurrence of the damage or destruction; and Tenant shall promptly repair and restore, at Tenant’s expense, Alterations which were not approved by Landlord.
(f)    Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 21, in the event of a partial destruction of the Building, the Common Areas or the Parking Areas that prevents Tenant from utilizing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises and that will be reasonably expected to take in excess of one (1) year from the Casualty Discovery Date (when such repairs are made without payment of overtime or other premiums) to fully repair and Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as set forth above, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease and all of its obligations hereunder upon written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the later of (i) Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of its election to repair and restore the damage or (ii) the day on which Landlord could have delivered a Casualty Election Notice to Tenant terminating this Lease as set forth above.

28




(g)    Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(2) and Section 1933(4) which permit termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased premises, and the provisions of any similar law now or hereinafter in effect, and the provisions of this Paragraph 21 shall govern exclusively in case of such destruction.
22.
CONDEMNATION
(a)    If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises, the Building, the Project or the Parking Areas is taken for more than one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful governmental power or authority, by exercise of the right of appropriation, inverse condemnation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking (each such event being referred to as a “ Condemnation ”), Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date possession must be surrendered to the condemning party. If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises is so taken for more than one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days and if the Premises remaining after such Condemnation and any repairs by Landlord would be untenantable (in Tenant’s reasonable opinion) for the conduct of Tenant’s business operations, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date possession must be surrendered to the condemning party. If either party elects to terminate this Lease as provided herein, such election shall be made by written notice to the other party given within thirty (30) days after the nature and extent of such Condemnation has been finally determined. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this Lease to the extent permitted above, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises, the Project and the Parking Areas, as applicable, to the extent of any Condemnation award received by Landlord, to substantially the same condition as existed prior to such Condemnation, allowing for the reasonable effects of such Condemnation, and a proportionate abatement shall be made to the Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the portion of the floor area of the Premises (adjusted for any increase thereto resulting from any reconstruction) of which, Tenant is deprived on account of such Condemnation and restoration, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any Condemnation, whether permanent or temporary, or the repair or restoration of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the Parking Areas for the Building or the Project following such Condemnation, including, but not limited to, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Project or the Parking Areas and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Condemnation, repair or restoration. The provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130, which allows either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate the Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the Parking Areas, and any other applicable law now or hereafter enacted, are hereby waived by both parties.
(b)    Landlord shall be entitled to any and all compensation, damages, income, rent, awards, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid in connection with any Condemnation, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired Term of this Lease or otherwise; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award separately allocated by the condemning authority to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses, the value of Tenant’s Property (specifically excluding fixtures, Alterations and other components of the Premises which under this Lease or by law are or at the expiration of the Term will become the property of Landlord), and Tenant’s loss of goodwill as a result of such relocation, provided that such award does not reduce any award otherwise allocable or payable to Landlord.
(c)    If, as a result of any Condemnation, all or any part of the Premises is taken for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or less, then a proportionate abatement shall be made to Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the portion of the floor areas of the Premises of which, Tenant is deprived on account of such Condemnation, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and Landlord shall be entitled to any and all compensation, damages, income, rent, awards or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid in connection with any such temporary Condemnation.


29




23.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
(a)    Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (i) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (ii) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or (iii) allow any other person (the employees and invitees of Tenant and/or any Affiliate excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld, conditioned or delayed unreasonably as set forth below in this Paragraph 23, provided that Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease. Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign or transfer any right or interest under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the right to initiate any collections, lawsuits, audits or other findings of fact.
(b)    When Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such assignment or subletting as provided in Paragraph 23(a) above, other than to a Related Corporation (as defined below) or to an Affiliate, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s proposed use of the Premises, and shall provide current and prior annual financial statements for the preceding three (3) years for the proposed assignee or subtenant, which financial statements shall be audited, or if audited financial statements are unavailable, such statements shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and shall in any event be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement, or, in the case of an assignment by operation of law, a copy of the proposed agreement that would affect the assignment, in all cases including all material terms and conditions thereof, and all other information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed sublease or assignment and the parties involved therein. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the foregoing, to (i) if Tenant proposes to assign this Lease or sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable floor area of the Premises for a period of more than sixty percent (60%) of the remaining Term, (x) terminate this Lease with respect to the subject space or the entire Premises as of the commencement date of the proposed sublease or assignment, or (y) sublease or take an assignment, as the case may be, from Tenant of the portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and/or the Premises that Tenant proposes to assign or sublease, on the same terms and conditions as stated in the proposed agreement, (ii) consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, or (iii) refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, provided that (A) such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, so long as Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease, and (B) in the case of a sublease, as a condition to providing such consent, Landlord may require attornment from the proposed subtenant on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease or sublease or take an assignment from Tenant of the interest, or portion thereof, in this Lease and/or the Premises that Tenant proposes to assign or sublease as provided in the foregoing clause (i), then Landlord shall have the additional right to negotiate directly with Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant and to enter into a direct lease or occupancy agreement with such party on such terms as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant hereby waives any claims against Landlord related thereto, including, but not limited to, any claims for any compensation or profit related to such lease or occupancy agreement. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as to a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease (absent manifest error) to that effect within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request, and Landlord shall be responsible for all demising and tenant improvement costs to effectuate such sublease.
(c)    Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord shall be entitled to consider all reasonable criteria including, but not limited to, the following: (i) whether the proposed subtenant or assignee is engaged in a business which, and the use of the Premises or portion thereof will be in a manner which, is in keeping with the then character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, (ii) whether the use to be made of the Premises or portion thereof by the proposed subtenant or assignee will conflict with any so-called “exclusive” use then in favor of any other tenant of the Project (provided Landlord delivers to Tenant reasonably satisfactory evidence of such exclusive use right), and whether such use would be prohibited by any other provision of this Lease, including any Rules and Regulations then in effect, or under applicable Laws, and whether such use imposes a greater load upon the Premises and the Building and Project services than imposed by Tenant, (iii) the business reputation of the proposed individuals who will be managing and operating the business operations of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and the long-term financial and competitive business prospects of

30




the proposed assignee or subtenant, (iv) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and (v) whether the proposed use is likely to cause the Building or any part thereof not to conform with or would be likely to impair the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. In any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, if any one or more of the following circumstances apply: (A) the actual use proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the provisions of Paragraph 9(a) or (b) above or with any other lease which restricts the use to which any space in the Project may be put, (B) the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet is irregular in shape and/or does not permit safe or otherwise appropriate means of ingress and egress, or does not comply with governmental safety and other codes, (C) the proposed subtenant or assignee is either a governmental or quasi-governmental agency or instrumentality thereof; (D) the proposed subtenant or assignee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed subtenant or assignee is actively negotiating with Landlord or has actively negotiated with Landlord to lease comparable space in the Project during the three (3) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives Tenant’s request for consent, unless Landlord does not have adequate space in the Project for such proposed transferee; or (E) if the proposed subtenant or assignee is a Prohibited Person, as defined in Paragraph 47 below.
(d)    If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium (as hereinafter defined) received by Tenant. The term “ Transfer Premium ” means all rent, additional rent, and other consideration paid by an assignee or subtenant in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (on a rentable square foot basis, if less than the entire Premises is transferred), after deducting “ Permitted Transfer Costs ”, which shall mean the actual costs incurred and paid by Tenant for (i) any third party leasing commissions and/or design and construction fees paid by Tenant in connection with the assignment or subletting that are reasonable and customary for the market in which the Premises are located; (ii) Tenant’s reasonable attorneys’ fees in negotiating such sublease or assignment (including, without limitation, the consent of Landlord as required by this Paragraph 23); (iii) any fees paid by Tenant to Landlord in connection with seeking Landlord’s consent to such sublease or assignment; and (iv) any tenant improvement allowance paid by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant for improvements made in the Premises with Landlord’s approval. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the Permitted Transfer Costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable assignment or sublease. If part of the consideration for such transfer shall be payable other than in cash, Landlord’s share of such non-cash consideration shall be in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant shall enter into multiple transfers, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated independently with respect to each transfer. The Transfer Premium due Landlord hereunder shall be earned and paid monthly, within ten (10) business days after Tenant receives any Transfer Premium from the transferee. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof provided Landlord keeps all such information confidential. If the Transfer Premium respecting any transfer shall be found to be understated, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after written demand pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit, up to a maximum of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). To the extent there is a dispute with respect to the Transfer Premium, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate reasonably and in good faith to resolve the same, failing which such dispute shall be subject to the process set forth in Paragraph 4(h) above. The assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by Landlord, shall not be amended or terminated without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall be subject to the same standards of reasonableness as set forth above for the original assignment or sublease agreement and shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice from Landlord that Tenant is in Default under this Lease with respect to the payment of Rent. In the event that, notwithstanding the giving of such notice, Tenant collects any rent or other sums from the assignee or subtenant, then Tenant shall hold such sums in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall immediately forward the same to Landlord. Landlord’s collection of such rent and other sums shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or subtenant.
(e)    Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease (regardless of whether the approval of Landlord, or any such guarantor or surety, has been obtained for any such assignment or subletting).

31




(f)    Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable fees (including, but not limited to, the fees and expenses of Landlord’s counsel), incurred in connection with Landlord’s review and processing of documents regarding any proposed assignment or sublease, not to exceed $3,500.00 unless Tenant or its transferee requests changes to this Lease or Landlord’s form of consent, in which case such monetary limitation shall not apply. The reference to changes in this Lease or Landlord’s form of consent shall not be deemed or constructed as an agreement, commitment or assurance by Landlord that any changes will be made.
(g)    A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupancy or use shall not be deemed to be a consent to any other or subsequent assignment, subletting, occupancy or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s consent when required hereunder shall be void, and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease.
(h)    Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord consents to a subletting by Tenant in accordance with this Paragraph 23, Tenant’s subtenant shall have no right to further sub-sublease all or any portion of the Building so sublet.
(i)    If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after a Default by Tenant, collect Rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to Rent, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 23, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If a third party (other than an assignee of this Lease or a subtenant or occupant of the Premises) pays Landlord Rent (whether or not on behalf of Tenant) or otherwise performs obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord’s acceptance of such Rent or performance shall not release Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The consent by Landlord to an assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any other or further assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions, conditions and limitations imposed by this Paragraph 23 on Tenant’s ability to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof, are, for the purposes of California Civil Code Section 1951.4, as amended from time to time, and for all other purposes, reasonable at the time that the Lease was entered into, and shall be deemed to be reasonable at the time that Tenant seeks to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof.
(j)    Without limiting the other transaction(s) that may constitute or result in an assignment of this Lease, each of the following shall be deemed to be an assignment under this Lease: (i) the merger or consolidation of Tenant with or into another entity, whether or not Tenant is the surviving entity, except a merger of Tenant into a wholly-owned subsidiary; (ii) except in the case of a public offering of securities registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a transfer, issuance, or dilution of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership or beneficial interests (whether stock, partnership interest, membership interest or otherwise) in Tenant, either in a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or unrelated), such that the ultimate owners or holders (whether direct or indirect) of such interests on the date of this Lease cease to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership or beneficial interest in Tenant; (iii) the commencement of liquidation proceedings or the dissolution of Tenant (whether or not in connection with liquidation proceedings); (iv) the conversion or change of Tenant into another type of entity ( e.g. , the conversion of a corporation into a limited liability company); and (v) the reorganization or restructuring of Tenant, including by a spin-off or split-off. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, any of the foregoing events that may constitute an assignment under the terms of this Paragraph 23(j) shall be deemed to have been consented to by Landlord and Paragraphs 23(b), (c), and (d) above shall not apply so long as the resulting entity has a Net Worth (as defined below) that is equal to or greater than Tenant’s Net Worth immediately prior to the proposed assignment.

32




References in this Lease to use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but shall also include licensees or others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on any door of the Premises or on any directory or in any elevator in the Building, or otherwise, shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, operate to vest in the person so named any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or be deemed to constitute, or serve as a substitute for, or any waiver of, any prior consent of Landlord required under this Paragraph 23. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request, which request Landlord may make from time to time, the following: (i) if Tenant is a limited liability company, a list of Tenant’s members and their membership interest in Tenant, and the name and contact information for Tenant’s manager(s); (ii) if Tenant is a partnership, a list of Tenant’s partners, and their partnership interests in Tenant, and if any of Tenant’s general partner(s) is a corporation or limited liability company, a list of such general partner’s corporate directors and officers or members and managers; (iii) except for publicly traded corporations, if Tenant is a corporation, a list of Tenant’s shareholders who own five percent (5%) or greater of Tenant’s stock and their ownership interest in Tenant, and a list of Tenant’s directors; and (iv) a copy of Tenant’s organizational documents (unless Tenant is a publicly traded company). The foregoing shall be certified by Tenant’s authorized representative.
(k)    No assignment or sublease shall be binding on Landlord unless the proposed assignee or subtenant delivers to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of the assignment, sublease or other agreement that contains (i) in the case of an assignment, the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease, or (ii) in the case of a sublease, recognition by the subtenant of the provisions of this Paragraph 23 (including that such sublease is subject to this Lease and all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease), and which assignment, sublease or other agreement shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, but the failure or refusal of a proposed assignee or subtenant to deliver such instrument shall not release or discharge such assignee or subtenant from the provisions and obligations of this Paragraph 23, and, at Landlord’s option, shall constitute a Default under this Lease. Each subletting and/or assignment pursuant to this Paragraph 23 shall be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease and each of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease shall be automatically incorporated therein. By accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, an assignee or subtenant shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to comply with each and every covenant, agreement, term, provision and conditions of this Lease, other than such contrary or inconsistent obligations to which Landlord has specifically consented in writing. If Landlord shall consent to, or reasonably withhold its consent to, any proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar fee in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.
(l)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 23, Tenant, upon written notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s consent, may assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises to one or more corporations or other business entities (each herein called a “ Related Corporation ”) which shall control, be controlled by, or be under common control with, Tenant. Concurrently with providing notice to Landlord of the making of an assignment or sublease to a Related Corporation, Tenant shall submit reasonably satisfactory evidence to Landlord that the assignee or subtenant is a Related Corporation, together with an executed counterpart of the applicable assignment or sublease. As used herein in defining a Related Corporation, control must include over fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other voting interest of the controlled corporation or other business entity. Similar evidence that such assignee or subtenant continues to be a Related Corporation shall be furnished by Tenant to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request therefor, provided such request is not made more often than annually. Any sublease to a Related Corporation shall not relieve Tenant from liability under this Lease.
(m)    Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Paragraph 23, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, assign this Lease to (i) an Affiliate of Tenant (other than pursuant to a merger or consolidation), (ii) a successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation, or (iii) a successor to Tenant by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (a “ Permitted Transfer ”), provided that (A) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease, (B) at least ten (10) business days before the transfer, Tenant notifies Landlord of the transfer and delivers to Landlord any

33




documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord relating thereto, including reasonable documentation that the transfer satisfies the requirements of this Paragraph 23(m), (C) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) above, the assignee executes and delivers to Landlord, at least ten (10) business days before the assignment, a commercially reasonable instrument pursuant to which the assignee assumes, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (D) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (ii) above, (1) the successor entity has a net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding intellectual property and any other intangible assets (“ Net Worth ”)) immediately after the transfer that is not less than Tenant’s Net Worth immediately before the transfer, and (2) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, at least 75% of its equity owners existing twelve (12) months before the transfer are also equity owners of the successor entity; and (E) the transfer is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not in order to evade the requirements of this Paragraph 23. For purposes of this Paragraph 23(m), the term “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant. The term “ control ” means ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of all of the voting stock of a corporation or more than fifty percent (50%) of all of the legal and equitable interest in any other business entity. The term “ substantially all of Tenant’s assets ” shall mean at least ninety percent (90%) of such assets.
(n)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have the right to sublease, license or otherwise permit the use of a portion of the Premises to Safeway without prior notice to, or consent of, Landlord pursuant to the Termination and Turn-Over Agreement, or otherwise (provided that any such sublease, license or occupancy rights expire on their terms prior to the one year anniversary of the Commencement Date), and, for the avoidance of doubt, Paragraphs 23(b), (c), (d), and (f) above shall not apply to any such transaction or agreement.
24.
DEFAULT
(a)     Tenant’s Default. The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute a default on the part of Tenant (“ Default ”):
(i)    The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant for a period of ten (10) consecutive days other than as a result of damage or destruction or a remodeling of the Premises in connection with an assignment or subletting permitted pursuant to Paragraph 23 above, or any abandonment of the Premises by Tenant which would cause any insurance policy to be invalidated or otherwise lapse, in each of the foregoing cases irrespective of whether or not Tenant is then in monetary default under this Lease.
(ii)    Failure to pay any installment of Base Rent or any other monies due and payable hereunder, said failure continuing for a period of three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that Landlord has not received such installment;
(iii)    A general assignment for the benefit of creditors by Tenant;
(iv)    The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant, the filing by Tenant of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing by or against Tenant of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy by the creditors of Tenant, said involuntary petition remaining undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days;
(v)    Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets in the Premises, such attachment or other seizure remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days after the levy thereof;
(vi)    The failure by Tenant to maintain its legal existence, if Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other legal entity;
(vii)    Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord any estoppel certificate, subordination agreement, or lease amendment, absent, in each case, manifest error, within the time periods and in the manner

34




required by Paragraphs 30 or 31 or 42 below respectively, and/or failure by Tenant to deliver to Landlord any financial statement as required by Paragraph 40 below; provided, such failure shall not be a material Default hereunder unless Tenant fails to so deliver the appropriate instrument within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of a second written notice from Landlord indicating such first failure;
(viii)    An assignment or sublease, or attempted assignment or sublease, of this Lease or of the Premises or a portion thereof by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 23 above, unless such assignment or sublease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant having received Landlord’s consent thereto;
(ix)    Failure of Tenant to restore the Security Deposit to the amount and within the time period provided in Paragraph 7 above;
(x)    Failure in the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder (except those failures specified as Defaults in other subparagraphs in this Paragraph 24, which shall be governed by the notice and cure periods set forth in such other subparagraphs), which failure continues for thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord, provided that, if Tenant has exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this subparagraph so long as Tenant thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes the cure to completion and actually completes such cure within ninety (90) days after the giving of such written notice;
(xi)    “ Chronic Delinquency ” by Tenant in the payment of Base Rent, or any other periodic payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, which shall mean failure by Tenant to pay Base Rent, or any other periodic payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease within three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof for any three (3) months (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any period of twelve (12) months;
(xii)    “ Chronic Overuse ” by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of the number of undesignated parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information, which shall mean use by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of a number of parking spaces greater than the number of parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information more than three (3) times during any calendar year after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord;
(xiii)    Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire without being replaced prior to a lapse in coverage or be reduced or materially changed, except as permitted in this Lease;
(xiv)    Any failure by Tenant to discharge any lien or encumbrance placed on the Project or any part thereof in violation of this Lease within ten (10) business days after the date such lien or encumbrance is filed or recorded against the Project or any part thereof;
(xv)    Any failure by Tenant to immediately remove, abate or remedy any Hazardous Materials located in, on or about the Premises or the Building in connection with any failure by Tenant to comply with Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 32 below;
(xvi)    Any representation of Tenant herein or in any financial statement or other materials provided by Tenant shall prove to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, or any such financial statements or other materials shall have omitted any material fact; or
(xvii)    Any failure by Tenant to provide the utility consumption data and/or releases within the time period provided in Paragraph 5(h) above, said failure continuing for a period of ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written demand from Landlord.
Tenant agrees to notice and service of notice as provided for in this Lease. Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 24 above shall satisfy the requirements for notice under California Code of

35




Civil Procedure Section 1161. Tenant waives any right to any other or further notice or service of notice which Tenant may have under any applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect.
(b)     Landlord’s Default . If Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of the obligation Landlord has failed to perform; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such obligation to completion. If Landlord is unable to fulfill or is delayed in fulfilling any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease by reason of floods, earthquakes, lightning, or any other acts of God, accidents, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts, other labor disputes, inability to obtain permits, utilities or materials, or by any other reason, other than financial, beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, or if Landlord enters the Premises or makes any Alterations to the Premises, the Building or any portion thereof pursuant to this Lease, then no such inability or delay by Landlord and no such entry or work by Landlord shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any additional obligation or liability on Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s sole remedies for a default of this Lease by Landlord shall be an action for damages, injunction or specific performance; Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease on account of any breach or default by Landlord.
(c)     Self Help Rights . Notwithstanding any provision set forth in the Lease to the contrary, if (i) Tenant provides prior written notice to Landlord of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord with respect to repair and/or maintenance, (ii) Landlord is, in fact, required to perform repairs and/or maintenance under the terms of this Lease, (iii) Landlord fails to commence such action within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (or within three (3) business days in the case of an emergency); provided, however, for purposes of this Section 24(c), to “commence” or "diligently pursue" shall include any steps taken by Landlord to design, consult, bid or seek permit or other governmental approval in connection with the necessary work (evidence of which Landlord shall deliver to Tenant promptly upon receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor), and (iv) Landlord’s failure to take such action materially and adversely affects Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises, then Tenant may proceed to take the required action after delivery of an additional five (5) business days’ notice to Landlord specifying that the reasonable cure period up to thirty (30) days (or 3 business day period, as applicable) has expired, the specific action required and that Tenant intends to take or commence such required action. If such action is required under the terms of this Lease to be taken by Landlord and is not taken by Landlord within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant may proceed to take the required action and shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable and necessary, actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses in taking such action (and only such action as specified in the five (5) business day notice given to Landlord). Such amounts shall be promptly reimbursed by Landlord on the receipt from Tenant of a detailed invoice setting forth a particularized breakdown of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the action taken by Tenant. If Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for any such costs and expenses and if Landlord fails to deliver written notice to Tenant within five (5) business days explaining Landlord's reasons that the amounts invoiced by Tenant are not due and payable by Landlord (a “ Refusal Notice ”), then Tenant may offset such amounts together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of payment to the date of offset against the Rent payable under this Lease until paid in full. Landlord shall only be entitled to deliver a Refusal Notice for amounts which exceed the equivalent of one month of Base Rent; provided, however the foregoing shall not waive any right of Landlord under this Lease to otherwise consent to such amounts. If Landlord delivers a Refusal Notice, and if Landlord and Tenant, exercising good faith, are not able to agree on the amounts to be so paid by Landlord, if any, within ten (10) business days after Tenant's receipt of a Refusal Notice, Landlord or Tenant may elect to have such dispute resolved by a referee in accordance with Section 51(c) below. If Tenant prevails in any such proceeding, Tenant shall be entitled to offset the amount determined to be payable by Landlord in such proceeding together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of payment to the date of offset against Tenant's next obligations to pay monthly Rent. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to offset any amount pursuant to this Paragraph 24(c) during any period in which Tenant is in Default. In the event Tenant takes such action, and such work affects the Building Systems or the Building structure, Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord in the Building for work on such Building

36




Systems or structure unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor(s) which normally and regularly performs similar work in other first class office buildings in the greater San Francisco Bay Area.
25.
LANDLORD’S REMEDIES
(a)     Termination . In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord may terminate this Lease immediately and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of termination to Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant:
(i)    the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which have been earned at the time of termination; plus
(ii)    the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
(iii)    the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
(iv)    any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course would be likely to result therefrom; plus
(v)    such reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default, and court costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedy; and plus
(vi)    at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable Law.
(vii)    As used in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at an annual rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by applicable Laws, whichever is less. As used in subparagraph (iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%). Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.
Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other pertinent present or future Law, in the event Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Default of Tenant hereunder.
(b)     Continuation of Lease. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (which provides that Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 25(b), the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s. right to possession of the Premises:

37




(i)    Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including, but not limited to, alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements and/or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof, or
(ii)    The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.
(c)     Termination . No re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 25 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default.
(d)     Cumulative Remedies . The remedies herein provided are not exclusive and Landlord shall have any and all other remedies provided herein or by law or in equity.
(e)     No Surrender . No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting of the acceptance of the keys to the Premises, or otherwise, shall be deemed to be or constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, and such acceptance by Landlord of surrender by Tenant shall only be effective upon a written acknowledgment of acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord. The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise, shall not work a merger unless Landlord elects in writing that such merger take place, but shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any and all existing subleases, or Landlord may, at its option, elect in writing to treat such surrender as a merger terminating Tenant’s estate under this Lease, and thereupon Landlord may terminate any or all such subleases by notifying the subtenant of its election so to do within five (5) business days after such surrender.
26.
LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS
Without limiting Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, in the event of a Default, Landlord may at Landlord’s option, without any obligation to do so, and without any additional notice to Tenant other than those notices specifically required elsewhere in this Lease for such Default or if none, after reasonable written notice to Tenant, perform any such term, provision, covenant, or condition, or make any such payment to cure such Default, and by doing so Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage thereby sustained by Tenant or anyone holding under or through Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents. If Landlord performs any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in accordance with this Paragraph 26, the full amount of the reasonable cost and expense incurred or the payment so made or the amount of the loss so sustained shall immediately be owing by Tenant to Landlord, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt of a reasonably detailed, written demand, as Additional Rent, the full amount thereof with interest thereon from the date of payment by Landlord at the Interest Rate.
27.
ATTORNEYS’ FEES
(a)    If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Lease, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, but not limited to, court costs, expert fees and costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. In addition to other circumstances, a party shall be deemed to have prevailed in any such action if such action is dismissed upon the payment by the other party of the sums allegedly due or the performance of obligations allegedly not complied with, or if such party obtains substantially the relief sought by it in the action, irrespective of whether such action is prosecuted to judgment. The reasonable costs to which the prevailing party is entitled shall include costs of investigation, copying costs, electronic discovery costs, electronic research costs, telephone charges, mailing and delivery charges, information technology support charges, consultant and expert witness fees and costs, travel expenses, court reporter fees, transcripts of court proceedings not ordered by the court,

38




mediator fees and attorneys’ fees incurred in discovery and contempt proceedings. Tenant shall also pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs Landlord incurs in defending this Lease or otherwise protecting Landlord’s rights in any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy case, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other insolvency, liquidation or reorganization proceeding involving Tenant or this Lease, including all motions and proceedings related to relief from an automatic stay, lease assumption or rejection, use of cash collateral, claim objections, disclosure statements and plans of reorganization. The non-prevailing party shall also pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by the prevailing party in any post-judgment proceedings to collect and enforce the judgment. The covenant in the preceding sentence is separate and several and shall survive the merger of this provision into any judgment in connection with this Lease.
(b)    Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 27(a) above, if either party utilizes the services of an attorney for the purpose of collecting any monetary amounts due and unpaid by the other, the non-paying party agrees to pay the other party’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees incurred in collecting such amounts owed, regardless of the fact that no legal action may be commenced or filed.
28.
TAXES
Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay directly to the taxing authority, prior to delinquency, all taxes levied against Tenant’s Property or Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant. If any Alteration installed by or on behalf of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Property is assessed and taxed with the Project or the Building, Tenant shall pay such taxes to Landlord within ten (10) business days after delivery to Tenant of a statement therefor.
29.
EFFECT OF CONVEYANCE
The term “ Landlord ” as used in this Lease means, from time to time, the then current owner of the Building or the Project, so that, in the event of any sale or other transfer of the Building or the Project, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder accruing after the effective date of such transfer, and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser or other transferee at any such sale or other transfer, that the purchaser or other transferee of the Building or the Project has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder. Upon request, Landlord shall provide evidence of such transfer and assumption by the transferee.
30.
TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
From time to time, upon written request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or its designee, an estoppel certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D or such other commercially reasonable form as may be requested by any prospective lender or purchaser of the Project or any portion thereof. Any such estoppel certificate may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord’s interest or a mortgagee of (or holder of a deed of trust encumbering) Landlord’s interest or assignee of any mortgage or deed of trust upon Landlord’s interest in the Premises. If Tenant fails to provide such estoppel certificate within ten (10) business days after receipt by Tenant of a written request by Landlord as herein provided, such failure shall, at Landlord’s election, constitute a Default under this Lease, and if Tenant fails to provide such estoppel certificate within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of a second notice from Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed to have given such estoppel certificate as above provided without modification and shall be deemed to have admitted the accuracy of any information supplied by Landlord to a prospective purchaser or mortgagee or deed of trust holder. In addition, without waiving any other rights or remedies, Landlord may charge Tenant an administrative fee of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) for each day that Tenant is delinquent in delivering an estoppel certificate after such ten (10) business day period.
31.
SUBORDINATION
(a)    Landlord hereby represent and warrants to Tenant that as of the Commencement Date, there is no mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Premises, the Building or the Project that would be superior to Tenant’s interests under this Lease. At the option of Landlord, but subject to the terms of Paragraph 31(c) below, all rights of

39




Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to all mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter affect the Premises, the Building or the Project (“ Superior Mortgage(s) ”), whether or not such Superior Mortgages shall also cover other land, buildings or leases on the Project, to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such Superior Mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such Superior Mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such Superior Mortgages. The holder of a Superior Mortgage is herein called “ Superior Mortgagee .”
(b)    Subject to the terms of Paragraph 31(c) below, Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any reasonable instrument that Landlord, a Superior Mortgagee or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence the subordination referenced in Paragraph 31(a) above. If Tenant fails to execute, acknowledge or deliver any such instrument within ten (10) business days after request therefor, provided Landlord has delivered a second notice to Tenant after such ten (10) business day period, and Tenant fails to execute, acknowledge or deliver such instrument within five (5) business days of its receipt of such second written notice from Landlord, then Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest, to execute and deliver any such instrument for and on behalf of Tenant.
(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 31, if a Superior Mortgage is hereafter placed against or affects any or all of the Building, the Premises or the Project at any time during the Term, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the holder of such Superior Mortgage a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Tenant, whereby the holder of such Superior Mortgage agrees that (i) Tenant, upon paying the Base Rent and all of the Additional Rent and other charges herein provided for, and observing and complying with the covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease on its part to be observed and complied with subject to any applicable notice and/or cure periods, shall lawfully and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises during the Term of this Lease (including any exercised renewal term), without hindrance or interference from anyone claiming by or through said Superior Mortgagee, and that (ii) said Superior Mortgagee shall respect Tenant’s rights under this Lease and, upon succeeding to Landlord’s interest in the Building and this Lease, shall observe and comply with all of Landlord’s duties under this Lease.
(d)    If any Superior Mortgagee shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure (such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights herein called “ Successor Landlord ”), then at the election of such Successor Landlord, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such Successor Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease (without the need for further agreement) and shall promptly execute and deliver any reasonable instrument that such Successor Landlord may request to evidence such attornment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in this Lease, except that the Successor Landlord shall not: (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease, except to the extent such act or omission shall constitute a continuing Landlord default hereunder; (ii) be subject to any offset not expressly provided for in this Lease; or (iii) be bound by any previous modification of this Lease or by any previous prepayment of more than one (1) month’s Rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the Successor Landlord (or predecessor in interest).
32.
ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS
(a)     Definitions .
(i)    As used in this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” means (A) any substance or material that is included within the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “pollutant,” “contaminant,” “hazardous waste,” or “solid waste” in any Environmental Law; (B) petroleum or petroleum derivatives, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, all forms of natural gas, and petroleum products or by-products or waste; (C) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (D) asbestos and asbestos containing materials (whether friable or non-friable); (E) lead and lead based paint or other lead containing materials (whether friable or non-friable); (F) urea formaldehyde; (G) microbiological pollutants; (H) the liquid contents of batteries or liquid solvents or similar chemicals; (I) radon gas; and (J) mildew, fungus, mold, bacteria and/or other organic spore material.

40




(ii)    As used in this Lease, the term “ Environmental Laws ” means any statutes, terms, conditions, limitations, restrictions, standards, prohibitions, obligations, schedules, plans and timetables that are contained in or promulgated pursuant to any federal, state or local laws (including rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, judgments, orders, decrees, contracts, permits, stipulations, injunctions, the common law, court opinions, and demand or notice letters issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder), relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials into ambient air, surface water, ground water or lands or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, including, but not limited to, the: Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. ; Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. ; Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. ; Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq. ; Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. ; and the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. § 300f et seq. “Environmental Laws” shall include any statutory or common law that has developed or develops in the future regarding mold, fungus, microbiological pollutants, mildew, bacteria and/or other organic spore material. “Environmental Laws” shall not include laws relating to industrial hygiene or worker safety, except to the extent that such laws address asbestos and asbestos containing materials (whether friable or non-friable) or lead and lead based paint or other lead containing materials.
(iii)    As used in this Lease, the term “ Building’s Sustainability Practices ” means the operations and maintenance practices for the Building, whether incorporated into the Building’s Rules and Regulations, Construction Rules and Regulations, separate written sustainability policies or otherwise reasonably implemented by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Project, as the same may be reasonably revised from time to time, addressing, among other things: energy efficiency; energy measurement and reporting; water usage; recycling, composting, and waste management; indoor air quality; and chemical use, provided all of the foregoing and any such revisions thereto have been provided by Landlord to Tenant in writing.
(iv)    As used in this Lease, the term “ Green Building Standards ” means one or more of the following: the U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® Portfolio Manager, the Green Building Initiative’s Green Globes™ building rating system, the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED®) building rating system, the ASHRAE Building Energy Quotient (BEQ), the Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB), or other standard for high performance buildings reasonably adopted by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Project, as the same may be revised from time to time.
(b)    Tenant will not permit Hazardous Materials to be present in, on or about the Premises, except for normal quantities of cleaning products and other business supplies customarily used and stored in an office and will comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the use, storage or disposal of any such Hazardous Materials.
(c)    If Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials in, on, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project, Tenant shall investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full compliance with (i) the requirements of (A) all Environmental Laws and (B) any governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any Environmental Laws; and (ii) any additional requirements of Landlord that are necessary, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Landlord shall also have the right, but not the obligation, to take whatever action with respect to any such Hazardous Materials used by Tenant in, on or about the Premises, the Building that Landlord deems necessary, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of such right shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) business days after demand.
(d)    Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Premises for the purposes of inspection and testing to determine whether there exists on the Premises any Hazardous Materials or other condition or activity that is in violation of the requirements of this Paragraph 32 or of any Environmental Laws; provided that Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts not to disturb Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises in the exercise of such entry. The right granted to Landlord herein shall not create a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect the

41




Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for Tenant’s use, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.
(e)    Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of Hazardous Materials and in a condition which complies with all Environmental Laws and any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, the Building and the Project. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to this Paragraph 32 shall be in addition to any other surrender requirements in this Lease and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Landlord determines that the condition of all or any portion of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project is not in compliance with this Paragraph 32 at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease due to the business or activities of Tenant, or Tenant’s Agents, then, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant has satisfied its obligations pursuant to this Paragraph 32. For purposes hereof, the term “normal wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution in value of any portion of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project in any manner whatsoever related directly or indirectly, to Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will not be terminable by Tenant prior to Landlord’s reasonable determination that Tenant has satisfied its obligations pursuant to this Paragraph 32 and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 35 of this Lease.
(f)    Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, fines, judgments, penalties, costs, losses (including loss in value of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project, damages due to loss or restriction of rentable or usable space, and damages due to any adverse impact on marketing of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project, and any and all sums paid for settlement of claims), liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’, consultants’, and experts’ fees) incurred by Landlord during or after the Term of this Lease and attributable to (i) any Hazardous Materials introduced, in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building and/or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or resulting from the action or inaction of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or (ii) Tenant’s breach of any provision of this Paragraph 32. This indemnification includes, without limitation, any and all costs incurred by Landlord due to any investigation of the site or any cleanup, removal or restoration mandated by a federal, state or local agency or political subdivision.
(g)    Tenant acknowledges that the Building is or may be in the future certified/rated pursuant to or operated to meet one or more Green Building Standards. As and when requested by Landlord during the Term, Tenant shall provide Landlord (in the format requested by Landlord and reasonably necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of the applicable Green Building Standards or any commissioning or re-commissioning of Building Systems) with data concerning Tenant’s energy consumption, water consumption, waste recycling, and the operation of Building Systems. Such data may include, but shall not be limited to, Tenant’s operating hours, the number of on-site personnel, the types of equipment used at the Building (including computer equipment, if applicable), office supply purchases, light bulb purchases, waste and recycling manifests, cleaning product materials (both chemicals and paper products), as applicable, and energy use and cost. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if, once obtained, any such Green Building Standards rating or certification lapses and is not reinstated by Landlord.
(h)    Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall comply with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. Tenant shall not materially, adversely affect (as reasonably determined by Landlord) the indoor air quality of the Premises, the Building, including, but not limited to, by the type of equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures or personal property that is brought into the Premises, the materials used in the construction of any Tenant Improvements or Alterations in the Premises, the cleaning supplies used in the maintenance of the Premises, or the violation of any non-smoking policy adopted by Landlord.
(i)    Landlord and Tenant agree to share data needed for third party rating systems such as LEED, GRESB and ENERGY STAR, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may provide data from Tenant to Landlord’s consultants, lenders or prospective lenders, purchasers or prospective purchasers, or other third parties having a reasonable need to know such information.
(j)    The provisions of this Paragraph 32 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

42




33.
NOTICES
Except as expressly provided herein or in Paragraph 20 above to the contrary, all notices and demands which are required or may be permitted to be given to either party by the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified, or by nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to the addressee at Tenant’s Address or Landlord’s Address as specified in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other place as either party may from time to time designate in a notice to the other party given as provided herein. Copies of all notices and demands given to Landlord shall additionally be sent to Landlord’s property manager at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information or at such other address as Landlord may specify in writing from time to time. Notice shall be deemed given upon actual receipt (or attempted delivery if delivery is refused), if personally delivered, or one (1) business day following deposit for overnight delivery with a nationally recognized overnight courier that provides a receipt, or on the third (3rd) day following deposit in the United States mail in the manner described above. In no event shall either party use a post office box or other address which does not accept overnight delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices from Landlord regarding general Building operational matters may be sent via e-mail to the e-mail address(es) provided by Tenant to Landlord for such purpose. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 33 shall be deemed to limit any alternative method of notification to Tenant as may be permitted under applicable law, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1161, et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any successor statute hereinafter enacted.
34.
WAIVER
The waiver of any breach of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease by either party shall not be deemed to be a waiver of by the waiving party of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord in regard to any Default by Tenant or of Tenant in regard of any default hereunder by Landlord shall impair such a right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Any waiver by either party of a default by the other party must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provisions of this Lease by such defaulting party.
35.
HOLDING OVER
Any holding over after the expiration of the Term, without the express written consent of Landlord, shall constitute a Default and, without limiting Landlord’s remedies provided in this Lease, such holding over shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance, at a rental rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent last due under this Lease, plus one hundred percent (100%) of Additional Rent, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable; provided, however, in no event shall any renewal or expansion option, option to purchase, or other similar right or option contained in this Lease be deemed applicable to such tenancy. If Tenant does not surrender the Premises to Landlord at the end of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and in accordance with the provisions of Paragraphs 11 and 32(e) above, Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, but not limited to, any loss or liability resulting from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant of the Premises founded on or resulting from such delay and losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease all or any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.
36.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
The terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all of the parties hereto.


43




37.
TIME
Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and every term, condition and provision herein.
38.
BROKERS
Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker, except the Broker(s) specified in the Basic Lease Information in the negotiating or making of this Lease, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission or other compensation in connection with this Lease as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall be responsible for paying any commissions due to the Brokers in respect of this Lease pursuant to separate agreements between Landlord and the Brokers.
39.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
In the event of any default or breach by Landlord under this Lease or any claim arising in connection with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Premises, the Building, or the Project, Tenant’s remedies shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest in the Project of the then-current Landlord. “ Landlord Parties ” means, collectively, Landlord, its partners, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, members, investment advisors, or any successor in interest of any of them. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability in connection with this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Paragraph 39 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and Landlord Parties’ present and future members, managers, partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), future member or manager of Landlord (if Landlord is a limited liability company) or trustee or beneficiary of Landlord (if Landlord or any partner or member of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor any Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for, and Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord and Landlord Parties from, all liability for punitive, special or consequential damages arising under or in connection with this Lease, including, but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill, loss of use, or any other injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, in each case, however occurring. The provisions of this Paragraph 39 shall apply only to Landlord and Landlord Parties and shall not be for the benefit of any insurer.
40.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the then current audited financial statements of Tenant (including interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available), prepared or compiled by a certified public accountant, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Landlord agrees that it shall not request any such financial statement from Tenant more than one (1) time during any calendar year unless in the context of a potential sale or refinancing of the Building or the Project, or in the event of a Default by Tenant. So long as Tenant’s financial statements are publically available, the terms of this Paragraph 40 shall be deemed satisfied.
41.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
Tenant shall comply, and shall cause Tenant’s Agents to comply, with the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C , along with any reasonable modifications, amendments and supplements thereto, and such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may adopt in the future, from time to time, on no less than thirty (30) days

44




advance written notice to Tenant, for the orderly and proper operation of the Building and the Project (collectively, the “ Rules and Regulations ”). The Rules and Regulations may include, but shall not be limited to, the following: (a) restriction of employee parking to a limited, designated area or areas; and (b) regulation of the removal, storage and disposal of Tenant’s refuse and other rubbish. The then-current Rules and Regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of any other person to observe and abide by any of said Rules and Regulations; provided, however, that to the extent of any conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall control. The Rules and Regulations shall be uniformly applied without discrimination; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord from waiving any of the Rules and Regulations for individual tenants in the exercise of its good faith business judgment, any such waiver shall not waive the applicability or enforceability of such rule or regulation as to any other tenant.
42.
MORTGAGEE PROTECTION
(a)     Modifications for Lender . If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Project or any portion thereof, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to such modifications, provided such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights or materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and further provided that within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s billing therefor, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for its legal fees incurred in reviewing such modifications, up to Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500.00).
(b)     Rights to Cure . Tenant shall give to any holder of a deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Building (a “ Holder ”), by a method provided for in Paragraph 33 above, at the same time as it is given to Landlord, a copy of any notice of default given to Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing, (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holder. Subject to Paragraph 24 above, Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Holder shall have an additional reasonable period within which to cure such default but in no event more than the same period of cure to which Landlord had been entitled, unless such default cannot be cured without Holder pursuing its remedies under its deed of trust or mortgage against Landlord, then such additional time as may be necessary to commence and complete a foreclosure proceeding, provided Holder commences and thereafter diligently pursues the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, but not limited to, commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated.
43.
PARKING
(a)    Provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and/or cure periods and that Tenant shall comply with and abide by Landlord’s reasonable parking rules and regulations from time to time in effect that have been provided to Tenant in writing, Tenant shall have a license to use for the parking of its employees’ and its Visitors’ (as hereinafter defined) standard size passenger automobiles, small pick-up trucks, vans and SUVs the number of parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information in the Parking Areas. Tenant’s allocated spaces shall be non-exclusive and undesignated; provided however, Landlord shall designate spaces within the Parking Areas as follows:    - fifty-three (53) spaces shall be designated as “6220 Stoneridge”;    - fifteen (15) spaces shall be designated as “Visitor”;    - seventeen (17) spaces shall be designated as “Alternative Fuel” or equivalent; and    - seven (7) spaces shall be designated as “Carpool”,
each in the locations shown on Exhibit A-2 hereto, provided further that (i) Landlord shall not be required to enforce the proper use of such parking spaces, and (ii) the number of allocated parking spaces shall be reduced on a proportionate basis if any of the parking spaces in the Parking Areas are taken or otherwise eliminated as a result of any Condemnation (as defined in Paragraph 22 above) or casualty event affecting such Parking Areas. All spaces will be provided free of charge on a first-come, first-served, non-exclusive basis in common with other tenants of and “ Visitors ” (as hereinafter defined) to the Project in parking spaces provided by Landlord from time to time in the Project’s Parking Areas. Tenant’s license to use such parking spaces shall be subject to such reasonable terms,

45




conditions, rules and regulations as Landlord or the operator of the Parking Areas may impose from time to time. Tenant shall not permit any parking in the Parking Areas in excess of twenty-four (24) consecutive hours; provided, however, up to ten (10) of Tenant's employees at any given time shall be permitted to park their cars in the Parking Areas, at their own risk, for up to five (5) business days provided the parking employee has done the following, in advance: (A) notified Landlord's property manager of such long-term parking; (B) included in such notice the name and title of such overnight parking employee; the date(s) of such overnight parking (which shall not exceed five (5) business days) and confirmation that such parking is made necessary as a result of employment by Tenant; and (C) included in such notice the make, model, color and vehicle license plate number of the vehicle such parking employee will be parking in the Parking Areas for such extended period as permitted above.
(b)    Each vehicle shall, at Landlord’s option, bear a permanently affixed and visible identification sticker provided by Landlord. Tenant shall not and shall not permit Tenant’s Agents to park any vehicles in locations other than those specifically designated by Landlord for Tenant’s use. The license granted hereunder is for self-service parking only and does not include additional rights or services. Neither Landlord nor its Agents shall be liable for: (i) loss or damage to any vehicle or other personal property parked or located upon or within such parking spaces or any Parking Areas whether pursuant to this license or otherwise and whether caused by fire, theft, explosion, strikes, riots or any other cause whatsoever; or (ii) injury to or death of any person in, about or around such parking spaces or any Parking Areas or any vehicles parking therein or in proximity thereto whether caused by fire, theft, assault, explosion, riot or any other cause whatsoever, and Tenant hereby waives any claim for or in respect to the above and against all claims or liabilities arising out of loss or damage to property or injury to or death of persons, or both, relating to any of the foregoing. Tenant shall not assign any of its rights hereunder and if an attempted assignment is made other than in the context of an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of all or a portion of the Building, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Lease, it shall be void.
(c)    Tenant recognizes and agrees that visitors, clients and/or customers (collectively “ Visitors ”) to the Project and the Premises must park automobiles or other vehicles only in areas designated by Landlord from time to time as being for the use of such Visitors, and Tenant shall ask its Visitors to park only in the areas designated by Landlord from time to time for the use of Tenant’s Visitors. Tenant shall ask its Visitors to comply with and abide by Landlord’s or Landlord’s parking operator’s rules and regulations governing the use of such Visitors’ parking.
(d)    If any tax, surcharge or fee is at any time imposed by any governmental authority upon or with respect to parking or vehicles parking in the parking spaces referred to herein, Tenant shall pay such tax, surcharge or fee as Additional Rent, such payments to be made in advance and from time to time as required by Landlord (except that they shall be paid monthly with Base Rent payments if permitted by the governmental authority).
44.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO ORAL MODIFICATION; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
This Lease, including the Exhibits attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated herein by this reference, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties, not embodied herein or therein, shall be of any force and effect. Any capitalized terms used in such Exhibits but not defined therein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Lease. This Lease may not be changed orally, and no amendment or modification of this Lease shall be binding or valid unless expressed in writing and executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant in the same manner as the execution of this Lease. If two (2) or more individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations (or any combination of two or more thereof) shall sign this Lease as Tenant, the liability of each such individual, corporation, partnership or other business association to perform Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall be joint and several, and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, in connection with any matter arising under this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons and entities comprising Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed. In like manner, if Tenant shall be a partnership or other business association, the members of which are, by virtue of statute or federal law, subject to personal liability, then the liability of each such member shall be joint and several.

46




45.
INTEREST
Subject to the last sentence of Paragraph 6 above, any installment of Rent and any other sum due from Tenant under this Lease which is not received by Landlord within five (5) business days from when the same is due shall bear interest from the date such payment was originally due under this Lease until paid, at the lesser of (a) eight percent (8%) per annum or (b) an annual rate equal to the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable Laws (the “ Interest Rate ”). Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any Default by Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall pay all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in collection of such amounts.
46.
GOVERNING LAW; CONSTRUCTION
This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of State of California. The parties acknowledge and agree that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Lease, including the Exhibits attached hereto. All captions in this Lease are for reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa. If any provision of this Lease is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by arbitration, to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
47.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TENANT
Tenant (and, if Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or entity) hereby makes the following representations and warranties, each of which is material and being relied upon by Landlord, is true in all respects as of the date of this Lease, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall re-certify such representations and warranties to Landlord periodically, upon Landlord’s reasonable request.
(a)    If Tenant is an entity, Tenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization, and is qualified to do business in the State of California, and the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant have the full right and authority to execute this Lease on behalf of Tenant and to bind Tenant without the consent or approval of any other person or entity. Tenant has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Lease is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(b)    Tenant has not (1) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (2) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by any creditors, (3) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (4) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (5) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (6) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.
(c)    (i)    Tenant is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;
(ii)    Neither Tenant or any holder of any direct or indirect equitable, legal or beneficial interest in Tenant is, as of the date hereof:
(A)    conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including the governments of Cuba, Iran, Sudan, North Korea and Syria and, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person;
(B)    dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 (as hereafter defined); or

47




(C)    engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in, any Anti-Terrorism Law; and
(iii)    Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, or members, as applicable, is a Prohibited Person.
If at any time any of these representations becomes false, then it shall be considered a material Default under this Lease.
As used herein, “ Anti-Terrorism Law ” is defined as any law relating to terrorism, anti-terrorism, money-laundering or anti-money laundering activities, including, but not limited to, the United States Bank Secrecy Act, the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Executive Order No. 13224, Title 3 of the USA Patriot Act, and any regulations promulgated under any of them. As used herein “ Executive Order No. 13224 ” is defined as Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001, and relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”, as may be amended from time to time. “ Prohibited Person ” is defined as (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224, or a person or entity owned or controlled by an entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, https://www.treasury.gov/ofac/downloads/sdnlist.pdf or at any replacement website or other official publication of such list. “ USA Patriot Act ” is defined as the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 107-56), as may be amended from time to time.
48.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LANDLORD
(a)    Landlord (and, if Landlord is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or entity) hereby makes the following representations and warranties, each of which is material and being relied upon by Tenant, is true in all respects as of the date of this Lease, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord shall re-certify such representations to Tenant periodically, but not more often than one (1) time every calendar year, upon Tenant’s request.
(b)    Landlord is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization, and is qualified to do business in the State of California, and the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord have the full right and authority to execute this Lease on behalf of Landlord and to bind Landlord without the consent or approval of any other person or entity. Landlord has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Lease is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Landlord, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(c)    Landlord (i) is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) is not a Prohibited Person or, to Landlord’s knowledge, conducting business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person.
49.
NAME OF BUILDING
If Landlord chooses to change the name or address of the Building and/or the Project, such change shall not affect in any way Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and, except for the name or address change, all terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to give Tenant at least sixty (60) days advance written notice of any such change. Tenant agrees further that such name or address change shall not require a formal amendment to this Lease, but shall be effective upon Tenant’s receipt of written notification from Landlord of said change.
50.
SECURITY

48




(a)    While Landlord may in its sole and absolute discretion engage security personnel to patrol the Building or the Project, Landlord is not obligated to do so, and is not providing any security services for the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any bodily injury, loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project.
(b)    Tenant hereby agrees to the exercise by Landlord and Landlord’s Agents, within their sole discretion, of such security measures as, but not limited to, the evacuation of the Premises, the Building or the Project for cause, suspected cause or for drill purposes, the denial of any access to the Premises, the Building or the Project, and other similarly related actions that it deems necessary to prevent any threat of property damage or bodily injury. In the event of the exercise by Landlord or Landlord’s Agents of any such security measures, Landlord shall endeavor to notify Tenant's Director of Facilities of such measures as soon as is reasonably possible under the circumstances at the following electronic email address: Craig.Crist@bhnetwork.com or at such other address as indicated in writing by Tenant at the address provided for notices in Paragraph 33 above. The exercise of such security measures by Landlord and Landlord’s Agents, and the resulting interruption of service and cessation of Tenant’s business, if any, shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, or render Landlord or Landlord’s Agents liable to Tenant for any resulting damages or relieve Tenant from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
51.
GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; JUDICIAL REFERENCE; CONSENT TO VENUE.
(a)    This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California.
(b)    THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IF THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 51 ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH 51 SHALL APPLY:
(c)    It is the desire and intention of the parties to agree upon a mechanism and procedure under which controversies and disputes arising out of this Lease or related to the Premises will be resolved in a prompt and expeditious manner. Accordingly, except with respect to actions for unlawful or forcible detainer or with respect to the prejudgment remedy of attachment, any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party hereto against the other (and/or against its officers, directors, employees, agents or subsidiaries or affiliated entities) on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be heard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638 — 645.1, inclusive (as same may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto) (the “Referee Sections”). Any fee to initiate the judicial reference proceedings and all fees charged and costs incurred by the referee shall be paid by the party initiating such procedure (except that if a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings where requested and the fees of such reporter – except for copies ordered by the other parties – shall be borne by the party requesting the reporter); provided however, that allocation of the costs and fees, including any initiation fee, of such proceeding shall be ultimately determined in accordance with Paragraph 27 above. The venue of the proceedings shall be in Alameda County. Within ten (10) business days after receipt by any party of a written request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Paragraph 51(c), the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall try all issues, whether of fact or law, and report a finding and judgment on such issues as required by the Referee Sections. If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such ten (10) day period, then any party may thereafter file a lawsuit in Alameda County for the purpose of appointment of a referee under the Referee Sections. If the referee is appointed by the court, the referee shall be a neutral and impartial retired judge with substantial experience in the relevant matters to be determined, from Jams/Endispute, Inc., the American Arbitration Association or similar mediation/arbitration entity. The proposed referee may be challenged by any party for any of

49




the grounds listed in the Referee Sections. The referee shall have the power to decide all issues of fact and law and report his or her decision on such issues, and to issue all recognized remedies available at law or in equity for any cause of action that is before the referee, including an award of attorneys’ fees and costs in accordance with this Lease. The referee shall not, however, have the power to award punitive damages, nor any other damages that are not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease, and the parties hereby waive any right to recover any such damages. The parties shall be entitled to conduct all discovery as provided in the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery orders in the same manner as any trial court judge, with rights to regulate discovery and to issue and enforce subpoenas, protective orders and other limitations on discovery available under California Law. The reference proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with California Law (including the rules of evidence), and in all regards, the referee shall follow California Law applicable at the time of the reference proceeding. The parties shall promptly and diligently cooperate with one another and the referee, and shall perform such acts as may be necessary to obtain a prompt and expeditious resolution of the dispute or controversy in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 51(c). In this regard, the parties agree that the parties and the referee shall use best efforts to ensure that (i) discovery be conducted for a period no longer than six (6) months from the date the referee is appointed, excluding motions regarding discovery, and (ii) a trial date be set within nine (9) months of the date the referee is appointed. In accordance with Section 644 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, the decision of the referee upon the whole issue must stand as the decision of the court, and upon the filing of the statement of decision with the clerk of the court, or with the judge if there is no clerk, judgment may be entered thereon in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the court. Any decision of the referee and/or judgment or other order entered thereon shall be appealable to the same extent and in the same manner that such decision, judgment, or order would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior court in which venue is proper hereunder. The referee shall in his/her statement of decision set forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. The parties intend this general reference agreement to be specifically enforceable in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure. Nothing in this Paragraph 51(c) shall prejudice the right of any party to obtain provisional relief or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction as shall otherwise be available under the Code of Civil Procedure and/or applicable court rules.
(d)    IF LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW. IN ADDITION, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (i) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND (ii) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW.
(e)    The provisions of this Paragraph 51 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
52.
RECORDATION
Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and any recording thereof shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.
53.
RIGHT TO LEASE
Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole judgment shall determine to best promote the interest of the Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Term, occupy or not occupy any space in the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term Landlord shall not grant parking rights to any new tenant of the Project that leases or occupies more than one (1) floor of a building which parking rights exceed the parking ratio granted to Tenant hereunder ( i.e. , 3.4 spaces for each 1,000 square feet of leased rentable area), unless and to the extent Landlord adds additional parking spaces within the Project or otherwise secures additional parking rights outside the Project for use by such tenant.

50




54.
FORCE MAJEURE
Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage, and therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by Force Majeure.
55.
QUIET ENJOYMENT
Landlord covenants, in lieu of any implied covenant of quiet possession or quiet enjoyment, that so long as Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease subject to any applicable notice and/or cure periods, Tenant shall have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Premises without hindrance or interference from Landlord or those claiming through Landlord, subject to the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease and to the rights of any Superior Mortgagees.
56.
ACCEPTANCE
This Lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant. No contractual or other rights shall exist between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises until both have executed and delivered this Lease, notwithstanding that deposits have been received by Landlord and notwithstanding that Landlord has delivered to Tenant an unexecuted copy of this Lease. Further, if Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord any Security Deposit and/or Prepaid Rent within five (5) business days after the due date specified herein, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination to Tenant at any time prior to Landlord’s receipt of any required Security Deposit and Prepaid Rent. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and does not and shall not constitute a reservation of or an option for Tenant to lease or otherwise create any interest on the part of Tenant in the Premises.
57.
NO SETOFF
This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent, and, except as provided in Paragraph 24(c) above, Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff, offset, abatement or deduction of Rent if Landlord fails to perform its obligations hereunder.
58.
NON-DISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS
The terms of this Lease are strictly confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord, and disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect Landlord. Tenant shall exercise reasonable diligence in keeping its partners, members, managers, officers, directors, employees, agents, real estate brokers and sales persons and attorneys from disclosing the terms of this Lease to any other person without Landlord’s prior written consent, except to any accountants of Tenant in connection with the preparation of Tenant’s financial statements or tax returns, to agents or consultants of Tenant in connection with Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder, to an assignee of this Lease or subtenant of the Premises, or to a person to whom disclosure is required in connection with any action brought to enforce this Lease; provided that Tenant shall inform such persons of the confidentiality of the Lease terms and shall exercise reasonable diligence in attempting to obtain their agreement to abide by the confidentiality provisions of this Paragraph 58 prior to such disclosure. If Tenant is required to disclose this Lease or any terms thereof to governmental agencies pursuant to applicable Laws, Tenant shall, prior to making such disclosure, submit a written request to the applicable authorities that this Lease be exempt from such disclosure requirements and take other actions reasonably necessary to avoid such disclosure provided such efforts are at no cost to Tenant. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of such request and all related documents promptly following the submission thereof to the applicable authorities and shall keep Landlord apprised of the status of such

51




request and all responses thereto. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, Tenant shall, in any event, provide Landlord with not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to disclosing this Lease or any term thereof to any court or governmental agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without seeking approval from (or consulting with) Landlord, include disclosures relating to this Lease and the terms contemplated herein in the filings of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc., as and to the extent required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or Nasdaq. Further, Landlord agrees that Tenant’s broker shall be entitled to disclose the basic economic terms of this Lease to typical brokerage reporting services.
59.
OPTION TO EXTEND
(a)     Grant of Extension Option . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 59, Landlord hereby grants Tenant an option (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term of this Lease for an additional period of five (5) years commencing on the date immediately following the Expiration Date (the “ Extension Term ”).
(i)    The Extension Option may be exercised only by Tenant giving Landlord irrevocable and unconditional written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) thereof not less than two hundred seventy (270) days or more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to the date on which the Extension Term will commence, the time of such exercise being of the essence. The Option Notice must be given as provided in Paragraph 33 above.
(ii)    The Extension Option shall be exercised, if at all, only with respect to the entire Premises.
(iii)    Tenant's possession of the Premises during the Extension Term shall be upon all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease, except as follows:
(A)    The Base Rent payable during the Extension Term shall be the Prevailing Market Rate (as defined below) of the Premises as of the commencement of the Extension Term.
(B)    There shall be no further extension options.
(C)    Tenant shall accept the Premises during the Extension Term in its then existing condition, without any obligation of Landlord to re-paint, re-carpet, remodel, or otherwise alter the interior of the Premises, or to provide a tenant improvement allowance.
(D)    During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent increases in Operating Expenses and Taxes over a Base Year of 2027.
(b)     Prevailing Market Rate . As used in this Lease, the phrase " Prevailing Market Rate " means the amount that a landlord under no compulsion to lease the Premises, and a tenant under no compulsion to lease the Premises, would agree upon at arm's length as Base Rent for the Premises for the Extension Term, as of the commencement of the Extension Term. The Prevailing Market Rate shall be based upon non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity lease transactions in the Building and in Comparable Buildings (“ Comparison Leases ” ), and may include annual or other periodic increases. Rental rates payable under Comparison Leases shall be adjusted to account for variations between this Lease and the Comparison Leases with respect to: (i) the length of the Extension Term compared to the lease term of the Comparison Leases; (ii) rental structure, including additional rent, and taking into consideration any "base year" or "expense stops"; (iii) the size of the Premises compared to the size of the premises under the Comparison Leases; (iv) utility, location, floor levels, views and efficiencies of the floor(s) of the Premises compared to the premises under the Comparison Leases; (v) the age and quality of construction of the Building; and (vi) the value of existing leasehold improvements to Tenant; (vii) the financial condition and credit history of Tenant compared to the tenants under the Comparison Leases, and (viii) any then market concessions, free rent, tenant improvement allowances, tenant improvement work in lieu of allowances, etc., being provided at the time of commencement of the Extension Term in connection with such Comparison Leases. In determining the Prevailing Market Rate, no consideration shall be given to whether Landlord or the landlords under Comparison Leases are paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with Tenant's exercise of the Extension Option or

52




in connection with the Comparison Leases. For purposes of this Article, Comparable Buildings means Class A office buildings in the Pleasanton Area with similar amenities.
If Tenant properly notifies Landlord of exercise of the Extension Option, Landlord and Tenant shall thereafter negotiate in good faith in an attempt to agree upon the Prevailing Market Rate for the Extension Term. If Landlord and Tenant are able to agree upon the Prevailing Market Rate within thirty (30) days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's Option Notice (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then such agreement shall constitute a determination of Prevailing Market Rate for purposes of this Paragraph 59. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Prevailing Market Rate by the Outside Agreement Date, the Prevailing Market Rate shall be determined in accordance with the arbitration procedure set forth in subparagraph (c) below.
(c)     Arbitration Procedure . The parties shall appoint arbitrators and the arbitrators shall determine the Prevailing Market Rate in accordance with the following procedure:
(i)    Within thirty (30) days following the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an arbitrator who shall be a licensed California real estate broker having significant experience in leasing suburban office space in the Pleasanton area for at least the immediately preceding ten (10) years prior to such appointment. The two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall jointly attempt to agree upon the Prevailing Market Rate. If the arbitrators are unable to agree on the Prevailing Market Rate within thirty (30) days after appointment of the last appointed of the two (2) arbitrators, then within ten (10) days after expiration of such thirty (30) period, the arbitrators shall meet and concurrently deliver to each other their respective written determinations of the Prevailing Market Rate for the Extension Term supported by the reasons therefor, and promptly deliver copies of their determinations to Landlord and Tenant. If the higher of such determinations is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower, then the Prevailing Market Rate shall be the average of the two determinations. Otherwise, the Prevailing Market Rate shall be determined by a third arbitrator, as set forth below.
(ii)    The two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator, having the qualifications stated above; provided, however, that such final arbitrator shall not have worked for Landlord or Tenant during the immediately preceding five (5) years, and shall notify the parties of the identity of such third arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon a third arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the determinations in the preceding subparagraph have been disclosed, either party may, upon not less than five (5) days' written notice to the other party, apply to the American Arbitration Association for the appointment of a third arbitrator meeting the qualifications stated above, and in the event of the failure, refusal or inability of such entity to act, then either party may apply to the presiding judge for Alameda County, for the appointment of such arbitrator, and the other party shall not raise any question as to the court's full power and jurisdiction to entertain the application and make the appointment.
(iii)    Within thirty (30) days after submission of the matter to the third arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall select the determination by either Landlord's arbitrator or Tenant's arbitrator as the Prevailing Market Rate and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. The third arbitrator, if he or she so elects, may conduct a hearing, at which Landlord and Tenant and their respective arbitrators may make supplemental oral and/or written presentations, with an opportunity for rebuttal by the other party and its representatives and for questioning by the third arbitrator. No ex parte communications shall be permitted between the third arbitrator and Landlord or Tenant until after the third arbitrator has made his or her determination. The third arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether the determination by Landlord's arbitrator or Tenant's arbitrator is closest to the actual Prevailing Market Rate and shall have no right to propose a middle ground or to modify either of the two determinations or the provisions of this Lease. The decision of the third arbitrator shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant, and may be enforced in accordance with the provisions of California law.
(iv)    If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within the time period specified hereinabove, the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such arbitrator's decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. In the event of the failure, refusal or inability of an arbitrator to act, a successor shall be appointed in the same manner as the original arbitrator.

53




(v)    Each party shall pay the costs and fees of the arbitrator appointed by such party. The costs and fees of the third arbitrator, if applicable, shall be paid one-half by Landlord and one-half by Tenant.
(d)     General Provisions . The following general provisions shall apply to the Extension Option.
(i)    If Tenant properly exercises the Extension Option, once the Base Rent payable during the Extension Term is determined, the parties shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease extending the Term and stating the amount of the Base Rent.
(ii)    If the amount of the Prevailing Market Rate is not known as of the commencement of the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay as Base Rent the average of the rates determined by the two (2) arbitrators until the amount of the Prevailing Market Rate is determined. When such determination is made, Landlord shall credit any overpayment against Tenant's next installment of Base Rent, or Tenant shall pay any deficiency to Landlord within ten (10) business days after demand.
(iii)    Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 59, after exercise of the Extension Option, the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the Extension Term, and all references in this Lease to the Term shall be deemed to refer to the Term as extended, unless the context clearly provides to the contrary.
(iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant's Extension Option shall, at Landlord's election, be null and void if (i) Tenant is in Default under this Lease at the time of exercise of the Extension Option or at the time of commencement of the Extension Term, or (ii) Landlord has given Tenant two (2) or more notices respecting a monetary Default during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding Tenant's exercise of the Extension Option, whether or not the Default is subsequently cured, or (iii) late charges have become payable pursuant to Paragraph 6 of this Lease three (3) or more times during the twenty-four (24) month period immediately preceding Tenant's exercise of the Extension Option, or (iv) Chronic Overuse has occurred at any time prior to exercise of the Extension Option.
(v)    If Tenant shall fail to properly exercise the Extension Option, the Extension Option shall terminate and be of no further force and effect. If this Lease shall terminate for any reason, then immediately upon such termination, the Extension Option shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void.
(vi)    The Extension Option is personal to, and may be exercised only by, the original Tenant named under this Lease, and shall remain in effect only so long as the original Tenant named herein and/or an Affiliate or a Permitted Corporation, collectively, continue(s) to occupy the entire Premises. No assignee or subtenant shall have any right to exercise the Extension Option, and the original Tenant named herein shall have no right to exercise the Extension Option on behalf of any assignee or subtenant. If the original Tenant named herein shall assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises other than to an Affiliate or a Permitted Corporation, respectively, then effective upon such assignment or subletting, Tenant's right to exercise the Extension Option shall simultaneously terminate and be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, any Affiliate to whom Tenant has assigned this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof shall be considered the “original Tenant” under this Paragraph 59(d)(vi).
60.
RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER
(a)     First Offer Space . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 60, Tenant shall have an ongoing right of first offer (" Right of First Offer ") to lease space consisting of more than ten thousand (10,000) contiguous square feet located in that certain building (the “ 6210 Building ”) in the Project with an address of 6210 Stoneridge Mall Road (a " First Offer Space "), if and when any such First Offer Space becomes available for lease to third parties. For purposes of this Paragraph 60, the First Offer Space shall be "available for lease to third parties" if (i) Landlord is free to lease such space to the general public, unencumbered by any renewal rights, expansion rights, rights of first offer or other similar rights of other tenants in the 6210 Building pursuant to the leases of such other tenants existing on the date of the Lease Date and (ii) Landlord intends to market the First Offer Space to the general public ( i.e. , the First Offer Space will not be occupied by Landlord or Landlord's property manager, or by

54




the existing tenant or subtenant of the First Offer Space, provided the extension of the existing tenant or subtenant is pursuant to an express written provision in such tenant's lease in effect as of the Lease Date and without regard to whether such renewal is characterized by the parties thereto as a "renewal" or as a "new lease") (all of the foregoing are herein referred to as " Superior Rights "). Landlord shall have no obligation to offer the First Offer Space to Tenant, and Tenant shall have no right to lease the First Offer Space pursuant to this Paragraph 59(a), until all of the Superior Rights have expired or are otherwise waived or terminated. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 60(a) shall be deemed to impose any obligation on Landlord to refrain from negotiating with the existing tenant or subtenant of the First Offer Space in order to make the First Offer Space available to Tenant. In addition, Landlord shall have no obligation to offer the First Offer Space to Tenant if the First Offer Space does not become available for lease to third parties during the first seventy-eight (78) months after the Commencement Date.
(b)     Terms . Promptly after Landlord determines that a First Offer Space is or shall become available for lease to third parties, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the " First Offer Notice ") that the First Offer Space will or has become available for lease to third parties (as such availability is reasonably determined in good faith by Landlord) pursuant to the terms of Tenant's Right of First Offer. (The First Offer Notice may be conditioned on the failure of a holder of Superior Rights to lease the First Offer Space.) The First Offer Notice shall set forth the material terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant, including, but not limited to: (i) the Base Rent, which shall equal Landlord's good faith estimate of the Prevailing Market Rate of the First Offer Space for the proposed term; (ii) the tenant improvements Landlord proposes to install and/or any tenant improvement allowance that Landlord proposes to pay to a tenant in connection with a lease of the First Offer Space; (iii) the anticipated date upon which possession of such First Offer Space will be available; (iv) any other material economic terms that Landlord is proposing; and (v) such other matters as Landlord in its commercially reasonable judgment may wish to include as proposed terms.
(c)     Procedure for Acceptance . Tenant may, not later than five (5) business days after Landlord gives the First Offer Notice to Tenant (the " Election Date "), at its option, deliver written notice to Landlord (" Tenant's Election Notice ") electing to lease the First Offer Space upon the terms set forth in the First Offer Notice. If Tenant does not deliver Tenant's Election Notice on or before the Election Date, Tenant shall have no further rights to such First Offer Space under this Paragraph 60. Time is of the essence of this provision, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will have no obligation to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant if Tenant does not deliver Tenant's Election Notice within the time specified. Any qualified or conditional acceptance by Tenant of Landlord's First Offer Notice shall be deemed a counteroffer to, and a rejection of, Landlord's First Offer Notice. If Tenant's Election Notice is not a written, unconditional acceptance of Landlord's First Offer Notice, or is not delivered to Landlord by the Election Date, then Landlord shall thereafter be entitled to lease all or any portion of the First Offer Space identified in the First Offer Notice to any person or entity on any terms which may be satisfactory to Landlord, in its sole discretion; provided, however, if the business terms contained in a proposed subsequent lease are ten percent (10%) or more favorable (on a Net Economic Basis) to such person or entity than the terms contained in the First Offer Notice delivered by Landlord to Tenant, then, prior to leasing the First Offer Space to the person or entity on such terms, Landlord shall deliver another First Offer Notice to Tenant containing such modified terms as provided in this Paragraph 60, and the process specified in Paragraph 60(b) and this Paragraph 60(c) shall begin again. For purposes of this Paragraph 60(c), “ Net Economic Basis ” shall mean a reduction in the effective rent (calculated on the basis of amortizing, on a straight-line basis, over the terms of such lease the total rent less any concessions or inducements).
(d)     Amendment to Lease . If Tenant leases First Offer Space pursuant to this Paragraph 60, Landlord shall prepare and Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease to add the applicable First Offer Space to the Premises upon the terms specified in the First Offer Notice, and otherwise on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and modify the applicable provisions of this Lease, including items in the Basic Lease Information such as the Base Rent, the Premises square footage, and Tenant's Proportionate Share.
(e)     General Provisions . The following general provisions apply to the Right of First Offer:
(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant's exercise of the Right of First Offer shall, at Landlord's election, be null and void if (A) Tenant is in Default under this Lease, or (B) Landlord has

55




given Tenant two (2) or more notices respecting a Default during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding Tenant's exercise of the Right of First Offer, whether or not such Default is subsequently cured, or (C) late charges have become payable pursuant to Paragraph 6 above three (3) or more times during the twenty-four (24) month period immediately preceding Tenant's exercise of the Right of First Offer, or (D) the 6210 Building and the Building are not owned in fee title by the same or an affiliated entity.
(ii)    If this Lease shall terminate for any reason, then immediately upon such termination, the Right of First Offer shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void.
(iii)    Tenant's right to lease the First Offer Space pursuant to this Paragraph 59 is personal to, and may be exercised only by the original named Tenant under this Lease, and shall remain in effect only so long as the original Tenant named herein and/or an Affiliate or a Permitted Corporation, collectively, continue(s) to occupy the entire Premises. No assignee or subtenant shall have any right to exercise the Right of First Offer, and the original Tenant named herein shall have no right to exercise the Right of First Offer on behalf of any assignee or subtenant. If the original Tenant named herein shall assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises other than to an Affiliate or a Permitted Corporation, respectively, then effective upon such assignment or subletting, Tenant's right to exercise the Right of First Offer shall simultaneously terminate and be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, any Affiliate to whom Tenant has assigned this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof shall be considered the “original Tenant” under this Paragraph 60(e)(iii).
61.
OPTION TO TERMINATE
(a)     Grant of Termination Option . Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Tenant shall have a one-time option (the “ Termination Option ”) to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire Premises at the end of the one hundred second (102nd) full calendar month following the Commencement Date (the “ Early Termination Date ”). The Termination Option must be exercised by Tenant giving Landlord unconditional and irrevocable written notice thereof (an “ Early Termination Notice ”) thereof no later than nine (9) months prior to the Early Termination Date, time being of the essence. If Tenant elects to so terminate this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a termination fee (the “ Termination Fee ”) equal to the sum of: (i) the Base Rent that would otherwise be payable for the Premises during the six (6) month period following the Early Termination Date; plus (ii) the unamortized portion as of the Early Termination Date (computed as set forth below) of (A) the Construction Allowance (as defined in and provided to Tenant in accordance with Exhibit B ); plus (B) the brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease; plus (C) the attorneys' fees and costs paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease; plus (D) the Excused Rent. For purposes of calculating the Termination Fee, the amounts to be amortized shall be amortized over one hundred thirty-eight (138) months on a straight-line basis, with interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. The effectiveness of Tenant's exercise of the Termination Option is conditioned upon Tenant's payment of the Termination Fee to Landlord simultaneously with delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord. If Tenant fails to pay the Termination Fee to Landlord at the time of delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord, Tenant's exercise of the Termination Option shall be null and void, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Promptly following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate reasonably and in good faith to calculate and agree upon the Termination Fee, and shall memorialize the same in a brief amendment to this Lease. Such cooperation shall include Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of Landlord’s accounting of the unamortized portions of items (A), (B) and (C) above. In the event that Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon the Termination Fee prior to the Early Termination Notice Deadline, Tenant nevertheless shall have the right to terminate this Lease by providing the Early Termination Notice to Landlord in a timely fashion, and by paying the Termination Fee within five (5) business days of Landlord and Tenant agreeing upon the amount of the Termination Fee, and the parties agree to cooperate reasonably and in good faith to calculate and agree upon the Termination Fee as soon as reasonably practicable following Landlord’s receipt of the Termination Notice.
(b)     General Provisions . The following general provisions apply to the Termination Option:
(vii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant's exercise of the Termination Option shall, at Landlord's election, be null and void if Tenant is in Default under this Lease, on the date of

56




Landlord's receipt of the Termination Notice or at any time thereafter prior to the Early Termination Date. Tenant's exercise of the Termination Option shall not operate to cure any such Default of this Lease by Tenant, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of a default by Tenant.
(viii)    If Tenant exercises the Termination Option and pays the Termination Fee as provided above, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in the condition required pursuant to Paragraph 11 above on or before the Early Termination Date. If Tenant fails to so vacate and surrender possession of the Premises on the Early Termination Date, the provisions of Paragraph 35 above shall apply to Tenant's continued occupancy of the Premises.
(ix)    If Tenant shall fail to timely exercise the Termination Option, the Termination Option shall expire and be of no further force and effect.
(x)    The Termination Option is personal to, and may be exercised only by, the original Tenant named under this Lease, and shall remain in effect only so long as the original Tenant named herein and/or an Affiliate or a Permitted Corporation, collectively, continue(s) to occupy the entire Premises. No assignee or subtenant shall have any right to exercise the Termination Option, and the original Tenant named herein shall have no right to exercise the Termination Option on behalf of any assignee or subtenant. If the original Tenant named herein shall assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises other than to an Affiliate or a Permitted Corporation, respectively, then effective upon such assignment or subletting, Tenant's right to exercise the Termination Option shall simultaneously terminate and by of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, any Affiliate to whom Tenant has assigned this Lease, in accordance with the terms hereof shall be considered the “original Tenant” under this Paragraph 61(b)(v).
(xi)    In the event Tenant exercises any Right of First Offer (i) such that the First Offer Space consists of one (1) floor or more of the 6210 Building, or (ii) after the sixtieth (60) month of the Term, then the Termination Option shall automatically terminate, and Tenant shall have no further rights under this Paragraph 61. In the event Tenant exercises any Right of First Offer and the Termination Option is not terminated, then the Termination Fee (as defined above) shall be increased respecting the First Offer Space by an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the Base Rent that would otherwise be payable for the First Offer Space during the six (6) month period following the Early Termination Date; plus (ii) the unamortized portion as of the Early Termination Date (computed as set forth below) of (A) any alteration or improvement allowance provided in connection with the First Offer Space; plus (B) any brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with such First Offer Space; plus (C) the attorneys' fees and costs paid by Landlord in connection with documenting the lease of the First Offer Space; plus (D) the any free or excused rent granted in connection with the First Offer Space. For purposes of calculating the foregoing amortization, the amounts to be amortized shall be amortized over the original Term respecting the First Offer Space on a straight-line basis, with interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum.
62.
COUNTERPARTS
This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each of which, so executed, shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Lease may be executed in electronic including so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon an electronic or pdf counterpart of this Lease signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.
63.
MISCELLANEOUS
The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “but not limited to” and lists following such words shall not be interpreted to be exhaustive or limited to items of the same type as those enumerated. The word “days” means calendar days, except if the last day for performance occurs on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, then the next succeeding business day shall be the last day for performance. The phrase “business days” means Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. Should Landlord be advised by counsel that any part of the payments by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease may be characterized as unrelated business income under the United States Internal Revenue Code and its regulations, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be

57




modified as may be required to avoid such characterization as unrelated business income, and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor; provided, however, that any such modification shall not increase any expense payable by Tenant hereunder or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder and further provided that within ten (10) business days following receipt of Tenant’s written billing, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable accounting and legal fees incurred by Tenant in complying with the foregoing.
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally.]

58





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the Lease Date specified in the Basic Lease Information.
Landlord:
6200 STONERIDGE MALL ROAD INVESTORS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: TPF Equity REIT Operating Partnership LP,
a Delaware limited partnership,
its sole member
By: TPF Equity REIT Operating Partnership GP LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its general partner
By: /s/ Timothy J. Cahill  
Name: Timothy J. Cahill
Title: Executive Director – Asset Management
Date: February 9, 2016
By: /s/ Thomas Enger Name: Thomas Enger
Title: Executive Director
Date: February 9, 2016
Tenant:
BLACKHAWK NETWORK, INC.,
an Arizona corporation
By: /s/ Jerry Ulrich     
Name: Jerry Ulrich
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 8, 2016

By: /s/ Suzanne Kinner  
Name: Suzanne Kinner
Title: General Vice President
Date: February 8, 2016


59




EXHIBIT A-1
DIAGRAM OF THE PREMISES































EXHIBIT A-2
SITE PLAN





EXHIBIT B
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS WORK LETTER
This exhibit (the “ Work Letter ,” is and shall constitute Exhibit B to the Lease Agreement, dated as of the Lease Date, by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises. The terms and conditions of this Exhibit B are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Exhibit B have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease. The purpose of this Work Letter is to set forth the respective responsibilities of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the design and construction of all alterations, additions and improvements that Tenant may deem necessary or appropriate to prepare the Premises for occupancy by Tenant under the Lease. Such alterations, additions and improvements to the Premises are referred to in this Work Letter as the " Tenant Improvements ," and the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements is referred to as the " Tenant Improvement Work ."
Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
1. GENERAL .
1.1.    Tenant is solely responsible for designing the Tenant Improvements and performing the Tenant Improvement Work (subject to Landlord's rights of review and approval set forth in this Work Letter).
1.2.    Landlord's sole interest in reviewing and approving the “ Construction Drawings ” (as hereinafter defined) is to protect the Building and Landlord's interests, and no such review or approval by Landlord shall be deemed to create any liability of any kind on the part of Landlord, or to constitute a representation on the part of Landlord or any person consulted by Landlord in connection with such review and approval that the Space Plans or Final Working Drawings are correct or accurate, or are in compliance with any applicable Laws.
1.3.    Landlord shall contribute (subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Work Letter) the amount specified in Section 4.1 below as the " Construction Allowance ," toward the costs of performing the Tenant Improvement Work.
1.4.    Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of designing the Tenant Improvements and performing the Tenant Improvement Work to the extent such costs exceed the Construction Allowance.
1.5.    Any default by Tenant under this Work Letter shall constitute a default under the Lease. If a Default occurs under the Lease or a default occurs under this Work Letter at any time on or before the “ Date of Substantial Completion ” (as hereinafter defined), then in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Construction Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Tenant's Contractor (as hereinafter defined) to cease construction of the Tenant Improvements, and all other obligations of Landlord under this Work Letter shall be suspended until such time as the default is cured.
1.6.    The " Date of Substantial Completion " shall mean the date on which the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete, except for finishing details, decorative items, minor omissions, mechanical adjustments, and similar items of the type customarily found in an architectural punchlist, and Tenant may legally occupy the entire Premises.
2. DESIGN AND APPROVAL OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
2.1.     Selection of Tenant's Architect; Construction Drawings .
(a)    Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner (" Tenant's Architect ") to prepare the Construction Drawings. Tenant's Architect shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall retain engineering consultants reasonably

1




designated by Landlord (the " Engineers ") to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life-safety and sprinkler work, if any, in the Premises in connection with the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to insure that the rates of the Engineers so designated by Landlord are competitive with those of similarly designated engineers of Comparable Buildings. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Tenant's Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known, collectively, as the " Construction Drawings ."
(b)    All Construction Drawings shall be subject to Landlord's approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned (except as set forth herein) or delayed. If available, Landlord shall supply Tenant with a set of “as-built” drawings of the Building which Tenant may use in connection with the preparation of the Construction Drawings, but Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have no liability for the completeness or accuracy thereof, and Tenant's Architect shall be responsible for performing all necessary field measurements and confirming the completeness and accuracy of such as-built drawings, as well as the physical limitations of Building systems.
2.2.     Space Plans . Prior to drafting any Construction Drawings, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with Tenant's final space plans for the Premises (" Space Plans "). The Space Plans shall show locations of all proposed improvements, including partitions, cabinetry, equipment and fixtures, shall identify materials and finishes by location, and shall specify the location of any proposed structural floor penetrations or reinforcements, the location and extent of floor loading in excess of Building capacity, if any, any special HVAC requirements, the location and description of any special plumbing requirements, and any special electrical requirements. In addition, the Space Plans shall show telephone and telecommunications facilities, and computer and electronic data facilities. Landlord shall approve or disapprove the Space Plans by written notice given to Tenant within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Space Plans. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its approval of the Space Plans, provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its approval of the Space Plans if, in Landlord's good faith judgment, the proposed improvements depicted on the Space Plans: (a) do not comply with applicable Laws; (b) are not consistent with the quality and character of the Project; (c) are likely to adversely affect Building Systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants; (d) might impair Landlord's ability to furnish services to Tenant or other tenants in the Project; (e) could or would increase the cost of operating the Building or the Project; (f) contain or use Hazardous Materials; (g) would adversely affect the appearance of the Building or the Project or the marketability of the Premises to subsequent tenants; (h) might adversely affect another tenant's premises or such other tenant's use and enjoyment of such premises; (i) are prohibited by any private restrictions or any mortgage, trust deed or other instrument encumbering the Building and/or the Project; or (j) are not, at a minimum, in accordance with Landlord's building standards, the Construction Rules and Regulations, or the Building's Sustainability Practices or Green Building Standards. Landlord may withhold its approval of the Space Plans if any one or more of the foregoing situations exist; provided, however, that the foregoing reasons shall not be the only reasons for which Landlord may withhold its approval, whether such other reasons are similar or dissimilar to the foregoing provided such other reasons are commercially reasonable. If Tenant's proposed interior partitioning or other aspects of the Tenant Improvement Work will, in Landlord's good faith judgment, require changes or alterations in the fire protection sprinkler system, HVAC system or other Building Systems outside of the Premises, and Landlord approves such changes or alterations, such changes or alterations outside the Premises shall be made by Landlord, at Tenant's expense, subject to the application of the Construction Allowance. If Landlord disapproves the Space Plans, Landlord shall return the Space Plans to Tenant with a statement of Landlord's reasons for disapproval, and specifying any required corrections and/or revisions. Landlord shall approve or disapprove of any revisions to the Space Plans by written notice given to Tenant within five (5) business days after receipt of such revisions. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Space Plans.
2.3.     Final Working Drawings . Following Landlord's approval of the Space Plans, Tenant shall cause Tenant's Architect and the Engineers to prepare and submit for Landlord's approval complete and detailed construction plans and specifications, including a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety and sprinkler working drawings for the Tenant Improvement Work, in a form which is sufficiently complete to permit subcontractors to bid on the work (collectively, the " Final Working Drawings "). Tenant shall furnish Landlord with four (4) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Working Drawings.

2




Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the Final Working Drawings by giving written notice to Tenant within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Final Working Drawings, provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its consent to the Final Working Drawings for any of the reasons specified in Section 2.2 above, or if in Landlord's good faith judgment, the Final Working Drawings are inconsistent with, or do not conform to, the Space Plans. If Landlord disapproves the Final Working Drawings, Landlord shall return the Final Working Drawings to Tenant with a statement of Landlord's reasons for disapproval and specifying any required corrections or revisions. Landlord shall approve or disapprove of any such revisions to the Final Working Drawings within five (5) business days after receipt of such revisions. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Final Working Drawings (as so approved, the " Approved Working Drawings ").
3. CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
3.1.     Contracts with Tenant's Contractor and Subcontractors .
(a)    Tenant shall retain a licensed general contractor as the contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements (" Tenant's Contractor "). Tenant's Contractor must be experienced in the performance of work comparable to the work of the Tenant Improvements in buildings comparable to the Building, and shall be subject to Landlord's prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers, together with Tenant's Contractor, are collectively referred to herein as " Tenant's Construction Agents ") must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Landlord reserves the right to require that any work to be performed on the life-safety, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, fire-protection, telecommunications or other Systems serving the Premises (whether such Systems are located within or outside the Premises) be performed by subcontractors reasonably specified by Landlord and provided the rates of such subcontractors are competitive with similarly designed subcontractors performing work on Comparable Buildings.
(b)    Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and correct copies of all construction contracts between Tenant and Tenant's Contractor relating to the Tenant Improvement Work, provided that Landlord's review of such contracts shall not relieve Tenant from its obligations under this Work Letter nor shall such review be deemed to constitute Landlord's representation that such contracts comply with the requirements of this Work Letter. All such contracts shall expressly provide that (i) the work to be performed thereunder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Work Letter, including, without limitation, that such work shall comply with the Construction Rules and Regulations, the Building's Sustainability Practices and Green Building Standards and (ii) the Tenant Improvement Work (or in the case of a subcontractor, the portion thereof performed by such subcontractor), including all equipment installed as part of the Tenant Improvement Work, shall be warranted in writing to Tenant and Landlord to be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Completion. Tenant agrees to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be reasonably necessary to permit Landlord to directly enforce such warranties (such warranties shall include, without additional charge, the repair of any portion of the Building or Common Areas which may be damaged as a result of the removal or replacement of the defective Tenant Improvements). Tenant shall cause Tenant's Construction Agents to engage only labor that is harmonious and compatible with other labor working in the Building. In the event of any labor disturbance caused by persons employed by Tenant or Tenant's Contractor, Tenant shall immediately take all actions reasonably necessary to eliminate such disturbance. If at any time any of Tenant's Construction Agents hinders or delays any other work of improvement in the Building, or performs any work which may or does impair the quality, integrity or performance of any portion of the Building, including any portions of the Systems, Tenant shall cause such subcontractor, laborer, materialman or supplier to leave the Building and remove all tools, equipment and materials immediately upon written notice delivered to Tenant, and, without limiting Tenant's indemnity obligations set forth in Paragraph 16(a) of the Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs, expenses, losses or damages incurred or suffered by Landlord resulting from the acts or omissions of such Tenant's Agents in or about the Building.

3




3.2.     Permits . Tenant shall obtain all building permits and other permits, authorizations and approvals which may be required in connection with, or to satisfy all Laws applicable to, the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings (collectively, the " Permits "). Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord's consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any Permits or the certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant's responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord will cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such Permit or certificate of occupancy. Any amendments or revisions to the Approved Working Drawings that may be necessary to obtain any such Permits, or which may be required by city officials or inspectors to comply with code rulings or interpretations, shall be prepared by Tenant's Architect, at Tenant's expense (provided that to the extent funds are available, such expense may be reimbursed from the Construction Allowance), and submitted to Landlord for Landlord's review and approval as a “ Change Order ” (as defined in and) under Section 5 below. If Landlord disapproves of such amendments or revisions, Landlord shall return the same to Tenant with a statement of Landlord's reasons for disapproval, or specifying any required corrections. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the amendments or revisions and all Permits have been obtained for the Approved Working Drawings, as so amended. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant, at Tenant's expense (subject to application of the Construction Allowance, to the extent available), is responsible for performing all accessibility and other work required to be performed in connection with the Tenant Improvement Work, including, but not limited to, any "path of travel" or other work outside the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord may elect upon written notice to Tenant, to perform any such work in the Common Areas or elsewhere outside the Premises, at Tenant's expense (subject to application of the Construction Allowance, to the extent available).
3.3.     Commencement of Work . At least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, or the delivery of any construction materials for the Tenant Improvement Work to the Building, whichever is earlier, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a notice specifying the date Tenant will commence construction of the Tenant Improvements, the estimated Date of Substantial Completion, and the construction schedule provided by Tenant's Contractor. In addition, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, or the delivery of any construction materials for the Tenant Improvement Work to the Building, whichever is earlier, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the following: (a) all Permits required to commence construction of the Tenant Improvements; (b) a copy of the executed construction contract with Tenant's Contractor, in the form previously approved by Landlord, together with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred, or which have theretofore been incurred, in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, which costs of construction form a basis for the amount of the construction contract; and (c) true and correct copies of all policies of insurance, or original certificates thereof executed by an authorized agent of the insurer or insurers, together with any endorsements referred to in Section 3.5 below, confirming to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction compliance with the insurance requirements of this Work Letter.
3.4.     Performance of Work . All work performed by Tenant's Contractor shall: (a) strictly conform to the Approved Working Drawings; (b) comply with all applicable Laws (including building codes), all applicable standards of the American Insurance Association and the National Electrical Code, and all building material manufacturer's specifications; (c) comply with all rules and regulations from time to time reasonably adopted by Landlord to govern construction in or about the Building, including the Construction Rules and Regulations; (d) shall be performed in a good and professional manner, consistent with industry standards applicable to Class A office space in Alameda County, the Building's Sustainability Practices and Green Building Standards; and (e) be performed at such times and in such manner so as not to interfere with the performance of any other work within the Building or with Landlord's maintenance or operation of the Building. At all times during construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord and Landlord's employees and agents shall have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the Tenant Improvement Work, and to require the correction of any faulty work or any material deviation from the Approved Working Drawings. Tenant shall not close-up any Tenant Improvement Work affecting the life safety, telecommunications, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, electrical or other Systems in the Premises until the same have been inspected and approved by Landlord's Agents. No inspection or approval by Landlord of any such work shall constitute an endorsement thereof or any representation as to the adequacy thereof for any purpose or the conformance thereof with any applicable Laws, and Tenant shall be fully responsible and liable therefor. In addition to the Construction Administration Costs under Section 4.3 below, Tenant shall

4




reimburse Landlord for the cost of any repairs, corrections or restoration which must be made, in Landlord's good faith judgment, to the Premises or any other portion of the Building, if caused by Tenant's Contractor or any other of Tenant's Agents.
3.5.     Insurance . At all times during the construction of the Tenant Improvements (and in the case of Products and Completed Operations Coverage, for 5 years following Date of Substantial Completion), in addition to the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under the Lease, Tenant shall require all of Tenant's Agents to maintain (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage, including personal injury and death, and Contractor's Protective Liability, and Products and Completed Operations Coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per incident; (b) Automobile Liability insurance with a policy limit of not less than $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury and property damage, providing coverage at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) Business Auto Coverage form covering Automobile Liability, code 1 "any auto", and insuring against all loss in connection with the ownership, maintenance and operation of automotive equipment that is owned, hired or non-owned; (c) Workers’ Compensation with statutory limits and Employers’ Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $500,000 per accident, $500,000 aggregate disease coverage and $100,000 disease coverage per employee. In addition, Tenant or Tenant's Contractor shall carry "Builder's Risk" insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant's liability insurance shall be written on an "occurrence" basis and shall name Landlord, the Holder of any Superior Mortgage and Landlord's designated agents as additional insureds (by endorsement or equivalent form as reasonably acceptable to Landlord). The "Builder's Risk" insurance shall name Landlord and such other parties as Landlord may reasonably specify as the loss payee(s) with respect to all proceeds received therefrom. All of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall provide that it is primary insurance, and not excess over or contributory with any other valid, existing, and applicable insurance in force for or on behalf of Landlord, shall provide that Landlord shall receive thirty (30) days' written notice prior to any cancellation or change of coverage, and shall be placed with companies which are rated A-:XIII or better by AM Best and licensed to business in the State of California. All deductibles and self-insured retentions under Tenant's policies are subject to Landlord's reasonable approval, and all insurance maintained by Tenant's Construction Agents shall preclude subrogation claims thereunder by the insurer against Landlord Insureds. Tenant's compliance with the provisions of this Section shall in no way limit Tenant's liability under any of the other provisions of the Lease.
3.6.     Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to remove any such lien within ten (10) business days after notice to do so from Landlord, Landlord may, in addition to any other remedies, record a bond pursuant to California Civil Code Section 8424 and all costs and obligations incurred by Landlord in so doing shall immediately become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent under the Lease. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices that may be required or permitted by Laws, or which Landlord may deem to be proper, for the protection of Landlord and the Building from such liens. Promptly following completion of construction, Tenant shall provide Landlord a copy of a final unconditional lien release from Tenant's Contractor and each of Tenant's Agents who performed work or supplied materials for the Tenant Improvements. Upon completion of construction, Tenant shall promptly record a Notice of Completion in accordance with California Civil Code Section 8182 and provide a copy thereof to Landlord.
4. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS.
4.1.     Construction Allowance . Landlord will contribute to the costs of performing the Tenant Improvement Work, as depicted on the Approved Working Drawings, and as otherwise provided herein, to the extent of the lesser of (a) Six Million Seven Hundred Thousand Five Hundred Ninety Dollars ($6,700,590.00) (calculated at the rate of $45.00 per square foot of rentable square footage of the Premises) or (b) the actual cost for such work (the " Construction Allowance "). Tenant shall pay all costs in excess of the Construction Allowance for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements. Except as otherwise specified in this Work Letter, the Construction Allowance may be applied only to the payment or reimbursement of: (i) the cost of architectural fees and costs; (ii) the cost of obtaining Permits and other similar approvals and the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with coordinating and observing the Tenant Improvement Work, including, without limitation, the

5




Construction Administration Costs ” (as hereinafter defined); and (iii) documented costs of labor and materials incorporated into the Tenant Improvements (excluding all costs of furnishings, fixtures, equipment, signage and other personal property, including switches, servers, routers and similar data and telecommunications cabling and equipment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, up to Two Million Ten Thousand One Hundred Seventy-seven Dollars ($2,010,177.00) (which is 30% of the Construction Allowance) may be utilized by Tenant for the purchase and installation of furniture, fixtures and equipment (“ FF&E ”) in the Building, and to reimburse Tenant for any amounts that may have been paid by Tenant to the prior occupant of the Premises in consideration for such prior tenant’s agreement to terminate its lease of the Premises early.
4.2.     Disbursement of Construction Allowance . Provided that (a) this Lease is then in full force and effect, and (b) Tenant is not then in default, beyond all applicable cure periods, of any of its obligations under the Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant's obligations under this Work Letter to perform Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and all applicable Laws, Landlord shall pay the Construction Allowance to Tenant, less any amounts deducted therefrom pursuant to Section 4.3 below, within thirty (30) days after satisfactory completion of the Tenant Improvement Work and submission by Tenant of (i) two (2) full sets of blue line "as-built" drawings, together with a CAD disk showing the Tenant Improvements (updated by Tenant's Architect as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction), (ii) specification cut sheets for all non-Building standard equipment and lighting, (iii) a written statement from Tenant's Architect that the work described on any such invoices has been completed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, (iv) properly executed mechanics' lien releases in compliance with California Civil Code Section 8138 from all of Tenant's Construction Agents, (v) copies of all Permits, licenses, certificates and other governmental authorizations and approvals necessary in connection with, and indicating final approval of, the Tenant Improvement Work, and which may be necessary for the operation of Tenant's business within the Premises, (vi) a copy of the final air balancing report, (vii) warranties and manuals for all installed equipment, and (viii) a statement of total design and construction fees and costs. Tenant shall submit the documents described in clauses (i) through (viii) above to Landlord within sixty (60) days following the Date of Substantial Completion. With regard to disbursements for any purchase of FF&E or as reimbursement for early termination consideration as provided in Section 4(a) above, Landlord shall disburse such amount within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of documentary evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s payment of such amounts. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to disburse any amounts hereunder in excess of the Construction Allowance. Additionally, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any right to receive any portion of the Construction Allowance which has not been properly requested by December 31, 2017, and Landlord shall have no further obligation to disburse any such unrequested portion of the Construction Allowance after December 31, 2017.
4.3.     Construction Administration Costs . Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) a fee in the amount of (i) four percent (4%) of the first $100,000.00 of “hard” cost to construct the Tenant Improvement Work, plus (ii) two percent (2%) of the “hard” cost to construct the Tenant Improvement Work exceeding $100,000.00, to compensate Landlord for coordinating and observing the Tenant Improvement Work, plus (b) all of Landlord's actual out-of-pocket third-party costs incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvement Work, including, without limitation, all management, engineering, outside consulting and construction fees incurred by or on behalf of Landlord for the review and approval of the Space Plans and Construction Drawings (collectively, the " Construction Administration Costs "). Landlord shall be entitled to charge the amount of the Construction Administration Costs against the Construction Allowance required to be contributed by Landlord hereunder, or if funds are not available from the Construction Allowance for such purposes, Tenant will pay such amounts within twenty (20) days following delivery of Landlord's written invoice.
5. CHANGE ORDERS . Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its approval of (a) any request by Tenant, or by Tenant's Contractor with Tenant's approval, to amend or change the Approved Working Drawings provided such change or amendment does not diminish the quality of construction of the Tenant Improvements, or (b) any change or amendment to the Approved Working Drawings that may be necessary to obtain any Permits, or which may be required by city officials or inspectors to comply with code rulings or interpretations (any of the foregoing, a " Change Order "). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, however, Tenant acknowledges that it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to any Change Order if any of the circumstances

6




listed in clauses 2.2(a) through 2.2(l) of this Work Letter apply. No material changes or modifications to the Approved Working Drawings shall be made unless by written Change Order signed by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall pay all costs attributable to Change Orders, including costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in reviewing proposed Change Orders (provided that to the extent funds are available, such costs may be paid or reimbursed from the Construction Allowance).
6. OWNERSHIP OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS . The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed, effective upon installation, to be a part of the Premises and shall be deemed to be the property of Landlord (subject to Tenant's right to use the same during the Term of the Lease), and shall be surrendered at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, unless Landlord shall have conditioned its approval of the Space Plans, Final Working Drawings or any Change Order on Tenant's agreement to remove any items thereof, in which event, prior to the expiration or termination of the Term, the specified items shall be removed at Tenant's expense, any damage caused by such removal shall be repaired, and the Premises shall be restored to its condition existing prior to the installation of the items in question, normal wear and tear and damage by casualty and the elements excepted. The removal, repair and restoration described above shall, at Landlord's sole election, be performed either by Tenant or by Landlord; and if such work shall be performed by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord's demand, the reasonable cost and expense of such work.
7. REPRESENTATIVES .
7.1.     Tenant's Representative . Tenant has designated its Director of Facilities, Craig Crist, 6220 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California 94588, (T) 925.226.9898, (M) 925.519.4931, Craig.Crist@bhnetwork.com, as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.
7.2.     Landlord's Representative . Landlord has designated Sonia Sharma, (T) 925.734.8400, sonia.sharma@hines.com as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter.
All notices under this Work Letter shall be given in accordance with Paragraph 33 of the Lease.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all amounts due under the terms of this Exhibit B within ten (10) business days following delivery of Landlord's invoice therefor, which invoices shall be rendered monthly or at such other intervals as Landlord shall determine. The provisions of Paragraphs 6 and 45 of the Lease shall apply with respect to amounts not paid when due.
Any failure by Tenant to perform its obligations under this Exhibit B on a timely basis shall constitute a Default under the Lease. If a Default occurs under the Lease or a Default occurs under this Work Letter at any time on or before the Date of Substantial Completion, then in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease, all obligations of Landlord under this Work Letter shall be suspended until such time as the Default is cured.



7




EXHIBIT C
RULES AND REGULATIONS
This exhibit, entitled “Rules and Regulations,” is and shall constitute Exhibit C to the Lease, dated as of the Lease Date, by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises. The terms and conditions of this Exhibit C are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Exhibit C have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
1. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the consent of Landlord.
2.    All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the Building require the prior written approval of Landlord. Window coverings installed as of the Lease Date are hereby deemed approved.
3.    Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials on or around the Premises, except to the extent that Tenant is permitted to use the same under the terms of Paragraph 32 of the Lease.
4.    Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.
5.    Tenant shall park motor vehicles in Parking Areas designated by Landlord except for loading and unloading. During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow around the Building or the Project and loading and unloading areas of other tenants. Tenant shall not park motor vehicles in designated Parking Areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.
6.    Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any tenant or other occupant of the Project and shall cooperate to prevent same.
7.    No person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission.
8.    All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises shall be immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or exterior receiving areas overnight.
9.    Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods or merchandise in or around the Common Areas surrounding the Premises. No displays or sales of merchandise shall be allowed in the parking lots or other Common Areas.
10.    Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets (but excluding service animals, which are permitted), to be brought or kept in or about the Building, the Project or any of the Common Areas.
11.    Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s efforts to implement the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any, including, but not limited to, complying with Landlord’s then-current energy saving efforts and participating in any recycling programs and occupant satisfaction and transportation surveys.
12.    Tenant shall report maintenance problems involving water and moist conditions in the Premises to the Property Manager promptly, and shall conduct its business in a manner reasonably planned to prevent unusual moisture conditions or mold growth

1




13.    Tenant shall not block or inhibit the flow of return or make up air into the HVAC system and shall maintain the Premises at a consistent temperature and humidity level in accordance with written instructions provided to Tenant by the Property Manager in advance.
14.    Tenant shall maintain water in all drain traps in the Premises at all times.
15.    No smoking (including use of e‑cigarettes and smokeless cigarettes) is permitted in the Building or within 25 feet of any entrance to the Building, public walkways or the Building’s outdoor air intakes.
Landlord agrees that unless specifically set forth herein to the contrary, any judgments, consents or approvals to be provided by Landlord pursuant to these Rules and Regulations shall not be made, withheld or delayed unreasonably



2




EXHIBIT D
FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
____________________, a _______________ (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to ____________________ and its successors and assigns that Tenant leases from ____________________, a _______________ (“ Landlord ”) approximately _____ square feet of space (the “ Premises ”) in __________ pursuant to that certain Lease Agreement dated __________, 20___ by and between Landlord and Tenant, as amended by _________________________ (collectively, the “ Lease ”), a true and correct copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Tenant hereby certifies to ____________________, that as of the date hereof:
1. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended, except as set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.
2.    Tenant is in actual occupancy of the Premises under the Lease and Tenant has accepted the same. Landlord has performed all obligations under the Lease to be performed by Landlord, including, without limitation, completion of all tenant work required under the Lease and the making of any required payments or contributions therefor, except as follows: ________________________________________________. Tenant is not entitled to any further payment or credit for tenant work, except as follows: __________________________________.
3.    The initial term of the Lease commenced __________, 20___ and shall expire __________, 20___. Tenant has the following rights to renew or extend the term of the Lease or to expand the Premises: ___________________________________.
4.    Tenant has not paid any rentals or other payments more than one (1) month in advance, except as follows: ___________________________________.
5.    Base Rent payable under the Lease is _______________ Dollars ($__________). Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid through __________, 20___. There currently exists no claims, defenses, rights of set-off or abatement to or against the obligations of Tenant to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent or relating to any other term, covenant or condition under the Lease, except as follows: _______________________________________.
6.    There are no concessions, bonuses, free Rent, rebates or other matters affecting the Rent, except as follows: ___________________________________.
7.    No security or other deposit has been paid with respect to the Lease, except as follows: ___________________________________.
8.    Landlord is not currently in default under the Lease and there are no events or conditions existing which, with or without notice or the lapse of time, or both, could constitute a default of Landlord under the Lease or entitle Tenant to offsets or defenses against the prompt payment of Rent, except as follows: ___________________________________. Tenant has received no notification form Landlord indicating that Tenant is in default under any of the terms and conditions of the Lease or indicating there are now any facts or conditions which, with notice or lapse of time or both, will become such a default, except as follows: ________________________________.
9.    Tenant has not assigned, transferred, mortgaged or otherwise encumbered its interest under the Lease, nor subleased any of the Premises nor permitted any person or entity to use the Premises, except as follows: ___________________________________.
10.    Tenant has no rights of first refusal or options to purchase the property of which the Premises is a part.

1




11.    The Lease represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to Tenant’s right to use and occupy the Premises.
Tenant acknowledges that the parties to whom this certificate is addressed will be relying upon the accuracy of this certificate in connection with their acquisition and/or financing of the Premises. Terms defined in the Lease have the same meaning here.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has caused this certificate to be executed this _____ day of __________, 20___.
Tenant:
                                                                                                       ,
a                                                                                                                     
By:                                                                                                                     
Name:
                                                                                                           
Title:
                                                                                                               


2




EXHIBIT E
TENANT'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR VENDORS AND CONTRACTORS
Vendors: A “Vendor,” which, as used herein, shall mean a supplier of professional or technical services such as legal, accounting, information technology, financial or health related products or services will, at such Vendor’s expense, maintain insurance policies that cover Vendor’s activities under this Agreement and the activities of Vendor’s employees, agents and representatives, including, but not limited to, workers compensation insurance and commercial general liability, bodily injury liability or property damage liability with minimum limits of insurance of $1,000,000 per claim and $2,000,000 annual aggregate. Vendor’s insurance shall be primary to any insurance maintained by Blackhawk and its affiliates and landlord. Upon the request of Blackhawk, Vendor shall provide Blackhawk with a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage. In addition, Vendor will provide Blackhawk with thirty (30) days advance written notice of any cancellation or reduction in such insurance coverage or limits.

Contractors: A “Contractor,” which, as used herein, shall mean a supplier of construction services for the actual physical improvement or alteration of the Premises, shall, without limiting such Contractor’s indemnification of Blackhawk, obtain, pay for, and maintain in full force and effect, insurance with limits, coverages, terms, and conditions at least as broad as shown below:

(a)    Workers’ compensation and employers’ liability insurance with limits to conform with the greater of the amount required by California law or one million dollars ($1,000,000), with a limit of one million dollars ($1,000,000) per person subject to an aggregate limit of one million dollars ($1,000,000) per annum;
(b)    Commercial general liability insurance with limits not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and property damage, including personal injury, contractual liability, independent contractors, broad-form property damage, and products and completed operations coverage.  The general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement or the general aggregate shall be twice the required per occurrence limits; and
(c)    Professional Liability Insurance with limits not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) annual aggregate for all claims each policy year.
If Contractor fails to keep in effect at all times the insurance coverages required above, Blackhawk may, in addition to and cumulative with any other remedies available, withhold payments to Contractor in an amount sufficient to procure the insurance required herein.
Upon written request by Blackhawk, Contractor will provide to Blackhawk policy extracts and policy form numbers to clarify an insurance certificate or as otherwise needed in the course of Blackhawk’s business activities.  Contractor shall provide for thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Blackhawk in the event of cancellation, lapse, material change or expiration of each such policy.  Upon the request of Blackhawk, Contractor will furnish Blackhawk with a certificate of insurance evidencing the insurance required hereunder.

1


Confidential Treatment Requested: Information for which confidential treatment has been requested is omitted and is noted with asterisks. An unredacted version of this document has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Exhibit 10.35
SECOND ADDENDUM TO SERVICING AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND ADDENDUM (this “ Second Addendum ”), signed October 1, 2015 (the “ Second Addendum Effective Date ”) is to that certain Servicing Agreement dated March 30, 2012, between Blackhawk Network, Inc. (“ Servicer ”) and MetaBank, dba Meta Payment Systems (“ Bank ”), as amended by the Letter Agreement dated March 30, 2012 (the “ Letter Agreement ”), Amendment No. 1 to Servicing Agreement, dated November 5, 2012 (“ Amendment No. 1” ), and Amendment No. 2 to Servicing Agreement, dated October 31, 2013 (“ Amendment No. 2 ”), and Amendment No. 3 to Servicing Agreement dated June 13, 2014 (“ Amendment No. 3 ”), and Addendum No. 1 to the Servicing Agreement dated May 30, 2014 (“ Addendum No. 1 ”) (collectively, the “ Agreement ”).

Whereas, the Parties wish to amend the Agreement, and as such this Second Addendum is being entered into for the purpose of modifying the Agreement in the manner and to the extent set forth herein, and

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

I.     Definitions.

“Activated” means enabled for purchases, via IVR or website activation process, in accordance with the Card terms and conditions, and capable of being used for purchases.

“Incentive Card” means a Card distributed for loyalty, award, incentive or promotional purposes and funded by a business and not available for purchase by the general public.

“Incentive Card Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section II(1) of this Second Addendum.

II.     Additional terms.

1.
Bank shall retain an amount equal to [**] per each Activated Incentive Card (the “ Incentive Card Fee ”). Notwithstanding any terms in the Agreement (including the Letter Agreement), the Incentive Card Fee shall not be included when calculating the commission on deposits payable to Servicer.

2.
Section 12.1(b)(ii) of the Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 2, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(ii)
Data Security Insurance. Servicer shall maintain (and regardless shall require each Program Critical Subcontractor to maintain), throughout the term of this Agreement, an appropriate data security insurance policy, the limit of which shall be no less than [**] per occurrence or [**] aggregate, providing coverage in the event of loss of confidential data by Servicer, including but not limited to Cardholder Data and Confidential Information. Servicer shall require each Program Critical Subcontractor to maintain, throughout the term of this Agreement, an appropriate data security insurance policy, the limit of which shall be no less than [**] per occurrence or [**] aggregate, providing coverage in the event of loss of confidential data by the Program Critical Subcontractor), including but not limited to Cardholder Data and Confidential Information.”


[**] = Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request.




Confidential Treatment Requested: Information for which confidential treatment has been requested is omitted and is noted with asterisks. An unredacted version of this document has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


III.     Legal. Except as expressly set forth in this Second Addendum, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and is hereby ratified by each Party. Unless otherwise defined in this Second Addendum, the capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings that are ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.  If there is a conflict between a provision of this Second Addendum and a provision of the Agreement, the provision of this Second Addendum shall prevail, and all other terms of the Agreement shall remain fully enforceable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, as of the Second Addendum Effective Date, Bank and Servicer have caused this Second Addendum to be entered into.


Servicer
 
Bank
By:
/s/ Jerry Ulrich
 
By:
/s/ Ian Stromberg
Name:
Jerry Ulrich
 
Name:
Ian Stromberg
Title:
CFO
 
Title:
SVP


                    
[**] = Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request.



Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries
of
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
The following are significant subsidiaries of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“ Blackhawk ”) as of January 2, 2016 and the states or jurisdictions in which they are organized. Indentation indicates the principal parent of each subsidiary. Except as otherwise specified, in each case of Blackhawk owns, directly or indirectly, at least 99% of the voting securities of each subsidiary. The names of particular subsidiaries have been omitted because, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, they would not constitute, as of the end of the year covered by this report, a “significant subsidiary” as that term is defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Subsidiary
 
 
Jurisdiction
Blackhawk Network, Inc.
 
 
Arizona
Blackhawk Network (UK) Ltd.
 
 
United Kingdom
Blackhawk Network (Canada) Ltd.
 
 
Canada
Blackhawk Network California, Inc.
 
 
California
Blackhawk Engagement Solutions (DE), Inc.
 
 
Delaware
Blackhawk Engagement Solutions, Inc.
 
 
Maryland
Achievers Corp.
 
 
Delaware
Achievers Solutions, Inc.
 
 
Canada




Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-188456, No. 333-192677, No. 333-205350 and 333-205351) of our reports dated March 2, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the Company’s relationship with Safeway Inc. prior to April 14, 2014) and the effectiveness of Blackhawk Network Holding, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. for the year ended January 2, 2016.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California
March 2, 2016








Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Talbott Roche, certify that:
1.     I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.;
2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/ Talbott Roche
 
Talbott Roche
 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
 
Date: March 2, 2016
 






Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Jerry Ulrich, certify that:
1.     I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.;
2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


 
/s/ Jerry Ulrich
 
Jerry Ulrich
 
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer
 
Date: March 2, 2016
 




Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), Talbott Roche, Chief Executive Officer of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), and Jerry Ulrich, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of her or his knowledge:
1.
The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2, 2016 (the “Annual Report”), to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and
2.
The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
In Witness Whereof , the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of March 2, 2016 .

/s/ Talbott Roche
 
/s/ Jerry Ulrich
Talbott Roche
 
Jerry Ulrich
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.